Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the South Fork Offshore Wind Project, 8490-8536 [2021-02263]
Download as PDF
8490
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
[RTID 0648–XA661]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Construction of
the South Fork Offshore Wind Project
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from South Fork Wind, LLC (South Fork
Wind) to take marine mammals
incidental to construction of a
commercial wind energy project
southeast of Rhode Island, within the
Rhode Island-Massachusetts Wind
Energy Area (RI/MA WEA). Pursuant to
the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments
on its proposal to issue an incidental
harassment authorization (IHA) to
incidentally take marine mammals
during the specified activities. NMFS is
also requesting comments on a possible
one-time, one-year renewal that could
be issued under certain circumstances
and if all requirements are met, as
described in Request for Public
Comments at the end of this notice.
NMFS will consider public comments
prior to making any final decision on
the issuance of the requested MMPA
authorizations and agency responses
will be summarized in the final notice
of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than March 10,
2021.
SUMMARY:
Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service and should be
sent to ITP.Esch@noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. Attachments to
comments will be accepted in Microsoft
Word or Excel or Adobe PDF file
formats only. All comments received are
a part of the public record and will
generally be posted online at
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
ADDRESSES:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act without
change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Carter Esch, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8421.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth.
The definitions of all applicable
MMPA statutory terms cited above are
included in the relevant sections below.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization)
with respect to potential impacts on the
human environment. In compliance
with NEPA, as implemented by the
regulations published by the Council on
Environmental Quality (40 CFR parts
1500–1508 (1978)), the Bureau of Ocean
Energy Management (BOEM) prepared
an Environmental Impact Statement
(EIS) to consider the direct, indirect and
cumulative effects to the human
environment resulting from the South
Fork Wind project. NMFS is a
cooperating agency on BOEM’s EIS.
Accordingly, NMFS plans to adopt the
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management’s
(BOEM) Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS), provided our
independent evaluation of the
document finds that it includes
adequate information analyzing the
effects of the proposed IHA issuance on
the human environment. BOEM’s draft
EIS was made available for public
comment from January 8, 2021 to
February 22, 2021 and is available at:
www.boem.gov/South Fork-Wind.
NMFS will review all comments
submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process
or making a final decision on the IHA
request.
This project is covered under Title 41
of the Fixing America’s Surface
Transportation Act, or ‘‘FAST–41.’’
FAST–41 includes a suite of provisions
designed to expedite the environmental
review for covered infrastructure
projects, including enhanced
interagency coordination as well as
milestone tracking on the public-facing
Permitting Dashboard. The dashboard
for this project is available at https://
www.permits.performance.gov/
permitting-projects/south-fork-windfarm-and-south-fork-export-cable.
Summary of Request
On March 15, 2019, NMFS received a
request from South Fork Wind for an
IHA to take marine mammals incidental
to construction of an offshore wind
energy project southeast of Rhode
Island. Following a delay of the project,
South Fork Wind submitted an updated
version of the application on June 3,
2020, and then a revised version
September 14, 2020. The application
was deemed adequate and complete on
September 15, 2020. However, on
December 15, 2020, South Fork Wind
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
submitted a subsequent application due
to changes to the project scope. NMFS
deemed the application adequate and
complete on December 16, 2020. South
Fork Wind’s request is for take of 16
species of marine mammals by
harassment. Neither South Fork Wind
nor NMFS expects serious injury or
mortality to result from this activity
and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
with installation of WTG and OSS
foundations, vibratory pile driving
associated with the installation and
removal of a temporary cofferdam
nearshore, and high-resolution
geophysical (HRG) surveys of the interarray cable and export cable
construction area.
Description of Proposed Activity
Construction of the project is planned
to commence between April 2022 and
May 2022; however, as with many
construction projects, permitting and
construction delays may occur and the
activity may take place at any point
during the period of effectiveness for the
IHA, subject to the following timing
constraints. Up to 30 days of impact pile
driving to install the WTGs and OSS
may occur between May 1, 2022 and
December 31, 2022; no impact pile
driving activities would occur from
January 1, 2023 through April 30, 2023.
A cofferdam may potentially be
installed for the sea-to-shore cable
connection and, if required, would be
installed between October 1, 2022 and
May 31, 2023. Installation and
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Overview
South Fork Wind proposes to
construct a 90–180 megawatt (MW)
offshore wind energy project in Lease
Area OCS–A 0517, southeast of Rhode
Island. The project would consist of
installation of up 16 monopiles to
support 15 offshore wind turbine
generators (WTGs) and one offshore
substation (OSS) (Figure 1). The project
also includes offshore and onshore
cabling, and onshore operations and
maintenance facilities. Take of marine
mammals may occur incidental to the
construction of the project due to inwater noise exposure resulting from
impact pile driving activities associated
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Dates and Duration
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8491
extraction of the cofferdam are each
expected to take 1 to 3 days of vibratory
pile driving. Up to 60 days of HRG
surveys would be conducted throughout
the 12-month construction timeframe.
Specific Geographic Region
South Fork Wind’s proposed activity
would occur in the 55.4 square
kilometer (km2) (13,700 acre) South
Fork Wind Lease Area OCS–A 0517
(SFWF; Figure 1 here, and see Figure 1
in the IHA application for more detail),
within the Rhode Island-Massachusetts
WEA. At its nearest point, the SFWF
would be just over 30 kilometers (km)
(19 miles (mi)) southeast of Block
Island, Rhode Island, and 56 km (35 mi)
east of Montauk Point, New York. Water
depths in the SFWF range from
approximately 33–41 meters (m) (108–
134 feet (ft)). The South Fork export
cable route (SFEC) would connect
SFWF to one of two landing locations
on Long Island, New York, where a
temporary cofferdam may be
constructed where the SFEC exits the
seabed.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
South Fork Wind is proposing to
construct a 90–180 MW commercial
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
wind energy project in Lease Area OCS–
A 0517, southeast of Rhode Island. The
Project would consist of the installation
of up to 16 monopiles to support 15
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
EN05FE21.000
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8492
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
offshore WTGs and one OSS, an onshore
substation, offshore and onshore
cabling, and onshore operations and
maintenance facilities. WTGs would be
arranged in a grid-like pattern with
spacing of 1.9 km (1.15 mi; 1 nautical
miles (nm)) between turbines. Each
WTG would interconnect with the OSS
via an inter-array submarine cable
system. The offshore export cable
transmission system would connect the
OSS to an existing mainland electric
grid in East Hampton, New York. A
temporary cofferdam may be installed
where the offshore export cable conduit
exits from the seabed to contain drilling
returns and prevent the excavated
sediments from silting back into the
Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) exit
pit. The final location of the cofferdam
will be dependent upon the selected
cable landing site. Construction of the
WTGs and OSS, including pile driving,
could occur on any day from May 1,
2022 through December 31, 2022.
Cofferdam installation and extraction
requiring vibratory pile driving could
occur for up to 3 days from October
2022 through May, 2023. HRG surveys
would be conducted throughout the 12month project timeframe. Activities
associated with the construction of the
project are described in more detail
below.
Cable Laying
Cable burial operations will occur
both in the SFWF for the inter-array
cables connecting the WTGs to the OSS
and in the SFEC for the cables carrying
power from the OSS to land. Inter-array
cables will connect the 15 WTGs to the
OSS. A single offshore export cable will
connect the OSS to the shore. The
offshore export and inter-array cables
will be buried beneath the seafloor at a
target depth of up to 1.2–2.8 m (4–6 ft).
Installation of the offshore export cable
is anticipated to last approximately 2
months. The estimated installation time
for the inter-array cables is
approximately 4 months. All cable
burial operations will follow installation
of the monopile foundations, as the
foundations must be in place to provide
connection points for the export cable
and inter-array cables. Installation days
are not continuous and do not include
equipment preparation or down time
that may result from weather or
maintenance. Equipment preparation is
not considered a source of marine
mammal disturbance or harassment.
Some dredging may be required prior
to cable laying due to the presence of
sand waves. The upper portions of sand
waves may be removed via mechanical
or hydraulic means in order to achieve
the proper burial depth below the stable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
sea bottom. The majority of the export
and inter-link cable is expected to be
installed using simultaneous lay and
bury via jet plowing. Jet plowing entails
the use of an adjustable blade, or plow,
which rests on the sea floor and is
towed by a surface vessel. The plow
creates a narrow trench at the desired
depth, while water jets fluidize the
sediment within the trench. The cable is
then fed through the plow and is laid
into the trench as it moves forward. The
fluidized sediments then settle back
down into the trench and bury the
cable. The majority of the inter-array
cable is also expected to be installed via
jet plowing after the cable has been
placed on the seafloor. Other methods,
such as mechanical plowing or
trenching, may be needed in areas of
coarser or more consolidated sediment,
rocky bottom, or other difficult
conditions in order to ensure a proper
burial depth. The jet plowing tool may
be based from a seabed tractor or a sled
deployed from a vessel. A mechanical
plow is also deployed from a vessel.
More information on cable laying
associated with the proposed project is
provided in South Fork Wind’s
Construction and Operations Plan
(SFWF COP; South Fork Wind, 2020).
As the only potential impacts from these
activities is sediment suspension, the
potential for take of marine mammals to
result from these activities is so low as
to be discountable and South Fork Wind
did not request, and NMFS does not
propose to authorize, any takes
associated with cable laying. Therefore,
cable laying activities are not analyzed
further in this document.
Construction-Related Vessel Activity
During construction of the project,
South Fork Wind anticipates that an
average of approximately 5–10 vessels
will operate during a typical work day
in the SFWF and along the SFEC. Many
of these vessels will remain in the
SFWF or SFEC for days or weeks at a
time, potentially making only infrequent
trips to port for bunkering and
provisioning, as needed. The actual
number of vessels involved in the
project at one time is highly dependent
on the project’s final schedule, the final
design of the project’s components, and
the logistics needed to ensure
compliance with the Jones Act, a
Federal law that regulates maritime
commerce in the United States.
Existing vessel traffic in the vicinity
of the project area southeast of Rhode
Island is relatively high and marine
mammals in the area are expected to be
habituated to vessel noise. In addition,
construction vessels would be stationary
on site for significant periods of time
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8493
and the large vessels would travel to
and from the site at relatively low
speeds. Project-related vessels would be
required to adhere to several mitigation
measures designed to reduce the
potential for marine mammals to be
struck by vessels associated with the
project; these measures are described
further below (see Proposed Mitigation).
As part of various construction related
activities, including cable laying and
construction material delivery, dynamic
positioning thrusters may be utilized to
hold vessels in position or move slowly.
Sound produced through use of
dynamic positioning thrusters is similar
to that produced by transiting vessels,
and dynamic positioning thrusters are
typically operated either in a similarly
predictable manner or used for short
durations around stationary activities.
Sound produced by dynamic
positioning thrusters would be preceded
by, and associated with, sound from
ongoing vessel noise and would be
similar in nature; thus, any marine
mammals in the vicinity of the activity
would be aware of the vessel’s presence,
further reducing the potential for startle
or flight responses on the part of marine
mammals. Construction-related vessel
activity, including the use of dynamic
positioning thrusters, is not expected to
result in take of marine mammals and
South Fork Wind did not request, and
NMFS does not propose to authorize,
any takes associated with construction
related vessel activity. Accordingly,
these activities are not analyzed further
in this document.
Installation of WTGs and OSS
Monopiles are the only foundation
type proposed for the project. A
monopile is a single, hollow cylinder
fabricated from steel that is secured in
the seabed. The 16 monopiles installed
to support the 15 WTG and single OSS
would be 11.0 m (33.0 ft) in diameter,
up to 95 m (311.7 ft) in length and
driven to a maximum penetration depth
of 50 m (164 ft). A schematic diagram
showing potential heights and
dimensions of the various components
of a monopile foundation are shown in
Figure 3.1–2 of the SFWF COP (South
Fork Wind, 2020), available online at:
https://www.boem.gov/renewableenergy/state-activities/south-fork.
The monopile foundations would be
installed by one or two heavy lift or
jack-up vessels. The main installation
vessel(s) will likely remain at the SFWF
during the installation phase
(approximately 30 days) and transport
vessels, tugs, and/or feeder barges
would provide a continuous supply of
foundations to the SFWF. If appropriate
vessels are available, the foundation
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8494
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
components could be picked up directly
in the marshalling port by the main
installation vessel(s).
Within the SFWF, the main
installation vessel would upend the
monopile with a crane, and place it in
the gripper frame, before lowering the
monopile to the seabed. The gripper
frame, depending upon its design, may
be placed on the seabed scour
protection materials to stabilize the
monopile’s vertical alignment before
and during piling. Scour protection is
included to protect the foundation from
scour development, which is the
removal of the sediments near structures
by hydrodynamic forces, and consists of
the placement of stone or rock material
around the foundation. The scour
protection would consist of engineered
rock placed around the base of each
monopole in a 68 m (222 ft) diameter
circle, using either a fallpipe vessel or
stone dumping vessel. Once the
monopile is lowered to the seabed, the
crane hook would be released, and the
hydraulic hammer would be picked up
and placed on top of the monopile.
All monopoles would be installed
with an impact hammer. Impact pile
driving entails the use of a hammer that
utilizes a rising and falling piston to
repeatedly strike a pile and drive it into
the ground. Using a crane, the
installation vessel would upend the
monopile, place it in the gripper frame,
and then lower the monopile to the
seabed. The gripper frame would
stabilize the monopile’s vertical
alignment before and during piling.
Once the monopile is lowered to the
seabed, the crane hook would be
released and the hydraulic hammer
would be picked up and placed on top
of the monopile. A temporary steel cap
called a helmet would be placed on top
of the pile to minimize damage to the
head during impact driving. The largest
hammer South Fork Wind expects to
use for driving monopiles produces up
to 4,000 kilojoules (kJ) of energy
(however, required energy may
ultimately be far less than 4,000 kJ). As
described in the Proposed Mitigation
section below, South Fork Wind would
utilize a sound attenuation device (e.g.,
bubble curtain) during all impact pile
driving.
The intensity (i.e., hammer energy
level) of impact pile driving would be
gradually increased based on the
resistance that is experienced from the
sediments. The strike rate for the
monopile foundations is estimated to be
36 strikes per minute. Two pile driving
scenarios (for 16 11 m piles), were
considered for SFWF (Table 1). The
standard pile driving scenario would
require an estimated 4,500 strikes for
the pile to reach the target penetration
depth, with an average installation time
of 140 minutes for one pile. In the event
that a pile location presents denser
substrate conditions and requires more
strikes to reach the target penetration
depth, a difficult-to-drive pile scenario
was considered, in which 8,000 strikes
and approximately 250 minutes would
be required to install 1 pile.
Impact pile driving activities at SFWF
will take place between May 1, 2022
and December 31, 2022. There are two
piling scenarios that are considered
possible within the current engineering
design. The standard scenario assumes
that a pile is driven every other day
such that 16 monopiles piles would be
installed over a 30-day period. A more
aggressive schedule is considered for
the maximum design scenario in which
six piles are driven in a week (7 days)
such that the 16 piles are installed over
a 20-day period. Only one pile would be
driven per 24 hours (hrs), irrespective of
the selected scenario. Please see Table 1
for a summary of impact pile driving
activity.
Installation and Removal of Temporary
Cofferdam
Before cable-laying HDD begins, a
temporary cofferdam may be installed at
the endpoint of the HDD starting point,
where the SFEC conduit exits from the
seabed. The cofferdam would be less
than 600 m (1,969 ft) offshore from the
mean high water line (MHWL), in 7.6 to
12.2 m (25 to 40 ft) water depth,
depending on the final siting point. The
cofferdam, up to 22.9 m (75 ft) by 7.7
m (25 ft), would serve as containment
for the drilling returns during the HDD
installation to keep the excavation free
of debris and silt. The cofferdam may be
installed as either a sheet pile structure
into the seafloor or a gravity cell
structure placed on the seafloor using
ballast weight. Installation of a gravity
cell cofferdam would not result in
incidental take of marine mammals and
is, therefore, not analyzed further in this
document. Installation of the 19.5 m (64
ft) long, 0.95 centimeters (cm) (0.375
inches (in)) thick Z-type sheet pile
cofferdam and drilling support would
be conducted from an offshore barge
anchored near the cofferdam.
If the potential cofferdam is installed
using sheet pile, a vibratory hammer
will be used to drive the sidewalls and
endwalls into the seabed to a depth of
approximately 1.8 m (6 ft); sections of
the shoreside endwall will be driven to
a depth of up to 9 m (30 ft) to facilitate
the HDD entering underneath the
endwall. Cofferdam removal would
consist of pile removal using a vibratory
hammer, after HDD operations are
complete and the conduit is installed
(see Table 1 for a summary of potential
vibratory pile driving activity).
Vibratory hammering is accomplished
by rapidly alternating (∼250 Hertz (Hz))
forces to the pile. A system of counterrotating eccentric weights powered by
hydraulic motors are designed such that
horizontal vibrations cancel out, while
vertical vibrations are transmitted into
the pile. The vibrations produced cause
liquefaction of the substrate
surrounding the pile, enabling the pile
to be driven into the ground using the
weight of the pile plus the impact
hammer. If the gravity cell installation
technique is not practicable, South Fork
Wind anticipates that any vibratory pile
driving of sheet piles would occur for a
total of 36 hrs (18 hrs for installation, 18
hrs for removal).
The source levels and source
characteristics associated with vibratory
driving would be generally similar to
those produced through other
concurrent use of vessels and related
construction equipment. Any elevated
noise levels produced through vibratory
driving are expected to be of relatively
short duration, and with low source
level values. However, it is possible that
if marine mammals are exposed to
sound from vibratory pile driving, they
may alert to the sound and potentially
exhibit a behavioral response that rises
to the level of take.
Installation of the Z-type sheet piles
would occur primarily in daylight;
however, it is possible that vibratory
pile driving may continue past sunset if
required by the construction schedule.
TABLE 1—SUMMARY OF PILE DRIVING ACTIVITIES FOR SFWF AND SFEC
Pile driving
method
Pile size
Impact ...........
11 m monopile ................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Number of
piles
16
PO 00000
Strikes/pile
Duration/pile
Standard pile: 4,500 ........
Difficult pile: 8,000 ...........
Standard pile: 140 min ....
Difficult pile: 250 min .......
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Number of piling days
Standard scenario: 30.
Maximum scenario: 20.
8495
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 1—SUMMARY OF PILE DRIVING ACTIVITIES FOR SFWF AND SFEC—Continued
Pile driving
method
Pile size
Vibratory .......
19.5 m long/0.95 cm thick
Sheet pile.
Number of
piles
* 80
Strikes/pile
Duration/pile
Number of piling days
..........................................
18 hours ..........................
18 hours ..........................
Installation: 1–3.
Removal: 1–3.
* Approximation; the actual number will be based on final engineering design.
High-Resolution Geophysical Surveys
The HRG survey activities would be
supported by vessels of sufficient size to
accomplish the survey goals in each of
the specified survey areas. Up to four
vessels may work concurrently
throughout the area considered in this
proposal. HRG surveys would occur
throughout the 12-month period of
effectiveness for the proposed IHA. HRG
equipment will either be deployed from
remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) or
mounted to or towed behind the survey
vessel at a typical survey speed of
approximately 4.0 knots (kn) (7.4 km)
per hour. The geophysical survey
activities proposed by South Fork Wind
would include the following:
• Shallow Penetration Sub-bottom
Profilers (SBPs; Compressed HighIntensity Radiated Pulses (CHIRPs)) to
map the near-surface stratigraphy (top 0
to 5 m (0 to 16 ft) of sediment below
seabed). A CHIRP system emits sonar
pulses that increase in frequency over
time. The pulse length frequency range
can be adjusted to meet project
variables. These are typically mounted
on the hull of the vessel or from a side
pole.
• Medium penetration SBPs
(Boomers) to map deeper subsurface
stratigraphy as needed. A boomer is a
broad-band sound source operating in
the 3.5 Hz to 10 kHz frequency range.
This system is typically mounted on a
sled and towed behind the vessel.
• Medium penetration SBPs
(Sparkers) to map deeper subsurface
stratigraphy as needed. A sparker
creates acoustic pulses from 50 Hz to 4
kHz omni-directionally from the source
that can penetrate several hundred
meters into the seafloor. These are
typically towed behind the vessel with
adjacent hydrophone arrays to receive
the return signals.
• Parametric SBPs, also called
sediment echosounders, for providing
high density data in sub-bottom profiles
that are typically required for cable
routes, very shallow water, and
archaeological surveys. These are
typically mounted on the hull of the
vessel or from a side pole.
• Ultra-short Baseline (USBL)
Positioning and Global Acoustic
Positioning System (GAPS) to provide
high accuracy ranges to track the
positions of other HRG equipment by
measuring the time between the
acoustic pulses transmitted by the
vessel transceiver and the equipment
transponder necessary to produce the
acoustic profile. It is a two-component
system with a hull or pole mounted
transceiver and one to several
transponders either on the seabed or on
the equipment.
• Multibeam echosounder (MBES) to
determine water depths and general
bottom topography. MBES sonar
systems project sonar pulses in several
angled beams from a transducer
mounted to a ship’s hull. The beams
radiate out from the transducer in a fanshaped pattern orthogonally to the
ship’s direction.
• Seafloor imaging (sidescan sonar)
for seabed sediment classification
purposes, to identify natural and manmade acoustic targets resting on the
bottom as well as any anomalous
features. The sonar device emits conical
or fan-shaped pulses down toward the
seafloor in multiple beams at a wide
angle, perpendicular to the path of the
sensor through the water. The acoustic
return of the pulses is recorded in a
series of cross-track slices, which can be
joined to form an image of the sea
bottom within the swath of the beam.
They are typically towed beside or
behind the vessel or from an
autonomous vehicle.
Table 2 identifies all the
representative survey equipment that
operate below 180 kilohertz (kHz) (i.e.,
at frequencies that are audible and have
the potential to disturb marine
mammals) that may be used in support
of planned geophysical survey
activities, and are likely to be detected
by marine mammals given the source
level, frequency, and beamwidth of the
equipment. The operational frequencies
for MBES and Sidescan Sonar that
would be used for these surveys are
greater than 180 kHz, outside the
general hearing range of marine
mammals likely to occur in SFWF and
SFEC. Parametric sub-bottom profilers
operate at high frequencies with narrow
beamwidths, resulting in Level A
harassment and Level B harassment
threshold isopleth distances less than 4
m. No harassment exposures can be
reasonably expected from the operation
of these sources; therefore, the Innomar
parametric SBPs were not carried
forward in the application analysis.
USBLs are instruments that are used to
locate the position(s) of other HRG
equipment; the sources characteristics
and functionality of USBLs are not
expected to result in Level A
harassment or Level B harassment.
These equipment types are, therefore,
not considered further in this notice.
For discussion of acoustic terminology,
please see the Potential Effects of
Specified Activities on Marine
Mammals and their Habitat and
Estimated Take sections.
The make and model of the listed
geophysical equipment may vary
depending on availability and the final
equipment choices will vary depending
upon the final survey design, vessel
availability, and survey contractor
selection. Selection of equipment
combinations is based on specific
survey objectives.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
TABLE 2—SUMMARY OF REPRESENTATIVE HRG SURVEY EQUIPMENT
HRG equipment
category
Shallow Sub-bottom
Profilers.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Specific HRG equipment
Source level
(dB rms)
Source level
(dB 0-peak)
2–16
2–8
4–24
0.7–12
195
–
24
20
6
176
179
–
–
71
80
3.4
9
2
8
ET 216 (2000DS or 3200 top
unit).
ET 424 .....................................
ET 512 .....................................
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Typical
pulse
duration
(ms)
Operating
frequency
range (kHz)
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Beamwidth
(degrees)
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Pulse
repetition
rate
8496
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 2—SUMMARY OF REPRESENTATIVE HRG SURVEY EQUIPMENT—Continued
HRG equipment
category
Medium Sub-bottom
Profilers.
Specific HRG equipment
Typical
pulse
duration
(ms)
Operating
frequency
range (kHz)
Source level
(dB rms)
Source level
(dB 0-peak)
2–17
2–7
0.3–1.2
196
197
203
–
–
211
55
100
Omni
50
60
1.1
10
15
4
0.3–1.2
203
211
Omni
1.1
4
0.4–5
203
211
Omni
1.1
2
0.3–1.2
203
211
Omni
1.1
4
0.3–1.2
203
211
Omni
1.1
4
0.1–5
205
211
80
0.6
4
GeoPulse 5430A .....................
TB Chirp III—TTV 170 .............
AA, Dura-spark UHD (400 tips,
500 J) 1.
AA,
Dura-spark
UHD
(400+400) 1.
GeoMarine, Geo-Source or
similar dual 400 tip sparker
(≤800 J) 1.
GeoMarine Geo-Source 200 tip
light weight sparker (400 J) 1.
GeoMarine Geo-Source 200–
400 tip freshwater sparker
(400 J) 1.
AA, triple plate S-Boom (700–
1,000 J) 2.
Beamwidth
(degrees)
Pulse
repetition
rate
– = not applicable; NR = not reported; AA = Applied Acoustics; dB = decibel; ET = EdgeTech; J = joule; Omni = omnidirectional source.
1 The Dura-spark measurements and specifications provided in Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) were used for all sparker systems proposed for
the survey. The data provided in Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) represent the most applicable data for similar sparker systems with comparable
operating methods and settings when manufacturer or other reliable measurements are not available.
2 Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) provide S-Boom measurements using two different power sources (CSP–D700 and CSP–N). The CSP–D700
power source was used in the 700 J measurements but not in the 1,000 J measurements. The CSP–N source was measured for both 700 J and
1,000 J operations but resulted in a lower SL; therefore, the single maximum SL value was used for both operational levels of the S-Boom.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
Proposed Mitigation and Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the IHA
application summarize available
information regarding status and trends,
distribution and habitat preferences,
and behavior and life history, of the
potentially affected species. Additional
information regarding population trends
and threats may be found in NMFS’
Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments) and more
general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS’
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/findspecies).
There are 36 marine mammal species
that could potentially occur in the
proposed project area and that are
included in Table 16 of the IHA
application. However, the temporal and/
or spatial occurrence of 20 of these
species is such that take is not expected
to occur, and they are therefore not
discussed further beyond the
explanation provided here. The
following species are not expected to
occur in the project area due to the
location of preferred habitat outside the
SFWF and SFEC, based on the best
available information: The beluga whale
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
(Delphinapterus leucas), northern
bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon
ampullatus), killer whale (Orcinus
orca), pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata), false killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens), melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala electra), the pygmy
sperm whale (Kogia breviceps), Cuvier’s
beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris),
Mesplodont beaked whales (spp.), shortfinned pilot whale (Globicephala
macrorhynchus), pantropical spotted
dolphin (Stenella attenuata), Fraser’s
dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei), whitebeaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
albirostris), rough-toothed dolphin
(Steno bredanensis), Clymene dolphin
(Stenella clymene), spinner dolphin
(Stenella longirostris), and striped
dolphin (Stenella coeruleoalba). The
following species may occur in the
project area, but at such low densities
that take is not anticipated: Hooded seal
(Cystophora cristata) and harp seal
(Pagophilus groenlandica). There are
two pilot whale species (long-finned
and short-finned (Globicephala
macrorhynchus)) with distributions that
overlap in the latitudinal range of the
SFWF (Hayes et al., 2020; Roberts et al.,
2016). Because it is difficult to
differentiate between the two species at
sea, sightings, and thus the densities
calculated from them, are generally
reported together as Globicephala spp.
(Hayes et al., 2020; Roberts et al., 2016).
However, based on the best available
information, short-finned pilot whales
occur in habitat that is both further
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
offshore on the shelf break and further
south than the project area (Hayes et al.,
2020). Therefore, NMFS assumes that
any take of pilot whales would be of
long-finned pilot whales.
In addition, the Florida manatee
(Trichechus manatus) may be found in
the coastal waters of the Survey Area.
However, Florida manatees are managed
by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
and are not considered further in this
document.
Between October 2011 and June 2015
a total of 76 aerial surveys were
conducted throughout the MA and RI/
MA Wind Energy Areas (WEAs) (the
SFWF is contained within the RI/MA
WEA along with several other offshore
renewable energy lease areas). Between
November 2011 and March 2015,
Marine Autonomous Recording Units
(MARU; a type of static passive acoustic
monitoring (PAM) recorder) were
deployed at nine sites in the MA and RI/
MA WEAs. The goal of the study was to
collect visual and acoustic baseline data
on distribution, abundance, and
temporal occurrence patterns of marine
mammals (Kraus et al., 2016). The lack
of detections of any of the species listed
above reinforces the fact that these
species are not expected to occur in the
project area. As these species are not
expected to occur in the project area
during the proposed activities, NMFS
does not propose to authorize take of
these species and they are not discussed
further in this document.
NMFS expects that the 16 species
listed in Table 3 will potentially occur
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8497
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
in the project area and may be taken as
a result of the proposed project. Table
3 summarizes information related to the
population or stock, including
regulatory status under the MMPA and
Endangered Species Act (ESA) and
potential biological removal (PBR),
where known. For taxonomy, NMFS
follows the Committee on Taxonomy
(2020). PBR is defined by the MMPA as
the maximum number of animals, not
including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal
stock while allowing that stock to reach
or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS’
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated
or authorized here, PBR is included here
as a gross indicator of the status of the
species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’ U.S. Atlantic SARs. All values
presented in Table 3 are the most recent
available at the time of publication and
are available in the draft 2020 Atlantic
SARs, available online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY SOUTH FORK
WIND’S PROPOSED ACTIVITY
MMPA
and ESA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 2
Common name
(scientific name)
Stock
Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus) ....
Long-finned pilot whale (Globicephala
melas).
Atlantic spotted dolphin (Stenella frontalis)
Atlantic white-sided dolphin
(Lagenorhynchus acutus).
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) .....
North Atlantic .............
W North Atlantic ........
E; Y
--; N
4,349 (0.28; 3,451; 2016) ...
39,215 (0.3; 30,627; 2016)
3.9
306
0
21
Rare.
Rare.
W North Atlantic ........
W North Atlantic ........
--; N
--; N
39,921 (0.27; 32,032; 2016)
93,233 (0.71; 54,443; 2016)
320
544
0
26
Rare.
Common year round.
W North Atlantic, Offshore.
W North Atlantic ........
--; N
62,851 (0.23; 51,914; 2019)
519
28
Common year round.
--; N
172,974 (0.21; 145,216;
2016).
35,493 (0.19; 30,298; 2016)
95,543 (0.31; 74,034; 2019)
1,452
399
Common year round.
303
851
54.3
217
Rare.
Common year round.
Rare.
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Common year round.
PBR 3
Annual
M/SI 3
Occurrence and seasonality
in project area
Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
Common dolphin (Delphinus delphis) .........
Risso’s dolphin (Grampus griseus) .............
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena) ......
W North Atlantic ........
Gulf of Maine/Bay of
Fundy.
--; N
--; N
Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
Blue whale (Balaenotpera musculus) .........
North Atlantic right whale (Eubalaena
glacialis).
W North Atlantic ........
W North Atlantic ........
E; Y
E; Y
ukn (unk; 402; 2008) ..........
412 (0; 418; 2018) ..............
0.8
0.8
0
18.6
Humpback whale (Megaptera
novaeangliae).
Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus) ............
Gulf of Maine .............
--; N
1,393 (0.15; 1,375; 2016) ...
22
58
W North Atlantic ........
E; Y
6,802 (0.24; 5,573; 2016) ...
11
2.35
Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis) ..............
Nova Scotia ...............
E; Y
6,292 (1.02; 3,098 ; 2016) ..
6.2
1.2
Minke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)
Canadian East Coast
--; N
21,968 (0.31; 17,002; 2016)
170
10.6
1,389
2,006
4,729
350
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Earless seals (Phocidae)
seal 4
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Gray
(Halichoerus grypus) ................
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) .......................
W North Atlantic ........
W North Atlantic ........
--; N
--; N
27,131 (0.19; 23,158; 2016)
75,834 (0.15; 66,884; 2012)
Common year round.
Common year round.
1 ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated
under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2 Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports (SAR) except where otherwise noted. SARs available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock
abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented are from the draft 2020 Atlantic SARs.
3 Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine
mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP). Annual Mortality/Serious Injury (M/SI), found in NMFS’
SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, subsistence hunting, ship strike).
Annual M/SI values often cannot be determined precisely and is, in some cases, presented as a minimum value. All M/SI values are as presented in the draft 2020
Atlantic SARs.
4 NMFS stock abundance and PBR estimates apply to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
Four marine mammal species that are
listed under ESA may be present in the
project area and may be taken incidental
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
to the proposed activity: The North
Atlantic right whale, fin whale, sei
whale, and sperm whale.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Below is a description of the species
that are likely to occur in the project
area and are thus expected to potentially
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8498
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
be taken by the proposed activities. For
the majority of species potentially
present in the specific geographic
region, NMFS has designated only a
single generic stock (e.g., ‘‘western
North Atlantic’’) for management
purposes. This includes the ‘‘Canadian
east coast’’ stock of minke whales,
which includes all minke whales found
in U.S. waters and is also a generic stock
for management purposes. For
humpback and sei whales, NMFS
defines stocks on the basis of feeding
locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine and Nova
Scotia, respectively. However,
references to humpback whales and sei
whales in this document refer to any
individuals of the species that are found
in the specific geographic region. Any
biologically important areas (BIAs) that
overlap spatially with the project area
are addressed in the species sections
below.
North Atlantic Right Whale
The North Atlantic right whale ranges
from calving grounds in the
southeastern United States to feeding
grounds in New England waters and
into Canadian waters (Hayes et al.,
2020). Surveys have demonstrated the
existence of seven areas where North
Atlantic right whales congregate
seasonally, including north and east of
the proposed project area in Georges
Bank, off Cape Cod, and in
Massachusetts Bay (Hayes et al., 2020).
In the late fall months (e.g. October),
North Atlantic right whales are
generally thought to depart from the
feeding grounds in the North Atlantic
and move south along a migratory
corridor to their calving grounds off
Georgia and Florida. However, ongoing
research indicates our understanding of
their movement patterns remains
incomplete (Davis et al., 2017; Oleson et
al., 2020). A review of passive acoustic
monitoring data from 2004 to 2014
throughout the western North Atlantic
demonstrated nearly continuous yearround North Atlantic right whale
presence across their entire habitat
range (for at least some individuals),
including in locations previously
thought of as migratory corridors,
suggesting that not all of the population
undergoes a consistent annual migration
(Davis et al., 2017). Acoustic monitoring
data from 2004 to 2014 indicated that
the number of North Atlantic right
whale vocalizations detected in the
proposed project area were relatively
constant throughout the year, with the
exception of August through October
when detected vocalizations showed an
apparent decline (Davis et al., 2017).
Shifts in habitat use have also been
observed. During visual surveys
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
conducted from 2012 to 2016, fewer
North Atlantic right whales were
detected in the Great South Channel
(NMFS unpublished data) and the Bay
of Fundy (Davies et al., 2019), while the
number of individuals using Cape Cod
Bay in the spring increased (Mayo et al.,
2018). Cole et al. (2013) provided survey
evidence that North Atlantic right
whales were absent from the welldocumented central Gulf of Maine
winter habitat. Although present to
some extent year round in the region
south of Martha’s Vineyard and
Nantucket Islands (Oleson et al., 2020),
North Atlantic right whales have
recently been observed feeding in large
numbers in this area in the winter
(Leiter et al., 2017), which is outside of
the 2016 Northeastern U.S. Foraging
Area Critical Habitat. In addition, North
Atlantic right whale distribution has
shifted northward into the Gulf of St.
Lawrence (Simard et al., 2019), where
acoustic and visual survey effort
indicate North Atlantic right whale
presence in late spring through the early
fall (Cole et al., 2016; Khan et al., 2016,
2018; Oleson et al. 2020). Observations
of these transitions in North Atlantic
right whale habitat use, variability in
seasonal presence in identified core
habitats, and utilization of habitat
outside of previously focused survey
effort prompted the formation of a
NMFS’ Expert Working Group, which
identified current data collection efforts,
data gaps, and provided
recommendations for future survey and
research efforts (Oleson et al., 2020).
The western North Atlantic
population demonstrated overall growth
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to
2010, despite a decline in 1993 and no
growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et
al., 2017). However, since 2010 the
population has been in decline, with a
100 percent probability of a decline
from 2011 to 2018 of just over two
percent per year (Pace et al., 2017).
Between 1990 and 2017, calving rates
varied substantially, with low calving
rates coinciding with all three periods of
decline or no growth (Pace et al., 2017).
On average, North Atlantic right whale
calving rates are estimated to be roughly
one third that of southern right whales
(Eubalaena australis) (Hayes et al.,
2020), which are increasing in
abundance (NEFSC 2015). The current
best estimate of population abundance
for the North Atlantic right whale is 412
individuals (Hayes et al., 2020).
In addition, elevated North Atlantic
right whale mortalities have occurred
since June 7, 2017 along the U.S. and
Canadian coast. As of January 2021, a
total of 32 confirmed dead stranded
whales (21 in Canada; 11 in the United
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
States) and 14 serious injury (including
entanglement and vessel strike) cases
have been documented. Full necropsies
have been conducted on 20 of the dead
North Atlantic right whales and, in the
18 cases for which a preliminary cause
of death could be determined, 8 and 10
were attributed to entanglement and
vessel strike, respectively. This event
has been declared an Unusual Mortality
Event (UME); the leading cause of death
for this UME is ‘‘human interaction’’,
specifically from entanglements or
vessel strikes. More information is
available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2017-2020-northatlantic-right-whale-unusual-mortalityevent.
During the aerial surveys conducted
in the RI/MA and MA WEAs from 2011–
2015, the highest number of North
Atlantic right whale sightings occurred
in March (n=21), with sightings also
occurring in December (n=4), January
(n=7), February (n=14), and April
(n=14), and no sightings in any other
months (Kraus et al., 2016). There was
not significant variability in sighting
rate among years, indicating consistent
annual seasonal use of the area by North
Atlantic right whales. Despite the lack
of visual detection, North Atlantic right
whales were acoustically detected in 30
out of the 36 recorded months (Kraus et
al., 2016). While density data from
Roberts et al. (2020) confirm that the
highest density of North Atlantic right
whales in the project area occurs in
March, it is clear that North Atlantic
right whales are present in or near the
project area throughout the year,
particularly south of Martha’s Vineyard
and Nantucket Islands, and that habitat
use is changing (Leiter et al., 2017;
Stone et al., 2017; Oleson et al., 2020).
The proposed project area is part of an
important migratory area for North
Atlantic right whales; this migratory
area is comprised of the waters of the
continental shelf offshore the East Coast
of the United States and extends from
Florida through Massachusetts. Aerial
surveys conducted in and near the
project area from 2011–2015
documented a total of six instances of
feeding behavior by North Atlantic right
whales (Kraus et al., 2016). Finally, the
project area is located within the North
Atlantic right whale migratory corridor
Biologically Important Area (BIA),
which is applicable November 1
through December 31, 2021 and March
1, 2022 through April 31, 2022 and
extends from Florida to Massachusetts
(LeBreque et al., 2015).
NMFS’ regulations at 50 CFR 224.105
designated nearshore waters of the MidAtlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Seasonal Management Areas (SMA) for
North Atlantic right whales in 2008.
SMAs were developed to reduce the
threat of collisions between ships and
North Atlantic right whales around their
migratory route and calving grounds.
The Block Island SMA, which is active
from November 1 through April 30 each
year, overlaps with the project area.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found
worldwide in all oceans. Humpback
whales were listed as endangered under
the Endangered Species Conservation
Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the
ESA replaced the ESCA, and
humpbacks continued to be listed as
endangered. NMFS recently evaluated
the status of the species, and on
September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the
species into 14 distinct population
segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place
listed four DPSs as endangered and one
DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;
September 8, 2016). The remaining nine
DPSs were not listed. The West Indies
DPS, which is not listed under the ESA,
is the only DPS of humpback whale that
is expected to occur in the project area.
The best estimate of population
abundance for the West Indies DPS is
12,312 individuals, as described in the
NMFS Status Review of the Humpback
Whale under the Endangered Species
Act (Bettridge et al., 2015). In the
western North Atlantic, humpback
whales feed over a broad geographic
range encompassing the eastern coast of
the United States (including the Gulf of
Maine), Scotian Shelf, Gulf of St.
Lawrence, Newfoundland/Labrador, and
Western Greenland (Katona and Beard
1990). Spatial and genetic mixing occurs
when humpback whales from most of
these feeding areas migrate to the West
Indies in the winter to mate and calve.
The Gulf of Maine feeding stock
population abundance is estimated at
1,393 individuals, or approximately 11
percent of the West Indies DPS.
In New England waters, feeding is the
principal activity of humpback whales,
and their distribution in this region has
been largely correlated to abundance of
prey species, although behavior and
bathymetry are factors influencing
foraging strategy (Payne et al., 1986,
1990). Humpback whales are frequently
piscivorous when in New England
waters, feeding on herring (Clupea
harengus), sand lance (Ammodytes
spp.), and other small fishes, as well as
euphausiids in the northern Gulf of
Maine (Paquet et al., 1997). During
winter, the majority of humpback
whales from North Atlantic feeding
areas (including the Gulf of Maine) mate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
and calve in the West Indies, where
spatial and genetic mixing among
feeding groups occurs, though
significant numbers of animals are
found in mid- and high-latitude regions
at this time and some individuals have
been sighted repeatedly within the same
winter season, indicating that not all
humpback whales migrate south every
winter (Hayes et al., 2020).
Kraus et al. (2016) observed
humpbacks in the RI/MA & MA Wind
Energy Areas (WEAs) and surrounding
areas during all seasons. Humpback
whales were observed most often during
spring and summer months, with a peak
from April to June. Calves were
observed 10 times and feeding was
observed 10 times during the Kraus et
al. study (2016). That study also
observed one instance of courtship
behavior. Although humpback whales
were rarely seen during fall and winter
surveys, acoustic data indicate that this
species may be present within the MA
WEA year-round, with the highest rates
of acoustic detections in the winter and
spring (Kraus et al., 2016). Other
sightings of note include 46 sightings of
humpback whales in the New York-New
Jersey Harbor Estuary documented from
2011–2016 (Brown et al., 2017). Since
January 2016, elevated humpback whale
mortalities have occurred along the
Atlantic coast from Maine to Florida,
leading to the declaration of an UME.
Partial or full necropsy examinations
have been conducted on approximately
half of the 140 known cases. Of the
whales examined, about 50 percent had
evidence of human interaction, either
ship strike or entanglement. While a
portion of the whales have shown
evidence of pre-mortem vessel strike,
this finding is not consistent across all
whales examined and more research is
needed. NOAA is consulting with
researchers that are conducting studies
on the humpback whale populations,
and these efforts may provide
information on changes in whale
distribution and habitat use that could
provide additional insight into how
these vessel interactions occurred.
Three previous UMEs involving
humpback whales have occurred since
2000, in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More
information is available at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2016-2019humpback-whale-unusual-mortalityevent-along-atlantic-coast. A BIA for
humpback whales for feeding has been
designated northeast of the lease area
and is applicable from March through
December (LeBreque et al., 2015).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8499
Fin Whale
Fin whales are common in waters of
the U.S. Atlantic Exclusive Economic
Zone (EEZ), principally from Cape
Hatteras northward (Hayes et al., 2020).
Fin whales are present north of 35degree latitude in every season and are
broadly distributed throughout the
western North Atlantic for most of the
year, though densities vary seasonally
(Hayes et al., 2020). In this region, fin
whales are the dominant large cetacean
species during all seasons, having the
largest standing stock, the largest food
requirements, and therefore the largest
influence on ecosystem processes of any
cetacean species (Hain et al., 1992;
Kenney et al., 1997). It is likely that fin
whales occurring in the U.S. Atlantic
EEZ undergo migrations into Canadian
waters, open-ocean areas, and perhaps
even subtropical or tropical regions
(Edwards et al., 2015).
New England waters represent a major
feeding ground for fin whales; a feeding
BIA for the species exists just west of
the proposed project area, stretching
from just south of the eastern tip of Long
Island to south of the western tip of
Martha’s South Fork (LeBreque et al.,
2015). In aerial surveys conducted from
2011–2015 in the project area, sightings
occurred in every season with the
greatest numbers of sightings during the
spring (n=35) and summer (n=49)
months (Kraus et al., 2016). Despite
much lower sighting rates during the
winter, confirmed acoustic detections of
fin whales recorded on a hydrophone
array in the project area from 2011–2015
occurred throughout the year; however,
due to acoustic detection ranges in
excess of 200 km, the detections do not
confirm that fin whales were present in
the project area during that time (Kraus
et al., 2016).
Sei Whale
The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales
can be found in deeper waters of the
continental shelf edge waters of the
northeastern United States and
northeastward to south of
Newfoundland. The southern portion of
the stock’s range during spring and
summer includes the Gulf of Maine and
Georges Bank, a region now considered
a portion of a feeding BIA for sei whales
from May through November (LeBreque
et al., 2015). Spring is the period of
greatest abundance in U.S. waters, with
sightings concentrated along the eastern
margin of Georges Bank and into the
Northeast Channel area, and along the
southwestern edge of Georges Bank in
the area of Hydrographer Canyon (Hayes
et al., 2020). Sei whales often occur in
shallower waters to feed. In aerial
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8500
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
surveys conducted from 2011–2015 in
the project area sightings of sei whales
occurred between March and June, with
the greatest number of sightings in May
(n=8) and June (n=13), and no sightings
from July through January (Kraus et al.,
2016).
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Minke Whale
Minke whales occur in temperate,
tropical, and high-latitude waters. The
Canadian East Coast stock can be found
in the area from the western half of the
Davis Strait (45° W) to the Gulf of
Mexico (Hayes et al., 2020). This species
generally occupies waters less than 100
m deep on the continental shelf. There
appears to be a strong seasonal
component to minke whale distribution,
in which spring to fall are times of
relatively widespread and common
occurrence, and when the whales are
most abundant in New England waters,
while during winter the species appears
to be largely absent (Hayes et al., 2020).
In aerial surveys conducted from 2011–
2015 in the project area, sightings of
minke whales occurred between March
and September, with the greatest
number of sightings occurring in May
(n=38) and no sightings from October
through February (Kraus et al., 2016).
Although they do not overlap with the
SFWF and SFEC, two minke whale
feeding BIAs were defined for the
southern Gulf of Maine and surrounding
waters (<200 m), including the waters
east of Cape Cod and Nantucket,
applicable from March through
November (LeBreque et al., 2015).
Since January 2017, elevated minke
whale mortalities have occurred along
the Atlantic coast from Maine through
South Carolina, with a total of 103
strandings recorded when this
document was written. This event has
been declared a UME. Full or partial
necropsy examinations were conducted
on more than 60 percent of the whales.
Preliminary findings in several of the
whales have shown evidence of human
interactions or infectious disease, but
these findings are not consistent across
all of the whales examined, so more
research is needed. More information is
available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019minke-whale-unusual-mortality-eventalong-atlantic-coast.
Sperm Whale
The distribution of the sperm whale
in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the
continental shelf edge, over the
continental slope, and into mid-ocean
regions (Hayes et al., 2020). The basic
social unit of the sperm whale appears
to be the mixed group of adult females
with their calves and some juveniles of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
both sexes, normally numbering 20–40
animals in all. There is evidence that
some social bonds persist for many
years (Christal et al., 1998). In summer,
the distribution of sperm whales
includes the area east and north of
Georges Bank and into the Northeast
Channel region, as well as the
continental shelf (inshore of the 100-m
isobath) south of New England. In the
fall, sperm whale occurrence south of
New England on the continental shelf is
at its highest level, and there remains a
continental shelf edge occurrence in the
mid-Atlantic bight. In winter, sperm
whales are concentrated east and
northeast of Cape Hatteras. Sperm
whales are not expected to be common
in the project area due to the relatively
shallow depths in the project area. In
aerial surveys conducted from 2011–
2015 in the project area only four
sightings of sperm whales occurred,
three in summer and one in autumn
(Kraus et al., 2016).
Long-Finned Pilot Whale
Long-finned pilot whales are found
from North Carolina and north to
Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea
(Hayes et al., 2020). In U.S. Atlantic
waters the species is distributed
principally along the continental shelf
edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in
winter and early spring, and in late
spring pilot whales move onto Georges
Bank and into the Gulf of Maine and
more northern waters and remain in
these areas through late autumn (Waring
et al., 2016). In aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project area the
majority of pilot whale sightings were in
spring (n=11); sightings were also
documented in summer, with no
sightings in autumn or winter (Kraus et
al., 2016).
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin
White-sided dolphins are found in
temperate and sub-polar waters of the
North Atlantic, primarily in continental
shelf waters to the 100-m depth contour
from central West Greenland to North
Carolina (Hayes et al., 2020). The Gulf
of Maine stock is most common in
continental shelf waters from Hudson
Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf
of Maine and lower Bay of Fundy.
Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in
distribution (Northridge et al., 1997).
During January to May, low numbers of
white-sided dolphins are found from
Georges Bank to Jeffreys Ledge (off New
Hampshire), with even lower numbers
south of Georges Bank, as documented
by a few strandings collected on beaches
of Virginia to South Carolina. From June
through September, large numbers of
white-sided dolphins are found from
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Georges Bank to the lower Bay of
Fundy. From October to December,
white-sided dolphins occur at
intermediate densities from southern
Georges Bank to southern Gulf of Maine
(Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings
south of Georges Bank, particularly
around Hudson Canyon, occur year
round but at low densities. In aerial
surveys conducted from 2011–2015 in
the project area there were sightings of
white-sided dolphins in every season
except winter (Kraus et al., 2016).
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in
tropical and warm temperate waters
ranging from southern New England
south to Gulf of Mexico and the
Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring et al.,
2014). This stock regularly occurs in
continental shelf waters south of Cape
Hatteras and in continental shelf edge
and continental slope waters north of
this region (Waring et al., 2014). There
are two forms of this species, with the
larger ecotype inhabiting the continental
shelf, usually found inside or near the
200 m isobath (Waring et al., 2014).
Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found worldwide in temperate to subtropical seas. In
the North Atlantic, common dolphins
are found over the continental shelf
between the 100-m and 2,000-m
isobaths and over prominent
underwater topography and east to the
mid-Atlantic Ridge (Hayes et al., 2020),
but may be found in shallower shelf
waters as well. Common dolphins are
expected to occur in the vicinity of the
project area in relatively high numbers.
Common dolphins were the most
frequently observed dolphin species in
aerial surveys conducted from 2011–
2015 in the project area (Kraus et al.,
2016). Sightings peaked in the summer
between June and August, though there
were sightings recorded in nearly every
month of the year (Kraus et al., 2016).
Bottlenose Dolphin
There are two distinct bottlenose
dolphin morphotypes in the western
North Atlantic: The coastal and offshore
forms (Hayes et al., 2020). The two
morphotypes are genetically distinct
based upon both mitochondrial and
nuclear markers (Hoelzel et al., 1998;
Rosel et al., 2009). The offshore form is
distributed primarily along the outer
continental shelf and continental slope
in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean from
Georges Bank to the Florida Keys, and
is the only type that may be present in
the project area as the northern extent
of the range of the Western North
Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8501
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Stock occurs south of the project area.
Bottlenose dolphins are expected to
occur in the project area in relatively
high numbers. They were the second
most frequently observed species of
dolphin in aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project area, and
were observed in every month of the
year except January and March (Kraus et
al., 2016).
Risso’s Dolphin
Risso’s dolphins are distributed
worldwide in tropical and temperate
seas, and in the Northwest Atlantic
occur from Florida to eastern
Newfoundland (Leatherwood et al.
1976; Baird and Stacey 1991). Off the
northeastern U.S. coast, Risso’s
dolphins are distributed along the
continental shelf edge from Cape
Hatteras northward to Georges Bank
during spring, summer, and autumn
(CETAP 1982; Payne et al. 1984), with
the range extending outward into
oceanic waters in the winter (Payne et
al., 1984). Risso’s dolphins are not
expected to be common in the project
area due to the relatively shallow water
depths. In aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project there
were only two confirmed sightings of
Risso’s dolphins, both of which
occurred in the spring (Kraus et al.,
2016).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises occur from the
coastline to deep waters (>1800 m;
Westgate et al. 1998), although the
majority of the population is found over
the continental shelf (Hayes et al.,
2020). In the project area, only the Gulf
of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor
porpoise may be present. This stock is
found in U.S. and Canadian Atlantic
waters and is concentrated in the
northern Gulf of Maine and southern
Bay of Fundy region, generally in waters
less than 150 m deep (Waring et al.,
2016). In aerial surveys conducted from
2011–2015 in the project area, sightings
of harbor porpoise occurred from
November through May, with the
highest number of detections occurring
in April and almost none during June–
September (Kraus et al., 2016).
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Harbor Seal
The harbor seal is found in all
nearshore waters of the North Atlantic
and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining
seas above about 30° N (Burns, 2009). In
the western North Atlantic, harbor seals
are distributed from the eastern
Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to
southern New England and New York,
and occasionally to the Carolinas (Hayes
et al., 2020). Haulout and pupping sites
are located off Manomet, MA and the
Isles of Shoals, ME (Waring et al., 2016).
Based on harbor seal sightings reported
at sea in shipboard surveys conducted
by the NMFS Northeast Fisheries
Science Center from 1995–2011, harbor
seals would be expected to occur in the
project area from September to May
(Hayes et al., 2020). Harbor seals are
expected to be relatively common in the
project area. Since July 2018, elevated
numbers of harbor seal and gray seal
mortalities have occurred across Maine,
New Hampshire and Massachusetts.
This event has been declared a UME.
Additionally, stranded seals have
shown clinical signs as far south as
Virginia, although not in elevated
numbers; therefore, the UME
investigation now encompasses all seal
strandings from Maine to Virginia. Full
or partial necropsy examinations have
been conducted on some of the seals
and samples have been collected for
testing. Based on tests conducted thus
far, the main pathogen found in the
seals is phocine distemper virus. NMFS
is performing additional testing to
identify any other factors that may be
involved in this UME. Information on
this UME is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-englandmid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/20182019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-eventalong.
Gray Seal
There are three major populations of
gray seals found in the world: Eastern
Canada (western North Atlantic stock),
northwestern Europe, and the Baltic
Sea. Gray seals in the project area
belong to the western North Atlantic
stock. The range for this stock is from
New Jersey to Labrador. Current
population trends show that gray seal
abundance is likely increasing in the
U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Hayes et al., 2020).
Although the rate of increase is
unknown, surveys conducted since their
arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady
increase in abundance in both Maine
and Massachusetts (Hayes et al., 2020).
It is believed that recolonization by
Canadian gray seals is the source of the
U.S. population (Hayes et al., 2020).
Gray seals are expected to be relatively
common in the project area. As
described above, elevated seal
mortalities, including gray seals, have
occurred across Maine, New Hampshire
and Massachusetts, and as far south as
Virginia, since July 2018. This event has
been declared a UME, with phocine
distemper virus identified as the main
pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is
performing additional testing to identify
any other factors that may be involved
in this UME.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007,
2019) recommended that marine
mammals be divided into functional
hearing groups based on directly
measured or estimated hearing ranges
on the basis of available behavioral
response data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 decibel
(dB) threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in Table 4.
TABLE 4—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS
[NMFS, 2018]
Generalized
hearing range *
Hearing group
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) .....................................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
8502
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 4—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS—Continued
[NMFS, 2018]
Generalized
hearing range *
Hearing group
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) ...........................................
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger & L.
australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) ...................................................................................................................
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ..............................................................................................
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al. 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemila¨ et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
For more details concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information. Sixteen marine
mammal species (14 cetacean and 2
pinniped (both phocid species)) have
the reasonable potential to co-occur
with the proposed activities (Table 3).
Of the cetacean species that may be
present, six are classified as lowfrequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete
species), seven are classified as midfrequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid
species and the sperm whale), and one
is classified as a high-frequency
cetacean (i.e., harbor porpoise).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
Estimated Take section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the
content of this section, the Estimated
Take section, and the Proposed
Mitigation section, to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and how
those impacts on individuals are likely
to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical
background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types,
and on metrics used in this proposal
inasmuch as the information is relevant
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
to the specified activity and to a
discussion of the potential effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
found later in this document. For
general information on sound and its
interaction with the marine
environment, please see, e.g., Au and
Hastings (2008); Richardson et al.
(1995); Urick (1983).
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in Hz or
cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks or
corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency
sounds have shorter wavelengths than
lower frequency sounds, and typically
attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower
water. Amplitude is the height of the
sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’
of a sound and is typically described
using the relative unit of the dB. A
sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is
described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference
pressure (for underwater sound, this is
1 microPascal (mPa)), and is a
logarithmic unit that accounts for large
variations in amplitude; therefore, a
relatively small change in dB
corresponds to large changes in sound
pressure. The source level (SL)
represents the SPL referenced at a
distance of 1 m from the source
(referenced to 1 mPa), while the received
level is the SPL at the listener’s position
(referenced to 1 mPa).
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
duration of an impulse. Root mean
square is calculated by squaring all of
the sound amplitudes, averaging the
squares, and then taking the square root
of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean
square accounts for both positive and
negative values; squaring the pressures
makes all values positive so that they
may be accounted for in the summation
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL;
represented as dB re 1 micropascalsquared second (mPa2-s)) represents the
total energy in a stated frequency band
over a stated time interval or event, and
considers both intensity and duration of
exposure. The per-pulse SEL is
calculated over the time window
containing the entire pulse (i.e., 100
percent of the acoustic energy). SEL is
a cumulative metric; it can be
accumulated over a single pulse, or
calculated over periods containing
multiple pulses. Cumulative SEL
represents the total energy accumulated
by a receiver over a defined time
window or during an event. Peak sound
pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak
sound pressure or 0-pk) is the maximum
instantaneous sound pressure
measurable in the water at a specified
distance from the source, and is
represented in the same units as the rms
sound pressure.
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in a manner similar
to ripples on the surface of a pond and
may be either directed in a beam or
beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case
for sound produced by the pile driving
activity considered here. The
compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is typically loud due to
ambient sound, which is defined as
environmental background sound levels
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
lacking a single source or point
(Richardson et al., 1995). The sound
level of a region is defined by the total
acoustical energy being generated by
known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound. A number of
sources contribute to ambient sound,
including wind and waves, which are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient sound for frequencies between
200 Hz and 50 kHz (ICES 1995). In
general, ambient sound levels tend to
increase with increasing wind speed
and wave height. Precipitation can
become an important component of total
sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and
possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times. Marine mammals can contribute
significantly to ambient sound levels, as
can some fish and snapping shrimp. The
frequency band for biological
contributions is from approximately 12
Hz to over 100 kHz. Sources of ambient
sound related to human activity include
transportation (surface vessels),
dredging and construction, oil and gas
drilling and production, geophysical
surveys, sonar, and explosions. Vessel
noise typically dominates the total
ambient sound for frequencies between
20 and 300 Hz. In general, the
frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are
below 1 kHz and, if higher frequency
sound levels are created, they attenuate
rapidly.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources that
comprise ambient sound at any given
location and time depends not only on
the source levels (as determined by
current weather conditions and levels of
biological and human activity) but also
on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 dB from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from the specified
activity may be a negligible addition to
the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals. Underwater ambient sound
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
in the Atlantic Ocean southeast of
Rhode Island is comprised of sounds
produced by a number of natural and
anthropogenic sources. Humangenerated sound is a significant
contributor to the ambient acoustic
environment in the project location.
Details of source types are described in
the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall
into one of two general types: Impulsive
and non-impulsive (defined in the
following). The distinction between
these two sound types is important
because they have differing potential to
cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
discussion of these concepts. The
distinction between these two sound
types is not always obvious, as certain
signals share properties of both
impulsive and non-impulsive sounds. A
signal near a source could be
categorized as impulsive, but due to
propagation effects as it moves farther
from the source, the signal duration
becomes longer (e.g., Greene and
Richardson, 1988).
Impulsive sound sources (e.g.,
airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic
booms, impact pile driving) produce
signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second),
broadband, atonal transients (ANSI,
1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998;
ISO, 2003) and occur either as isolated
events or repeated in some succession.
Impulsive sounds are all characterized
by a relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features.
Non-impulsive sounds can be tonal,
narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either
continuous or intermittent (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these nonimpulsive sounds can be transient
signals of short duration but without the
essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
rise time). Examples of non-impulsive
sounds include those produced by
vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems.
The duration of such sounds, as
received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
General background information on
marine mammal hearing was provided
previously (see Description of Marine
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8503
Mammals in the Area of the Specified
Activities). Here, the potential effects of
sound on marine mammals are
discussed.
Potential Effects of Underwater
Sound—Anthropogenic sounds cover a
broad range of frequencies and sound
levels and can have a range of highly
variable impacts on marine life, from
none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received
levels, duration of exposure, behavioral
context, and various other factors. The
potential effects of underwater sound
from active acoustic sources can
potentially result in one or more of the
following: Temporary or permanent
hearing impairment, non-auditory
physical or physiological effects,
behavioral disturbance, stress, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995;
Gordon et al., 2003; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; Go¨tz et al.,
2009). The degree of effect is
intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance
from the source, and duration of the
sound exposure. In general, sudden,
high level sounds can cause hearing
loss, as can longer exposures to lower
level sounds. Temporary or permanent
loss of hearing will occur almost
exclusively for noise within an animal’s
hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before
providing discussion specific to pile
driving.
Richardson et al. (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We describe the more severe effects
(i.e., certain non-auditory physical or
physiological effects) only briefly as we
do not expect that there is a reasonable
likelihood that pile driving may result
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8504
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
in such effects (see below for further
discussion). Potential effects from
impulsive sound sources can range in
severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to
physical discomfort, slight injury of the
internal organs and the auditory system,
or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
Non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary
effect of extreme behavioral reactions
(e.g., change in dive profile as a result
of an avoidance reaction) caused by
exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance
effects, and other types of organ or
tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;
Tal et al., 2015). The construction
activities considered here do not
involve the use of devices such as
explosives or mid-frequency tactical
sonar that are associated with these
types of effects.
Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
lower-intensity sound for prolonged
periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which NMFS
defines as a change, usually an increase,
in the threshold of audibility at a
specified frequency or portion of an
individual’s hearing range above a
previously established reference level’’
(NMFS, 2018). TS can be permanent
(PTS), in which case the loss of hearing
sensitivity is not fully recoverable, or
temporary (TTS), in which case the
animal’s hearing threshold would
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007).
Repeated sound exposure that leads to
TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of
PTS, there can be total or partial
deafness, while in most cases the animal
has an impaired ability to hear sounds
in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,
1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the ear
(i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
represents primarily tissue fatigue and
is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
addition, other investigators have
suggested that TTS is within the normal
bounds of physiological variability and
tolerance and does not represent
physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).
Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
to constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals, and there is no PTS
data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar
to those in humans and other terrestrial
mammals. PTS typically occurs at
exposure levels at least several decibels
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
above (a 40-dB threshold shift
approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et
al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing
mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift
approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall
et al., 2007). Based on data from
terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
assumption is that the PTS thresholds
for impulse sounds (such as impact pile
driving pulses as received close to the
source) are at least 6 dB higher than the
TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis
and PTS cumulative sound exposure
level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher
than TTS cumulative sound exposure
level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007).
Given the higher level of sound or
longer exposure duration necessary to
cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is
considerably less likely that PTS could
occur.
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises, and a sound must be at a higher
level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
and marine mammals, TTS can last from
minutes or hours to days (in cases of
strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary
to elicit mild TTS have been obtained
for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal
may be able to readily compensate for
a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
in a non-critical frequency range that
occurs during a time where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four
species of cetaceans (bottlenose
dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus
leucas), harbor porpoise, and Yangtze
finless porpoise (Neophocoena
asiaeorientalis)) and three species of
pinnipeds (northern elephant seal
(Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal,
and California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited
number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
tones and octave-band noise) in
laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015).
TTS was not observed in trained spotted
(Phoca largha) and ringed (Pusa
hispida) seals exposed to impulsive
noise at levels matching previous
predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et
al., 2016). In general, harbor seals and
harbor porpoises have a lower TTS
onset than other measured pinniped or
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS or PTS in marine mammals or for
further discussion of TTS or PTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al.
(2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),
Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in
behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
of an area or changes in vocalizations),
more conspicuous changes in similar
behavioral activities, and more
sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or
abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted, behavioral state may affect the
type of response. For example, animals
that are resting may show greater
behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have showed
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
marine mammals to loud impulsive
sound sources (typically airguns or
acoustic harassment devices) have been
varied but often consist of avoidance
behavior or other behavioral changes
suggesting discomfort (Morton and
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et
al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
However, many delphinids approach
low-frequency airgun source vessels
with no apparent discomfort or obvious
behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et al.,
2012), indicating the importance of
frequency output in relation to the
species’ hearing sensitivity.
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad
categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,
2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Variations in dive behavior may reflect
interruptions in biologically significant
activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
of little biological significance. The
impact of an alteration to dive behavior
resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at
the time of the exposure and the type
and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). An understanding of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal can facilitate the assessment
of whether foraging disruptions are
likely to incur fitness consequences.
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et
al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8505
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
while North Atlantic right whales have
been observed to shift the frequency
content of their calls upward while
reducing the rate of calling in areas of
increased anthropogenic noise (Parks et
al., 2007). In some cases, animals may
cease sound production during
production of aversive signals (Bowles
et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from airgun surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term,
with animals returning to the area once
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et
al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution
patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the
presence of the sound does not occur
(e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (Evans and
England, 2001). However, it should be
noted that response to a perceived
predator does not necessarily invoke
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and
whether individuals are solitary or in
groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8506
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
Stress Responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
and, more rarely, studied in wild
populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship
traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales. These and
other studies lead to a reasonable
expectation that some marine mammals
will experience physiological stress
responses upon exposure to acoustic
stressors and that it is possible that
some of these would be classified as
‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
experiencing TTS would likely also
experience stress responses (NRC,
2003).
Auditory Masking—Sound can
disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
the receipt of a sound is interfered with
by another coincident sound at similar
frequencies and at similar or higher
intensity, and may occur whether the
sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,
wind, waves, precipitation) or
anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,
seismic exploration) in origin. The
ability of a noise source to mask
biologically important sounds depends
on the characteristics of both the noise
source and the signal of interest (e.g.,
signal-to-noise ratio, temporal
variability, direction), in relation to each
other and to an animal’s hearing
abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency
range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional
discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and
propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
when the coincident (masking) sound is
man-made, it may be considered
harassment if disrupting behavioral
patterns. It is important to distinguish
TTS and PTS, which persist after the
sound exposure, from masking, which
occurs during the sound exposure.
Because masking (without resulting in
TS) is not associated with abnormal
physiological function, it is not
considered a physiological effect, but
rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can
be tested directly in captive species
(e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild
populations it must be either modeled
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies
addressing real-world masking sounds
likely to be experienced by marine
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and
receivers of acoustic signals and can
potentially have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the
individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by
as much as 20 dB (more than three times
in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
from pre-industrial periods, with most
of the increase from distant commercial
shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All
anthropogenic sound sources, but
especially chronic and lower-frequency
signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound
levels, thus intensifying masking.
Potential Acoustic Effects of Proposed
Activities
Acoustic effects on marine mammals
during the specified activity can occur
from impact pile driving, vibratory pile
driving/removal, and HRG surveys. The
effects of underwater noise from
construction of the SFWF and SFEC
have the potential to result in PTS
(Level A harassment) or disruption of
behavioral patterns (Level B
harassment) of marine mammals in the
action area.
The effects of pile driving on marine
mammals are dependent on several
factors, including the size, type, and
depth of the animal; the type (impact or
vibratory), depth, intensity, and
duration of the pile driving sound; the
depth of the water column; the substrate
of the habitat; the distance between the
pile and the animal; and the sound
propagation properties of the
environment.
When piles are driven with impact
hammers, they deform, sending a bulge
travelling down the pile that radiates
sound into the surrounding air, water,
and seabed. This sound may be received
by biological receivers such as marine
mammals through the water, as the
result of reflected paths from the
surface, or re-radiated into the water
from the seabed (See Figure 3 Appendix
J1 of the SFWF COP for a schematic
diagram illustrating sound propagation
paths associated with pile driving).
Noise generated by impact pile
driving consists of regular, impulsive
sounds of short duration. These
impulsive sounds are typically high
energy with fast rise times. Exposure to
these sounds may result in harassment
depending on proximity to the sound
source and a variety of environmental
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
and biological conditions (Dahl et al.
2015; Nedwell et al., 2007). Illingworth
& Rodkin (2007) measured an
unattenuated sound pressure within 10
m (33 ft) at a peak of 220 dB re 1 mPa
for a 2.4 m (96 in) steel pile driven by
an impact hammer, and Brandt et al.
(2011) found that for a pile driven in a
Danish wind farm in the North Sea, the
peak pressure at 720 m (0.4 nm) from
the source was 196 dB re 1 mPa. Studies
of underwater sound from pile driving
finds that most of the acoustic energy is
below one to two kHz, with broadband
sound energy near the source (40 Hz to
>40 kHz) and only low-frequency
energy (<∼400 Hz) at longer ranges
(Bailey et al., 2010; Erbe, 2009;
Illingworth & Rodkin, 2007). There is
typically a decrease in sound pressure
and an increase in pulse duration the
greater the distance from the noise
source (Bailey et al., 2010). Maximum
noise levels from pile driving usually
occur during the last stage of driving
each pile where the highest hammer
energy levels are used (Betke, 2008).
Available information on impacts to
marine mammals from pile driving
associated with offshore wind is limited
to information on harbor porpoises and
seals, as the vast majority of this
research has occurred at European
offshore wind projects where large
whales are uncommon. Harbor
porpoises, one of the most behaviorally
sensitive cetaceans, have received
particular attention in European waters
due to their protection under the
European Union Habitats Directive (EU
1992, Annex IV) and the threats they
face as a result of fisheries bycatch.
Brandt et al. (2016) summarized the
effects of the construction of eight
offshore wind projects within the
German North Sea between 2009 and
2013 on harbor porpoises, combining
PAM data from 2010–2013 and aerial
surveys from 2009–2013 with data on
noise levels associated with pile
driving. Baseline analyses were
conducted initially to identify the
seasonal distribution of porpoises in
different geographic subareas. Results of
the analysis revealed significant
declines in porpoise detections during
pile driving when compared to 25–48
hours before pile driving began, with
the magnitude of decline during pile
driving clearly decreasing with
increasing distances to the construction
site. During the majority of projects,
significant declines in detections (by at
least 20 percent) were found within at
least 5–10 km of the pile driving site,
with declines at up to 20–30 km of the
pile driving site documented in some
cases. However, there were no
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8507
indications for a population decline of
harbor porpoises over the five year
study period based on analyses of daily
PAM data and aerial survey data at a
larger scale (Brandt et al., 2016). Despite
extensive construction activities over
the study period and an increase in
these activities over time, there was no
long-term negative trend in acoustic
porpoise detections or densities within
any of the subareas studied. In some
areas, PAM data even detected a
positive trend from 2010 to 2013. Even
though clear negative short-term effects
(1–2 days in duration) of offshore wind
farm construction were found (based on
acoustic porpoise detections), the
authors found no indication that harbor
porpoises within the German Bight were
negatively affected by wind farm
construction at the population level
(Brandt et al., 2016).
Monitoring of harbor porpoises before
and after construction at the Egmond
aan Zee offshore wind project in the
Dutch North Sea showed that more
porpoises were found in the wind
project area compared to two reference
areas post-construction, leading the
authors to conclude that this effect was
linked to the presence of the wind
project, likely due to increased food
availability as well as the exclusion of
fisheries and reduced vessel traffic in
the wind project (Lindeboom et al.,
2011). The available literature indicates
harbor porpoise avoidance of pile
driving at offshore wind projects has
occurred during the construction phase.
Where long term monitoring has been
conducted, harbor porpoises have repopulated the wind farm areas after
construction ceased, with the time it
takes to re-populate the area varying
somewhat, suggesting that while there
are short-term impacts to porpoises
during construction, population-level or
long-term impacts are unlikely.
Harbor seals are also a particularly
behaviorally sensitive species. A harbor
seal telemetry study off the East coast of
England found that seal abundance was
significantly reduced up to 25 km from
WTG pile driving during construction,
but found no significant displacement
resulted from construction overall as the
seals’ distribution was consistent with
the non-piling scenario within 2 hours
of cessation of pile driving (Russell et
al., 2016). Based on 2 years of
monitoring at the Egmond aan Zee
offshore wind project in the Dutch
North Sea, satellite telemetry, while
inconclusive, seemed to show that
harbor seals avoided an area up to 40
km from the construction site during
pile driving, though the seals were
documented inside the wind farm after
construction ended, indicating any
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8508
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
avoidance was temporary (Lindeboom et
al., 2011).
Overall, the available literature
suggests harbor seals and harbor
porpoises have shown avoidance of pile
driving at offshore wind projects during
the construction phase in some
instances, with the duration of
avoidance varying greatly, and with repopulation of the area generally
occurring post-construction. The
literature suggests that marine mammal
responses to pile driving in the offshore
environment are not predictable and
may be context-dependent. It should
also be noted that the only studies
available on marine mammal responses
to offshore wind-related pile driving
have focused on species which are
known to be more behaviorally sensitive
to auditory stimuli than the other
species that occur in the project area.
Therefore, the documented behavioral
responses of harbor porpoises and
harbor seals to pile driving in Europe
should be considered as a worst case
scenario in terms of the potential
responses among all marine mammals to
offshore pile driving, and these
responses cannot reliably predict the
responses that will occur in other
marine mammal species. Harwood et al.
(2014) discuss a theoretical framework
to predict the population level
consequences of disturbance from
offshore renewable energy development
in the UK on bottlenose dolphins and
minke whales (among other species),
providing illustrative examples of the
extent to which each species might be
exposed to behavioral disturbance or
experience PTS on a given construction
day, as well as probabilities of different
levels of population decline at the end
of the modeled construction period. For
bottlenose dolphins, most of the
simulated populations had declined in
abundance by less than 5 percent by the
time construction of the offshore wind
project ended; of the simulated minke
whale populations, the mean decline in
abundance was approximately 3
percent. The results, which relied
heavily on assumptions and expert
opinion, highlight the need for
empirical data to support more robust
predictive capabilities for assessment of
population level impacts of offshore
wind development on affected species
(Harwood et al., 2014).
Noise generated from vibratory pile
driving is mostly concentrated at lower
frequencies. Rise time is slower, and
sound energy is distributed over a great
amount of time, reducing the probability
and severity of injury (Nedwell and
Edwards, 2002; Carlson et al. 2005).
Vibratory hammers produce peak SPLs
that may be 180 dB or greater, but are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs
generated during impact pile driving of
the same-sized pile (Oestman et al.,
2009). Measurements from vibratory
pile driving of sheet piles during
construction activities for bridges and
piers indicate that root mean square
sound pressure level SPLrms produced
by this activity can range from 130 to
170 dB referenced to 1 micropascal
squared seconds (dB re 1 mPa2 s; re 1
mPa) depending on the measured
distance from the source and physical
properties of the location (Buehler et al.,
2015; Illingworth and Rodkin, Inc.,
2017).
Masking, which occurs when the
receipt of a sound is interfered with by
a coincident sound at similar
frequencies and similar or higher levels,
may occur during the short periods of
vibratory pile driving; however, this is
unlikely to become biologically
significant. It is possible that vibratory
pile driving resulting from construction
and removal of the temporary cofferdam
may mask acoustic signals important to
low frequency marine mammals, but the
short-term duration (approximately 36
hours over 3 non-consecutive days, 18
hours each for installation and removal)
would result in limited impacts from
masking. In this case, vibratory pile
driving durations are relatively short
and no significant seal rookeries or
haulouts, or cetacean foraging habitats
are located near the inshore proposed
cofferdam locations.
While thresholds for auditory
impairment consider exposure time, the
metrics used for the behavioral
harassment threshold do not consider
the duration of the animal’s exposure to
a sound level. Therefore, the traditional
assessment for behavioral exposures is
dependent solely on the presence or
absence of a species within the area
ensonified above the threshold. Also,
animals are less likely to respond to
sounds from more distance sources,
even when equivalent sound levels
elicit responses at closer ranges; both
proximity and received levels are
important factors in aversion responses
(Dunlop et al., 2017).
HRG surveys may temporarily impact
marine mammals in the area due to
elevated in-water sound levels. Animals
exposed to active acoustic sources
during the HRG survey are unlikely to
incur TTS hearing impairment due to
the characteristics of the sound sources,
which include relatively narrow
beamwidths (e.g., shallow sub-bottom
profilers) and generally very short
pulses and duration of the sound. Even
for high-frequency cetacean species
(e.g., harbor porpoises), which may have
increased sensitivity to TTS (Lucke et
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012),
individuals would have to make a very
close approach and also remain very
close to vessels operating these sources
in order to receive the multiple
exposures at relatively high levels that
would be necessary to cause TTS.
Intermittent exposures—as would occur
due to the brief, transient signals
produced by these sources—require a
higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS
than would continuous exposures of the
same duration (i.e., intermittent
exposure results in lower levels of TTS)
(Mooney et al., 2009; Finneran et al.,
2010). Moreover, most marine mammals
would more likely avoid a loud sound
source rather than swim in such close
proximity as to result in TTS. Kremser
et al. (2005) noted that the probability
of a cetacean swimming through the
area of exposure when a sub-bottom
profiler emits a pulse is small—because
if the animal was in the area, it would
have to pass the transducer at close
range in order to be subjected to sound
levels that could cause TTS and would
likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the
area near the transducer rather than
swim through at such a close range.
Further, the restricted beam shape of the
majority of the geophysical survey
equipment planned for use (Table 2)
makes it unlikely that an animal would
be exposed more than briefly during the
passage of the vessel.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic sound depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
sound sources and their paths) and the
specific characteristics of the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography) and is difficult
to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison
et al., 2012). It is possible that pile
driving could result in temporary, shortterm changes in an animal’s typical
behavioral patterns and/or temporary
avoidance of the affected area. These
behavioral changes may include
(Richardson et al., 1995): Changing
durations of surfacing and dives,
number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed;
reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral
activities (such as socializing or
feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located;
and/or flight responses. The biological
significance of many of these behavioral
disturbances is difficult to predict,
especially if the detected disturbances
appear minor. However, the
consequences of behavioral
modification could be expected to be
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Significant behavioral
modifications that could lead to effects
on growth, survival, or reproduction,
such as drastic changes in diving/
surfacing patterns or significant habitat
abandonment are considered extremely
unlikely in the case of the proposed
project, as it is expected that mitigation
measures, including clearance zones
and soft start (described in detail below,
see Proposed Mitigation) will minimize
the potential for marine mammals to be
exposed to sound levels that would
result in more extreme behavioral
responses. In addition, marine mammals
in the project area are expected to avoid
any area that would be ensonified at
sound levels high enough for the
potential to result in more severe acute
behavioral responses, as the offshore
environment would allow marine
mammals the ability to freely move to
other areas without restriction.
In the case of impact pile driving,
sound sources would be active for
relatively short durations (2 to 3 hours
per pile), and only one pile would be
driven per day. The acoustic frequencies
produced during pile driving activity
are lower than those used by most
species for communication or foraging
expected to be present in the project
area. Given the short duration and the
frequency spectra produced by pile
driving, NMFS expects minimal
masking impacts from these activities.
Further, any masking events that might
qualify as Level B harassment under the
MMPA would be expected to occur
concurrently within the zones of
behavioral harassment already
estimated for pile driving, and have,
therefore, already been taken into
account in the exposure analysis. The
zones of behavioral harassment
estimated for vibratory pile driving are
large (see Estimated Take), but the short
duration of this activity coupled with
the ephemeral use by LF cetaceans (the
group most susceptible to potential
masking from these activities) of the
nearshore habitat will limit masking
impacts. Finally, masking effects from
HRG survey activities are not
anticipated due to the characteristics of
the acoustic sources (intermittent and
higher frequency signals), the small
isopleths generated by those signals,
and the influence of the proposed
mitigation.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
The proposed activities would result
in the placement of 16 permanent
structures (i.e., the monopiles and
associated scour protection supporting
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
the WTGs and OSS) and a temporary
cofferdam in the marine environment.
HRG surveys would not impact marine
mammal habitat beyond the noise
transmission discussed above, and are,
therefore, not discussed further in this
section. Based on the best available
information, the long-term presence of
the WTGs and OSS is not expected to
have negative impacts on habitats used
by marine mammals, and may
ultimately have beneficial impacts on
those habitats as a result of increased
presence of prey species in the project
area due to the WTGs and OSS acting
as artificial reefs (Russell et al., 2014).
Although studies assessing the impacts
of offshore wind development on
marine mammals are limited, the
repopulation of wind energy areas by
harbor porpoises (Brandt et al., 2016;
Lindeboom et al., 2011) and harbor seals
(Lindeboom et al., 2011; Russell et al.,
2016) following the installation of wind
turbines are promising. SFWF would be
located within the migratory corridor
BIA for North Atlantic right whales;
however, the 13,000 acre (62.5 km2)
lease area occupies a fraction of the
available habitat for North Atlantic right
whales migrating through the region.
Additionally, SFWF would operate a
relatively small number of WTGs (15)
compared to the number of foundations
in offshore wind farms assessed in e.g.,
Brandt et al. (2016) (range: 30–81; mean:
62), making the footprint comparatively
small once installation is complete.
There are no known foraging hotspots,
or other ocean bottom structures of
significant biological importance to
marine mammals present in the project
area. The proposed activities may have
potential short-term impacts to food
sources such as forage fish and could
also affect acoustic habitat (see Auditory
Masking discussion above), but
meaningful impacts are unlikely.
Therefore, the main impact issue
associated with the proposed activity
would be temporarily elevated sound
levels and the associated direct effects
on marine mammals, as discussed
previously. The most likely impact to
marine mammal habitat occurs from
impact and vibratory pile driving effects
on marine mammal prey (e.g., fish).
Impacts to the immediate substrate
during installation of piles are
anticipated, but these would be limited
to minor, temporary suspension of
sediments, which could impact water
quality and visibility for a short amount
of time, but which would not be
expected to have any effects on
individual marine mammals. Impacts to
substrate are therefore not discussed
further.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8509
Effects to Prey—Sound may affect
marine mammals through impacts on
the abundance, behavior, or distribution
of prey species (e.g., crustaceans,
cephalopods, fish, zooplankton). Marine
mammal prey varies by species, season,
and location and, for some, is not well
documented. Here, we describe studies
regarding the effects of noise on known
marine mammal prey.
Fish utilize the soundscape and
components of sound in their
environment to perform important
functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g.,
Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy
and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear
sounds using pressure and particle
motion sensitivity capabilities and
detect the motion of surrounding water
(Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects
of noise on fishes depends on the
overlapping frequency range, distance
from the sound source, water depth of
exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology.
Key impacts to fishes may include
behavioral responses, hearing damage,
barotrauma (pressure-related injuries),
and mortality.
Fish react to sounds which are
especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds, and behavioral
responses such as flight or avoidance
are the most likely effects. Short
duration, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior and
local distribution. The reaction of fish to
noise depends on the physiological state
of the fish, past exposures, motivation
(e.g., feeding, spawning, migration), and
other environmental factors. Hastings
and Popper (2005) identified several
studies that suggest fish may relocate to
avoid certain areas of sound energy.
Additional studies have documented
effects of pile driving on fish, although
several are based on studies in support
of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001,
2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009).
Several studies have demonstrated that
impulse sounds might affect the
distribution and behavior of some
fishes, potentially impacting foraging
opportunities or increasing energetic
costs (e.g., Fewtrell and McCauley,
2012; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Paxton et al.,
2017). However, some studies have
shown no or slight reaction to impulse
sounds (e.g., Pena et al., 2013; Wardle
et al., 2001; Jorgenson and Gyselman,
2009; Cott et al., 2012). More
commonly, though, the impacts of noise
on fish are temporary.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8510
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Estimated Take
consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as noise from
pile driving and HRG surveys has the
potential to result in disruption of
behavioral patterns for individual
marine mammals. There is also some
potential for auditory injury (Level A
harassment) to result from impact pile
driving. The proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures are expected to
minimize the severity of such taking to
the extent practicable (see Proposed
Mitigation).
As described previously, no mortality
is anticipated or proposed to be
authorized for these activities. The
approach by which take is estimated is
described below.
Generally speaking, NMFS estimates
take by considering: (1) Acoustic
thresholds above which NMFS believes
the best available science indicates
marine mammals will be behaviorally
harassed or incur some degree of
permanent hearing impairment; (2) the
area or volume of water that will be
ensonified above these levels in a day;
(3) the density or occurrence of marine
mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of
activities. NMFS notes that while these
basic factors can contribute to a basic
calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional
information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes
available (e.g., previous monitoring
results or average group size). Below,
NMFS describes the factors considered
here in more detail and present the
proposed take estimate.
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of
acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
SPLs of sufficient strength have been
known to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. However, in most fish
species, hair cells in the ear
continuously regenerate and loss of
auditory function likely is restored
when damaged cells are replaced with
new cells. Halvorsen et al. (2012a)
showed that a TTS of 4–6 dB was
recoverable within 24 hours for one
species. Impacts would be most severe
when the individual fish is close to the
source and when the duration of
exposure is long. Injury caused by
barotrauma can range from slight to
severe and can cause death, and is most
likely for fish with swim bladders.
Barotrauma injuries have been
documented during controlled exposure
to impact pile driving (Halvorsen et al.,
2012b; Casper et al., 2013). As described
in the Proposed Mitigation section
below, South Fork Wind would utilize
a sound attenuation device which
would reduce potential for injury to
marine mammal prey.
The most likely impact to fish from
impact and vibratory pile driving
activities at the project areas would be
temporary behavioral avoidance of the
area. The duration of fish avoidance of
an area after pile driving stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior
is anticipated. In general, impacts to
marine mammal prey species are
expected to be minor and temporary due
to the expected short daily duration of
individual pile driving events and the
relatively small areas being affected.
Any behavioral avoidance by fish of
the disturbed area would still leave
significantly large areas of fish and
marine mammal foraging habitat in the
nearby vicinity. Based on the
information discussed herein, NMFS
concludes that impacts of South Fork
Wind’s activities are not likely to have
more than short-term adverse effects on
any prey habitat or populations of prey
species. Further, any impacts to marine
mammal habitat are not expected to
result in significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine
mammals, or to contribute to adverse
impacts on their populations.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level
B harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment—Though
significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also
informed to varying degrees by other
factors related to the source (e.g.,
frequency, predictability, duty cycle),
the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and
the receiving animals (hearing,
motivation, experience, demography,
behavioral context) and can be difficult
to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison
et al., 2012). Based on what the
available science indicates and the
practical need to use a threshold based
on a factor that is both predictable and
measurable for most activities, NMFS
uses a generalized acoustic threshold
based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely
to be behaviorally harassed in a manner
we consider Level B harassment when
exposed to underwater anthropogenic
noise above received levels of 160 dB re
1 mPa (rms) for impulsive and/or
intermittent sources. South Fork Wind’s
proposed activity includes the use of
impulsive and intermittent sources (e.g.,
impact pile driving, HRG acoustic
sources), and thus the 160 dB threshold
applies.
Level A harassment—NMFS’
Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies
dual criteria to assess auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to five different
marine mammal groups (based on
hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). The components of South
Fork Wind’s proposed activity that may
result in take of marine mammals
include the use of impulsive and nonimpulsive sources.
These thresholds are provided in
Table 5. The references, analysis, and
methodology used in the development
of the thresholds are described in NMFS
2018 Technical Guidance, which may
be accessed at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
marine-mammal-acoustic-technicalguidance.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8511
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 5—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds *
(received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
1:
3:
5:
7:
9:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10 : LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
Acoustic Modeling
Here, NMFS describes operational
and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into identifying
the area ensonified above the acoustic
thresholds, which include source levels
and transmission loss coefficient.
Impact Pile Driving: Acoustic Range
As described above, South Fork Wind
is proposing to install up to 15 WTGs
and one OSS in the SFWF (i.e., a
maximum of 16 foundations). Two
piling scenarios may be encountered in
the construction of the project and were
therefore considered in the acoustic
modeling study conducted to estimate
the potential number of marine mammal
exposures above relevant harassment
thresholds: (1) Maximum design,
including one difficult to drive pile, and
(2) standard design with no difficult to
drive pile included.
In recognition of the need to ensure
that the range of potential impacts to
marine mammals from the various
potential scenarios are accounted for,
piling scenarios were modeled
separately in order to conservatively
assess the impacts of each. The two
monopile installation scenarios
modeled are:
(1) The ‘‘maximum design’’ consisting
of fifteen piles requiring ∼4,500 strikes
per pile (per 24 hrs), and one difficult
to drive pile requiring ∼8,000 strikes
(per 24 hrs).
(2) The ‘‘standard design’’ consisting
of sixteen piles requiring ∼4,500 strike
per pile (per 24 hrs).
Representative hammering schedules
of increasing hammer energy with
increasing penetration depth were
modeled, resulting in, generally, higher
intensity sound fields as the hammer
energy and penetration increases (Table
6).
TABLE 6—HAMMER ENERGY SCHEDULE FOR MONOPILE INSTALLATION
Standard
pile strike
count
(4,500 total)
Energy level (kilojoule[kJ])
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
1,000
1,500
2,500
4,000
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
Monopiles were assumed to be
vertical and driven to a penetration
depth of 45 m. While pile penetrations
across the site would vary, this value
was chosen as a reasonable penetration
depth. All acoustic modeling was
performed assuming that only one pile
is driven at a time.
Additional modeling assumptions for
the monopiles were as follows:
• One pile installed per day.
• 10.97 m steel cylindrical piling
with wall thickness of 10 cm.
• Impact pile driver: IHC S–4000
(4000 kilojoules (kJ) rated energy; 1977
kilonewtons (kN) ram weight).
• Helmet weight: 3234 kN.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Sound fields produced during impact
pile driving were modeled by first
characterizing the sound signal
produced during pile driving using the
industry-standard GRLWEAP (wave
equation analysis of pile driving) model
and JASCO Applied Sciences’ (JASCO)
Pile Driving Source Model (PDSM). The
full JASCO modeling report can be
found at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act and we
provide a summary of the modelling
effort below.
Underwater sound propagation (i.e.,
transmission loss) as a function of range
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
500
1,000
1,500
1,500
Difficult
pile strike
count
(8,000 total)
800
1,200
3,000
3,000
Pile
penetration
(m)
0–6
6–23.5
23.5–41
41–45
from each source was modeled using
JASCO’s Marine Operations Noise
Model (MONM) for multiple
propagation radials centered at the
source to yield 3D transmission loss
fields in the surrounding area. The
MONM computes received per-pulse
SEL for directional sources at specified
depths. MONM uses two separate
models to estimate transmission loss.
At frequencies less than 2 kHz,
MONM computes acoustic propagation
via a wide-angle parabolic equation (PE)
solution to the acoustic wave equation
based on a version of the U.S. Naval
Research Laboratory’s Range-dependent
Acoustic Model (RAM) modified to
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8512
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
account for an elastic seabed. MONM–
RAM incorporates bathymetry,
underwater sound speed as a function of
depth, and a geoacoustic profile based
on seafloor composition, and accounts
for source horizontal directivity. The PE
method has been extensively
benchmarked and is widely employed
in the underwater acoustics community,
and MONM–RAM’s predictions have
been validated against experimental
data in several underwater acoustic
measurement programs conducted by
JASCO. At frequencies greater than 2
kHz, MONM accounts for increased
sound attenuation due to volume
absorption at higher frequencies with
the widely used BELLHOP Gaussian
beam ray-trace propagation model. This
component incorporates bathymetry and
underwater sound speed as a function of
depth with a simplified representation
of the sea bottom, as subbottom layers
have a negligible influence on the
propagation of acoustic waves with
frequencies above 1 kHz. MONM–
BELLHOP accounts for horizontal
directivity of the source and vertical
variation of the source beam pattern.
Both propagation models account for
full exposure from a direct acoustic
wave, as well as exposure from acoustic
wave reflections and refractions (i.e.,
multi-path arrivals at the receiver).
The sound field radiating from the
pile was simulated using a vertical array
of point sources. Because sound itself is
an oscillation (vibration) of water
particles, acoustic modeling of sound in
the water column is inherently an
evaluation of vibration. For this study,
synthetic pressure waveforms were
computed using the full-wave rangedependent acoustic model (FWRAM),
which is JASCO’s acoustic propagation
model capable of producing timedomain waveforms.
Models are more efficient at
estimating SEL than SPLrms. Therefore,
conversions may be necessary to derive
the corresponding SPLrms. Propagation
was modeled for a subset of sites using
the FWRAM, from which broadband
SEL to SPL conversion factors were
calculated. The FWRAM required
intensive calculation for each site, thus
a representative subset of modeling sites
were used to develop azimuth-, range-,
and depth-dependent conversion
factors. These conversion factors were
used to calculate the broadband SPLrms
from the broadband SEL prediction.
Two locations within the SFWF were
selected to provide representative
propagation and sound fields for the
project area (see Figure 1 in SFWF COP,
Appendix J1). The two locations were
selected to span the region from shallow
to deeper water and varying distances to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
dominant bathymetric features (i.e.,
slope and shelf break). Water depth and
environmental characteristics (e.g.,
bottom-type) are similar throughout the
SFWF, and therefore minimal
differences were found in sound
propagation results for the two sites
(Denes et al., 2018). The model also
incorporated two different sound
velocity profiles (related to in situ
measurements of temperature, salinity,
and pressure within the water column)
to account for variations in the acoustic
propagation conditions between
summer and winter. Estimated pile
driving schedules (Table 6) were used to
calculate the SEL sound fields at
different points in time during pile
driving.
The sound propagation modeling
incorporated site-specific environmental
data that describes the bathymetry,
sound speed in the water column, and
seabed geoacoustics in the construction
area. Sound level estimates are
calculated from three-dimensional
sound fields and then at each horizontal
sampling range, the maximum received
level that occurs within the water
column is used as the received level at
that range. These maximum-over-depth
(Rmax) values are then compared to
predetermined threshold levels to
determine acoustic ranges to Level A
harassment and Level B harassment
zone isopleths. However, the ranges to
a threshold typically differ among radii
from a source, and might not be
continuous because sound levels may
drop below threshold at some ranges
and then exceed threshold at farther
ranges. To minimize the influence of
these inconsistencies, 5 percent of the
farthest such footprints were excluded
from the model data. The resulting
range, R95percent, is used because,
regardless of the shape of the maximumover-depth footprint, the predicted
range encompasses at least 95 percent of
the horizontal area that would be
exposed to sound at or above the
specified threshold. The difference
between Rmax and R95percent depends on
the source directivity and the
heterogeneity of the acoustic
environment. R95percent excludes ends of
protruding areas or small isolated
acoustic foci not representative of the
nominal ensonified zone (see Figure 12;
SFWF COP Appendix J1).
The modeled source spectrum is
provided in Figure 7 of the SFWF COP
(Appendix J1). The dominant energy for
both pile driving scenarios (‘‘maximum’’
and ‘‘standard’’) is below 100 Hz. Please
see Appendix J1 of the SFWF COP for
further details on the modeling
methodology (Denes et al., 2020a).
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
South Fork Wind will employ a noise
mitigation system during all impact pile
driving of monopiles. Noise mitigation
systems, such as bubble curtains, are
sometimes used to decrease the sound
levels radiated from a source. Bubbles
create a local impedance change that
acts as a barrier to sound transmission.
The size of the bubbles determines their
effective frequency band, with larger
bubbles needed for lower frequencies.
There are a variety of bubble curtain
systems, confined or unconfined
bubbles, and some with encapsulated
bubbles or panels. Attenuation levels
also vary by type of system, frequency
band, and location. Small bubble
curtains have been measured to reduce
sound levels but effective attenuation is
highly dependent on depth of water,
current, and configuration and
operation of the curtain (Austin, Denes,
MacDonnell, & Warner, 2016;
Koschinski & Lu¨demann, 2013). Bubble
curtains vary in terms of the sizes of the
bubbles and those with larger bubbles
tend to perform a bit better and more
reliably, particularly when deployed
with two separate rings (Bellmann,
2014; Koschinski & Lu¨demann, 2013;
Nehls, Rose, Diederichs, Bellmann, &
Pehlke, 2016).
Encapsulated bubble systems (e.g.,
Hydro Sound Dampers (HSDs)), can be
effective within their targeted frequency
ranges, e.g., 100–800 Hz, and when used
in conjunction with a bubble curtain
appear to create the greatest attenuation.
The literature presents a wide array of
observed attenuation results for bubble
curtains. The variability in attenuation
levels is the result of variation in design,
as well as differences in site conditions
and difficulty in properly installing and
operating in-water attenuation devices.
A California Department of
Transportation (CalTrans) study tested
several systems and found that the best
attenuation systems resulted in 10–15
dB of attenuation (Buehler et al., 2015).
Similarly, Da¨hne et al. (2017) found that
single bubble curtains that reduced
sound levels by 7 to 10 dB reduced the
overall sound level by ∼12 dB when
combined as a double bubble curtain for
6 m steel monopiles in the North Sea.
Bellmann et al. (2020) provide a review
of the efficacy of using bubble curtains
(both single and double) as noise
abatement systems in the German EEZ
of the North and Baltic Seas. For 8 m
diameter monopiles, single bubble
curtains achieved an average of 11 dB
broadband noise reduction (Bellmann et
al., 2020). In modeling the sound fields
for South Fork Wind’s proposed
activities, hypothetical broadband
attenuation levels of 0 dB, 6 dB, 10 dB,
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8513
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
12 dB, and 15 dB were modeled to
gauge the effects on the ranges to
thresholds given these levels of
attenuation. Although five attenuation
levels (and associated ranges) are
provided, South Fork Wind anticipates
that the use of a noise mitigation system
will produce field measurements of the
isopleth distances to the Level A
harassment and Level B harassment
thresholds that accord with those
modeled assuming 10 dB of attenuation
(see Estimated Take, Proposed
Mitigation, and Proposed Monitoring
and Reporting sections).
The updated acoustic thresholds for
impulsive sounds (such as impact pile
driving) contained in the Technical
Guidance (NMFS, 2018) were presented
as dual metric acoustic thresholds using
both SELcum and peak sound pressure
level metrics (Table 5). As dual metrics,
NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A
harassment) to have occurred when
either one of the two metrics is
exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of
exposure, as well as auditory weighting
functions by marine mammal hearing
group.
Tables 7 and 8 shows the modeled
acoustic ranges to the Level A
harassment thresholds, with 0, 6, 10, 12
and 15 dB sound attenuation
incorporated. For the peak level, the
greatest distances expected within a
given hearing group are shown,
typically occurring at the highest
hammer energies (Table 7). The SELcum
Level A harassment threshold is the
only metric that is affected by the
number of strikes within a 24 hr period;
therefore, it is only this acoustic
threshold that is associated with
differences in range estimates between
the standard scenario and the difficultto drive pile scenario (Table 8). The
maximum distances for the other two
metrics (peak sound pressure level
(SPLpk) and SPLrms) are equal for both
scenarios because these metrics are used
to define characteristics of a single
impulse and do not vary based on the
number of strikes (Denes et al., 2020a).
The radial distances shown in Tables 7
and 8 are the mean distances from the
piles, averaged between the two
modeled locations and between summer
and winter sound velocity profiles.
TABLE 7—MEAN ACOUSTIC RANGE (R95%) TO LEVEL A PEAK SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (SPLpk) ACOUSTIC HARASSMENT
THRESHOLDS FOR MARINE MAMMALS DUE TO IMPACT PILE DRIVING
Mean distance (m) to threshold
Threshold SPLpk
(dB re 1 μPa)
Marine mammal hearing group
Low-frequency cetaceans ....................
Mid-frequency cetaceans .....................
High-frequency cetaceans ...................
Phocid pinnipeds ..................................
0 dB
attenuation
219
230
202
218
6 dB
attenuation
87
8
1,545
101
10 dB
attenuation
22
2
541
26
12 dB
attenuation
9
1
243
12
15 dB
attenuation
7
1
183
8
2
1
108
2
dB re 1 μPa = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal.
TABLE 8—MEAN ACOUSTIC RANGE (R95%) TO LEVEL A SOUND EXPOSURE LEVEL (SELcum) ACOUSTIC HARASSMENT
THRESHOLDS FOR MARINE MAMMALS DUE TO IMPACT PILE DRIVING OF A STANDARD PILE (S; 4,500 STRIKES*) AND A
DIFFICULT TO DRIVE PILE (D; 8,000 STRIKES*)
Threshold
SELcum
(dB re 1
μPa2s)
Marine mammal hearing group
Low-frequency cetaceans .....................
Mid-frequency cetaceans ......................
High-frequency cetaceans ....................
Phocid pinnipeds ...................................
183
185
155
185
Mean distance (m) to threshold
0 dB attenuation
S
16,416
107
9,290
3,224
6 dB attenuation
D
S
21,941
183
13,374
4,523
10 dB attenuation
D
8,888
43
4,012
1,375
11,702
59
6,064
2,084
12 dB attenuation
15 dB attenuation
S
D
S
D
S
D
6,085
27
2,174
673
7,846
32
3,314
1,080
5,015
27
2,006
437
6,520
26
2,315
769
3,676
26
814
230
4,870
26
1,388
415
dB re 1 μPa2 s = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal squared second;
* Approximation.
Table 9 shows the acoustic ranges to
the Level B harassment threshold with
no attenuation, 6, 10, 12, and 15 dB
sound attenuation incorporated.
Acoustic propagation was modeled at
two representative sites in the SFWF as
described above. The radial distances
shown in Table 8 are the mean distance
to the Level B harassment threshold
from the piles, derived by averaging the
R95percent to the Level B harassment
thresholds for summer and winter (see
Appendix P2 of the SFWF COP for more
details). The range estimated assuming
10 dB attenuation (4,684 m) was used to
determine the extent of the Level B
harassment zone for impact pile driving.
TABLE 9—MEAN ACOUSTIC RANGE (R95%) TO LEVEL B HARASSMENT ACOUSTIC THRESHOLD (SPLrms) DUE TO IMPACT
PILE DRIVING
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Mean distance (m) to threshold
Threshold SPLrms (dB re 1 μPa)
0 dB
attenuation
160 .......................................................................................
6 dB
attenuation
11,382
10 dB
attenuation
6,884
4,684
dB re 1 μPa = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
12 dB
attenuation
4,164
15 dB
attenuation
3,272
8514
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Impact Pile Driving: Exposure-Based
Ranges
Modeled acoustic ranges to threshold
levels may overestimate the actual
distances at which animals receive
exposures meeting the Level A (SELcum)
harassment threshold criterion. In
addition, modeled acoustic ranges to
thresholds assume that receivers (i.e.,
animals) are stationary. Therefore, such
ranges are not realistic, particularly for
accumulating metrics like SELcum.
Applying animal movement and
behavior (Denes et al. 2020c) within the
propagated noise fields provides the
exposure range, which results in a more
realistic indication of the distances at
which acoustic thresholds are met. For
modeled animals that have received
enough acoustic energy to exceed a
given threshold, the exposure range for
each animal is defined as the closest
point of approach (CPA) to the source
made by that animal while it moved
throughout the modeled sound field,
accumulating received acoustic energy.
The resulting exposure range for each
species is the 95th percentile of the CPA
distances for all animals that exceeded
threshold levels for that species (termed
the 95 percent exposure range
[ER95percent). Notably, the ER95percent are
species-specific rather than categorized
only by hearing group which affords
more biologically-relevant data (e.g.,
dive durations, swim speeds, etc.) to be
considered when assessing impact
ranges. The ER95percent for SELcum are
provided in Table 10 and are smaller
than the acoustic ranges calculated
using propagation modeling alone
(Table 7 and 8). Please see the Estimated
Take section below and Appendix P1 of
the SFWF COP for further detail on the
acoustic modeling methodology. The
ER95percent ranges assuming 10 dB
attenuation for a difficult-to-drive pile
were used to determine the Level A
harassment zones for impact pile
driving.
TABLE 10—EXPOSURE-BASED RANGES (ER95%) TO LEVEL A SOUND EXPOSURE LEVEL (SELcum) HARASSMENT ACOUSTIC THRESHOLDS DUE TO IMPACT PILE DRIVING OF A STANDARD PILE (S; 4,500 STRIKES *) AND A DIFFICULT TO
DRIVE PILE (D; 8,000 STRIKES *)
ER95% to SELcum thresholds (m)
0 dB
attenuation
Species
S
6 dB
attenuation
D
S
10 dB
attenuation
D
12 dB
attenuation
15 dB
attenuation
S
D
S
D
S
D
1,451
1,488
1,346
3,034
1,481
1,451
1,769
1,571
1,756
3,642
1,621
1,769
959
887
1,023
2,450
918
959
1,381
964
1,518
2,693
1,070
1,381
552
524
396
1,593
427
552
621
628
591
1,813
725
621
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
79
365
26
39
21
26
46
22
117
85
0
22
21
0
0
21
21
0
Low-Frequency Cetaceans
Fin whale ...................................................
Minke whale ..............................................
Sei whale ...................................................
Humpback whale .......................................
North Atlantic right whale ..........................
Blue whale 1 ..............................................
5,386
5,196
5,287
9,333
4,931
5,386
6,741
6,033
6,488
11,287
5,857
6,741
2,655
2,845
2,648
5,195
2,514
2,655
2,982
2,882
3,144
5,947
3,295
2,982
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans
Sperm whale .............................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin .............................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin ......................
Common dolphin .......................................
Risso’s dolphin ..........................................
Bottlenose dolphin .....................................
Long-finned pilot whale .............................
0
0
20
0
24
13
0
0
0
6
0
13
13
0
0
0
20
0
24
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
High-Frequency Cetaceans
Harbor porpoise ........................................
2,845
3,934
683
996
Pinnipeds in Water
Gray seal ...................................................
Harbor seal ................................................
1,559
1,421
1,986
2,284
276
362
552
513
dB re 1 μPa2 s = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal squared second.
* Approximation.
1 There were no Level A SEL
cum exposures as a result of animal movement modeling for the blue whale which resulted in a ‘‘0’’ exposure range; however, an expected exposure range for mitigation purposes must be applied to each species. Therefore, the fin whale exposure range was used as a proxy for the blue whale
given similarity of species and activity.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
For vibratory pile driving (nonimpulsive sounds), sound source
characteristics were generated by JASCO
using GRLWEAP 2010 wave equation
model (Pile Dynamics, Inc., 2010).
Installation and removal of the
cofferdam were modeled from a single
location. The radiated sound waves
were modeled as discrete point sources
over the full length of the pile in the
water and sediment (9.1 m [30 ft] water
depth, 9.1 m [30 ft] penetration) with a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
vertical separation of 0.1 m (0.32 ft).
Removal of the cofferdam using a
vibratory extractor is expected to be
acoustically comparable to installation
activities. No noise mitigation system
will be used during vibratory piling.
Summaries of the maximum ranges to
Level A harassment thresholds and
Level B harassment thresholds resulting
from propagation modeling of vibratory
pile driving are provided in Table 11.
Peak thresholds were not reached for
any marine mammal hearing group.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
The large Level B harassment
isopleths resulting from vibratory piling
installation and removal are a reflection
of the threshold set for behavioral
disturbance from a continuous noise
(i.e., 120 dBrms). Level B harassment
thresholds are highly contextual for
species and the isopleth distance does
not represent a definitive impact zone or
a suggested mitigation zone; rather, the
information serves as the basis for
assessing potential impacts within the
context of the project and potentially
exposed species.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8515
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 11—DISTANCES TO LEVEL A CUMULATIVE SOUND EXPOSURE LEVEL (SELcum) HARASSMENT ACOUSTIC THRESHOLDS AND LEVEL B ROOT-MEAN-SQUARE SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (SPLrms) ACOUSTIC THRESHOLD DUE TO 18
HOURS OF VIBRATORY PILE DRIVING
Marine mammal hearing group
Level A threshold
SELcum
(dB re 1 μPa2 s)
Maximum distance
(m) to Level A
threshold
Level B threshold
SPLrms
(dB re 1 μPa)
Maximum distance
(m) to Level B
threshold
199
198
173
201
1,470
0
63
103
120
120
120
120
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
Low-frequency cetaceans ........................................................
Mid-frequency cetaceans .........................................................
High-frequency cetaceans .......................................................
Phocid pinnipeds .....................................................................
dB re 1 μPa = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal; μPa2 s = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal squared second.
HRG Surveys
Isopleth distances to Level A
harassment thresholds for all types of
HRG equipment and all marine mammal
functional hearing groups were modeled
using the NMFS User Spreadsheet and
NMFS Technical Guidance (2018),
which provides a conservative approach
to exposure estimation.
NMFS has developed a user-friendly
methodology for determining the rms
sound pressure level (SPLrms) at the 160dB isopleth for the purposes of
estimating the extent of Level B
harassment isopleths associated with
HRG survey equipment (NMFS, 2020).
This methodology incorporates
frequency-dependent absorption and
some directionality to refine estimated
ensonified zones. South Fork Wind used
NMFS’s methodology with additional
modifications to incorporate a seawater
absorption formula and account for
energy emitted outside of the primary
beam of the source. For sources that
operate with different beam widths, the
maximum beam width was used (see
Table 2). The lowest frequency of the
source was used when calculating the
absorption coefficient (Table 2).
NMFS considers the data provided by
Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) to
represent the best available information
on source levels associated with HRG
equipment and, therefore, recommends
that source levels provided by Crocker
and Fratantonio (2016) be incorporated
in the method described above to
estimate isopleth distances to the Level
A harassment and Level B harassment
thresholds. In cases when the source
level for a specific type of HRG
equipment is not provided in Crocker
and Fratantonio (2016), NMFS
recommends that either the source
levels provided by the manufacturer be
used, or, in instances where source
levels provided by the manufacturer are
unavailable or unreliable, a proxy from
Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) be used
instead. Table 2 shows the HRG
equipment types that may be used
during the proposed surveys and the
sound levels associated with those HRG
equipment types.
Results of modeling using the
methodology described above indicated
that, of the HRG survey equipment
planned for use by South Fork Wind
that has the potential to result in Level
B harassment of marine mammals,
sound produced by the Applied
Acoustics Dura-Spark UHD sparkers and
GeoMarine Geo-Source sparker would
propagate furthest to the Level B
harassment threshold (141 m; Table 12).
For the purposes of the exposure
analysis, it was conservatively assumed
that sparkers would be the dominant
acoustic source for all survey days.
Thus, the distances to the isopleths
corresponding to the threshold for Level
B harassment for sparkers (141 m) was
used as the basis of the take calculation
for all marine mammals.
TABLE 12—DISTANCE TO WEIGHTED LEVEL A HARASSMENT AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR EACH HRG
SOUND SOURCE OR COMPARABLE SOUND SOURCE CATEGORY FOR MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS
Distance to Level A threshold (m)
Source
MF
(SELcum
threshold)
LF
(SELcum
threshold)
Distance to
Level B (m)
HF
(SPL0-pk
threshold)
HF
(SELcum
threshold)
All species
(160 dB
SPLrms
threshold)
PW
(SELcum
threshold)
Shallow SBPs
ET 216 CHIRP .........................................
ET 424 CHIRP .........................................
ET 512i CHIRP ........................................
GeoPulse 5430 ........................................
TB CHIRP III ............................................
<1
0
0
<1
1.5
<1
0
0
<1
<1
2.9
0
<1
36.5
16.9
—
—
—
—
—
0
0
0
<1
<1
12
4
6
29
54
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Medium SBPs
AA Triple plate S-Boom (700/1,000 J) ....
AA, Dura-spark UHD (500 J/400 tip) .......
AA, Dura-spark UHD 400+400 ................
GeoMarine, Geo-Source dual 400 tip
sparker ..................................................
<1
<1
<1
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.7
2.8
2.8
<1
<1
<1
76
141
141
<1
0
0
2.8
<1
141
— = not applicable; μPa = micropascal; AA = Applied Acoustics; CHIRP = Compressed High-Intensity Radiated Pulse; dB = decibels; ET =
EdgeTech; HF = high-frequency; J = joules; LF= low-frequency; MF = mid-frequency; PW = Phocids in water; re= referenced to; SBP = sub-bottom profiler; SELcum = cumulative sound exposure level in dB re 1 μPa2 s; SPL0-pk = zero to peak sound pressure level in dB re 1 μPa; TB =
teledyne benthos; UHD = ultra-high definition; USBL = ultra-short baseline.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8516
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Marine Mammal Occurrence
This section provides information
about the presence, density, or group
dynamics of marine mammals that will
inform the take calculations. The best
available information regarding marine
mammal densities in the project area is
provided by habitat-based density
models produced by the Duke
University Marine Geospatial Ecology
Laboratory (Roberts et al., 2016, 2017,
2018, 2020). Density models were
originally developed for all cetacean
taxa in the U.S. Atlantic (Roberts et al.,
2016); more information, including the
model results and supplementary
information for each of those models, is
available at seamap.env.duke.edu/
models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015/. In
subsequent years, certain models have
been updated on the basis of additional
data as well as certain methodological
improvements. Although these updated
models (and a newly developed seal
density model) are not currently
publicly available, our evaluation of the
changes leads to a conclusion that these
represent the best scientific evidence
available. Marine mammal density
estimates in the SFWF (animals/km2)
were obtained using these model results
(Roberts et al., 2016, 2017, 2018, 2020).
As noted, the updated models
incorporate additional sighting data,
including sightings from the NOAA
Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for
Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys
from 2010–2016 which included some
aerial surveys over the RI/MA & MA
WEAs (NEFSC & SEFSC, 2011a, 2011b,
2012, 2014a, 2014b, 2015, 2016).
Roberts et al. (2020) further updated
model results for North Atlantic right
whales by incorporating additional
sighting data and implementing three
major changes: Increasing spatial
resolution, generating monthly
estimates on three time periods of
survey data, and dividing the study area
into five discrete regions.
Densities of marine mammals and
their subsequent exposure risk are
different for the wind farm area (where
impact pile driving will occur), the near
shore export cable area (where vibratory
pile driving will occur), and the HRG
survey area. Therefore, density blocks
(Roberts et al., 2016; Roberts, 2018)
specific to each construction area were
selected for evaluating the potential
takes of the 16 assessed species. The
Denes et al. (2020c) model analysis
utilized North Atlantic right whale
densities from the most recent survey
time period, 2010–2018, as suggested by
Roberts et al. (2020).
Monopile Installation
Mean monthly densities for all
animals were calculated using a 60 km
(37.3 mi) square centered on SFWF and
overlaying it on the density maps from
Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018, 2020).
The relatively large area selected for
density estimation encompasses and
extends beyond the estimated distances
to the isopleth corresponding to the
Level B harassment (with no
attenuation, as well as with 6, 10, 12
and 15 dB sound attenuation) for all
hearing groups using the unweighted
threshold of 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
(Table 9). Please see Figure 3 in the
SFWF COP (Appendix P2) for an
example of a density map showing
Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018, 2020)
density grid cells overlaid on a map of
the SFWF.
The mean density for each month was
determined by calculating the
unweighted mean of all 10 x 10 km (6.2
x 6.2 mi) grid cells partially or fully
within the buffer zone polygon. Mean
values from the density maps were
converted from units of abundance
(animals/100 km2 [38.6 miles2]) to units
of density (animals/km2). Densities were
computed for the months of May to
December to coincide with planned pile
driving activities (as described above,
no pile driving would occur from
January through April). In cases where
monthly densities were unavailable,
annual mean densities (e.g., pilot
whales) and seasonal mean densities
(e.g., all seals) were used instead. Table
13 shows the monthly marine mammal
density estimates for each species
incorporated in the exposure modeling
analysis. To obtain conservative
exposure estimates, South Fork Wind
used the maximum of the mean monthly
(May to December) densities for each
species to estimate the number of
individuals of each species exposed
above Level A harassment and Level B
harassment thresholds. The maximum
densities applied are denoted by an
asterisk.
TABLE 13—ESTIMATED DENSITIES (ANIMALS/KM-2) USED FOR MODELING MARINE MAMMAL EXPOSURES WITHIN SOUTH
FORK WIND FARM
Monthly density (animals km-2)
Common name
May
Fin whale ...........................................................................................
Minke whale ......................................................................................
Sei whale ...........................................................................................
Humpback whale ...............................................................................
North Atlantic right whale ..................................................................
0.00201
* 0.00163
* 0.00019
0.00133
* 0.00154
Jun
0.00219
0.00143
0.00013
0.00148
0.00011
Jul
* 0.00264
0.00047
0.00003
0.00069
0.00002
Blue whale .........................................................................................
Sperm whale .....................................................................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin ..............................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin .....................................................................
Common bottlenose dolphin .............................................................
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
0.00251
0.00026
0.00002
0.00094
0.00001
Sep
0.00217
0.00027
0.00003
* 0.00317
0.00001
0.00002
* 0.03900
0.00012
0.00496
0.00008
0.03600
0.00016
0.01800
* 0.00031
0.02500
0.00034
0.03700
0.00024
0.01300
0.00041
0.03800
0.00010
0.01500
0.00051
* 0.04000
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Nov
Dec
0.00145
0.00049
0.00000
0.00156
0.00005
0.00102
0.00022
0.00001
0.00042
0.00029
0.00105
0.00032
0.00001
0.00061
0.00151
0.00007
0.02200
* 0.00058
0.02000
0.00007
0.02100
0.00037
0.00962
0.00001
0.02800
0.00007
0.00846
0.00005
0.12800
0.00399
0.00955
0.00955
0.00009
0.09800
0.02400
0.00630
0.00630
0.00019
* 0.20400
0.02300
0.03400
0.03400
* 0.00596
0.00005
0.04400
* 0.03800
* 0.03900
* 0.03900
0.00005
0.04600
0.00236
0.02600
0.02600
0.00018
0.04300
0.00160
0.00874
0.00874
* 0.00026
0.06200
0.00172
0.00357
0.00357
0.00015
0.10200
0.00161
0.00529
0.00529
* Denotes the highest monthly density estimated.
1 Long- and short-finned pilot whales are grouped together to estimate the total density of both species.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Oct
* 0.00001
Pilot whales 1 .....................................................................................
Risso’s dolphin ..................................................................................
Common dolphin ...............................................................................
Harbor porpoise ................................................................................
Gray seal ...........................................................................................
Harbor seal ........................................................................................
Aug
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8517
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
Marine mammal densities in the near
shore export cable area were estimated
from the 10 × 10 km habitat density
blocks that contained the anticipated
location of the cofferdam. Monthly
marine mammal densities for the
potential construction locations of the
cofferdam are provided in Table 14. The
threshold distances at each location, in
the months during which the cofferdam
may be installed and extracted (e.g.,
October through April). Several of the
outer continental shelf and deeper water
species that appear in the SFWF area are
not included in the cofferdam species
list because the densities were zero for
those species.
maximum densities (denoted by an
asterisk) were incorporated in the
exposure modeling to obtain the most
conservative estimates of potential take
by Level A harassment or Level B
harassment.
The species listed in each respective
density table represent animals that
could be reasonably expected within the
propagated Level B harassment
TABLE 14—ESTIMATED DENSITIES (ANIMALS/KM-2) USED FOR MODELING MARINE MAMMAL EXPOSURES WITHIN THE
AFFECTED AREA AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF THE COFFERDAM INSTALLATION
Species 1
Jan
Fin whale ...........................................................................................
Minke whale ......................................................................................
Sei whale ...........................................................................................
Humpback whale ...............................................................................
North Atlantic right whale ..................................................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin ..............................................................
Common dolphin ...............................................................................
Common bottlenose dolphin .............................................................
Harbor porpoise ................................................................................
Gray seal ...........................................................................................
Harbor seal ........................................................................................
Feb
0.0001
0.0005
0.0001
* 0.0002
* 0.0014
0.0001
0.0003
0.0694
0.0007
* 0.3136
* 0.3136
0.0001
* 0.0008
0.0001
0.0002
0.0014
0.0000
0.0001
0.0296
0.0005
0.3136
0.3136
Mar
Apr
0.0002
0.0008
0.0001
0.0002
0.0013
0.0001
0.0001
0.0157
0.0005
0.3136
0.3136
May
* 0.0005
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0008
0.0002
0.0003
0.0474
0.0011
0.3136
0.3136
Oct
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0003
* 0.0003
0.0007
0.3625
0.0007
0.3136
0.3136
Nov
0.0002
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0003
0.0007
* 0.4822
* 0.0026
0.3136
0.3136
0.0001
0.0005
0.0000
0.0000
0.0002
0.0003
* 0.0010
0.2614
0.0003
0.3136
0.3136
Dec
0.0001
0.0005
0.0001
0.0002
0.0008
0.0002
0.0008
0.0809
0.0006
0.3136
0.3136
* Denotes density used for take estimates.
1 Only species with potential exposures are listed.
HRG Surveys
Densities for HRG surveys were
combined for the wind farm area (interarray cables) and the export cable route
using density blocks that encompassed
those areas. The densities used for HRG
surveys are provided in Table 15.
Average annual, rather than maximum
monthly, densities were estimated to
account for spatial variability in the
distribution of marine mammals
throughout the SFWF and SFEC and
temporal variability in distribution over
the 12-month timeframe during which
HRG surveys would occur.
TABLE 15—ESTIMATED DENSITIES (ANIMALS/KM-2) OF MARINE MAMMALS WITHIN THE HIGH RESOLUTION GEOPHYSICAL
SURVEY AREA
[Export cable route and inter-array cables]
Species
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
July
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Fin whale .......................................
Minke whale ..................................
Sei whale .......................................
Humpback whale ...........................
North Atlantic right whale ..............
Sperm whale .................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin ..........
Atlantic spotted dolphin .................
Common dolphin ...........................
Common bottlenose dolphin .........
Risso’s dolphin ..............................
Long-finned pilot whale .................
Harbor porpoise ............................
Gray seal .......................................
Harbor seal ....................................
0.0020
0.0006
0.0001
0.0008
0.0038
0.0001
0.0227
0.0001
0.0218
0.0081
0.0000
0.0033
0.0871
0.0151
0.0151
0.0015
0.0007
0.0001
0.0007
0.0053
0.0001
0.0103
0.0001
0.0100
0.0033
0.0000
0.0033
0.0584
0.0151
0.0151
0.0016
0.0006
0.0001
0.0008
0.0060
0.0001
0.0078
0.0001
0.0085
0.0014
0.0000
0.0033
0.0475
0.0151
0.0151
0.0027
0.0004
0.0002
0.0006
0.0054
0.0001
0.0172
0.0001
0.0182
0.0035
0.0000
0.0033
0.0964
0.0151
0.0151
0.0022
0.0005
0.0004
0.0009
0.0016
0.0001
0.0326
0.0001
0.0568
0.0241
0.0000
0.0033
0.0547
0.0151
0.0151
0.0022
0.0006
0.0002
0.0013
0.0001
0.0001
0.0276
0.0001
0.0645
0.0324
0.0000
0.0033
0.0182
0.0030
0.0030
0.0025
0.0006
0.0001
0.0008
0.0000
0.0001
0.0178
0.0001
0.0417
0.0544
0.0000
0.0033
0.0037
0.0030
0.0030
0.0024
0.0004
0.0000
0.0010
0.0000
0.0001
0.0126
0.0001
0.0456
0.0405
0.0000
0.0033
0.0014
0.0030
0.0030
0.0018
0.0002
0.0000
0.0013
0.0000
0.0001
0.0202
0.0001
0.0468
0.0393
0.0000
0.0033
0.0024
0.0151
0.0151
0.0018
0.0001
0.0000
0.0013
0.0000
0.0001
0.0267
0.0001
0.0538
0.0392
0.0000
0.0033
0.0150
0.0151
0.0151
0.0016
0.0006
0.0000
0.0013
0.0003
0.0001
0.0298
0.0001
0.0600
0.0271
0.0000
0.0033
0.0046
0.0151
0.0151
0.0022
0.0006
0.0001
0.0007
0.0017
0.0001
0.0352
0.0001
0.0506
0.0108
0.0000
0.0033
0.0482
0.0151
0.0151
Annual
average *
0.0020
0.0005
0.0001
0.0010
0.0020
0.0001
0.0217
0.0001
0.0399
0.0237
0.0000
0.0033
0.0365
0.0121
0.0121
* Annual average density used for take estimates.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Take Calculation and Estimation
Below is a description of how the
information provided above is brought
together to produce a quantitative take
estimate. The following steps were
performed to estimate the potential
numbers of marine mammal exposures
above Level A harassment and Level B
harassment thresholds as a result of the
proposed activities.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Monopile Installation
JASCO’s Animal Simulation Model
Including Noise Exposure (JASMINE)
animal movement model was used to
predict the probability of marine
mammal exposure to impact pile
driving sound. Sound exposure models
like JASMINE use simulated animals
(also known as ‘‘animats’’) to forecast
behaviors of animals in new situations
and locations based on previously
documented behaviors of those animals.
The predicted 3D sound fields (i.e., the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
output of the acoustic modeling process
described earlier) are sampled by
animats using movement rules derived
from animal observations. The output of
the simulation is the exposure history
for each animat within the simulation.
The precise location of animats (and
their pathways) are not known prior to
a project, therefore a repeated random
sampling technique (Monte Carlo) is
used to estimate exposure probability
with many animats and randomized
starting positions. The probability of an
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8518
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
animat starting out in or transitioning
into a given behavioral state can be
defined in terms of the animat’s current
behavioral state, depth, and the time of
day. In addition, each travel parameter
and behavioral state has a termination
function that governs how long the
parameter value or overall behavioral
state persists in the simulation.
The output of the simulation is the
exposure history for each animat within
the simulation, and the combined
history of all animats gives a probability
density function of exposure during the
project. Scaling the probability density
function by the real-world density of
animals (Table 13) results in the mean
number of animats expected to be
exposed over the duration of the project.
Due to the probabilistic nature of the
process, fractions of animats may be
predicted to exceed threshold. If, for
example, 0.1 animats are predicted to
exceed threshold in the model, that is
interpreted as a 10% chance that one
animat will exceed a relevant threshold
during the project, or equivalently, if the
simulation were re-run ten times, one of
the ten simulations would result in an
animat exceeding the threshold.
Similarly, a mean number prediction of
33.11 animats can be interpreted as rerunning the simulation where the
number of animats exceeding the
threshold may differ in each simulation
but the mean number of animats over all
of the simulations is 33.11. A portion of
an individual marine mammal cannot
be taken during a project, so it is
common practice to round mean
number animat exposure values to
integers using standard rounding
methods. However, for low-probability
events it is more precise to provide the
actual values.
Sound fields were input into the
JASMINE model and animats were
programmed based on the best available
information to ‘‘behave’’ in ways that
reflect the behaviors of the 16 marine
mammal species expected to occur in
the project area during the proposed
activity. The various parameters for
forecasting realistic marine mammal
behaviors (e.g., diving, foraging, surface
times, etc.) are determined based on the
available literature (e.g., tagging
studies); when literature on these
behaviors was not available for a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
particular species, it was extrapolated
from a similar species for which
behaviors would be expected to be
similar to the species of interest. Please
refer to the footnotes on Tables 16 and
17, and Appendix P2 of SFWF COP for
a more detailed description of the
species that were used as proxies when
data on a particular species was not
available. The parameters used in
JASMINE describe animat movement in
both the vertical and horizontal planes
(e.g., direction, travel rate, ascent and
descent rates, depth, bottom following,
reversals, inter-dive surface interval).
More information regarding modeling
parameters can be found in Denes et al.
(2020c).
The mean number of animats that
may be exposed to noise exceeding
acoustic thresholds were calculated for
two construction schedules; one
representing the most likely schedule,
and one representing a more aggressive,
or maximum schedule (Denes et al.,
2019). The most likely schedule
assumes that three foundations are
installed per week with an average of
one pile installed every other day. The
maximum schedule assumes six
monopile foundations are installed per
week with one pile installation per day.
Within each of the construction
schedules, a single difficult-to-drive pile
was included in the model assumptions
to account for the potential for
additional strikes (Denes et al., 2019).
Animats were modeled to move
throughout the three-dimensional sound
fields produced by each construction
schedule for the entire construction
period. For PTS exposures, both SPLpk
and SELcum were calculated for each
species based on the corresponding
acoustic criteria. Once an animat is
taken within a 24-hrs period, the model
does not allow it to be taken a second
time in that same period but rather
resets the 24-hrs period on a sliding
scale across 7 days of exposure. An
individual animat’s exposure levels are
summed over that 24-hrs period to
determine its total received energy, and
then compared to the threshold criteria.
Potential behavioral exposures are
estimated when an animat is within the
area ensonified by sound levels
exceeding the corresponding thresholds.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
It should be noted that the estimated
numbers of individuals exceeding any
of the thresholds is conservative
because the 24-hrs evaluation window
allows individuals to be counted on
multiple days or can be interpreted as
different individuals each 24-hrs period
when in the real world it may in fact be
the same individual experiencing
repeated exposures (Denes et al., 2019).
Also note that animal aversion was not
incorporated into the JASMINE model
runs that were the basis for the take
estimate for any species. See Appendix
P2 of the SFWF COP for more details on
the JASMINE modeling methodology,
including the literature sources used for
the parameters that were input in
JASMINE to describe animal movement
for each species that is expected to
occur in the project area.
In summary, exposures were
estimated in the following way:
(1) The characteristics of the sound
output from the proposed pile-driving
activities were modeled using the
GRLWEAP (wave equation analysis of
pile driving) model and JASCO’s PDSM;
(2) Acoustic propagation modeling
was performed within the exposure
model framework using JASCO’s
MONM and FWRAM that combined the
outputs of the source model with the
spatial and temporal environmental
context (e.g., location, oceanographic
conditions, seabed type) to estimate
sound fields;
(3) Animal movement modeling
integrated the estimated sound fields
with species-typical behavioral
parameters in the JASMINE model to
estimate received sound levels for the
animals that may occur in the
operational area; and
(4) The number of potential exposures
above Level A and Level B harassment
thresholds was calculated for each
potential piling scenario (standard,
maximum).
All scenarios were modeled with no
sound attenuation and 6, 10, 12, and 15
dB sound attenuation. The results of
marine mammal exposure modeling for
the potentially more impactful
maximum piling scenarios are shown in
Tables 16 and 17, as these form the basis
for the take authorization proposed in
this document.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8519
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 16—MODELED POTENTIAL LEVEL A HARASSMENT EXPOSURES 1 DUE TO IMPACT PILE DRIVING USING THE MAXIMUM DESIGN SCENARIO WITH THE INCLUSION OF 1 DIFFICULT PILE AND 0, 6, 10, 12, AND 15 dB BROADBAND ATTENUATION
0 dB
attenuation
Species
6 dB
attenuation
SPLpk
SELcum
SELcum
10 dB
attenuation
SPLpk
SELcum
12 dB
attenuation
SPLpk
SELcum
15 dB
attenuation
SPLpk
SELcum
SPLpk
Low-Frequency Cetaceans
Fin whale ...................................................
Minke whale 2 ............................................
Sei whale 3 ................................................
Humpback whale 2 ....................................
North Atlantic right whale 2 ........................
Blue whale .................................................
7
7
1
21
4
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
3
3
<1
9
1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
1
1
<1
4
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
1
1
<1
3
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
3
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
71
3
1
3
<1
1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans
Sperm whale .............................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin 4 ...........................
Atlantic white sided dolphin 4 ....................
Bottlenose dolphin .....................................
Common dolphin 4 .....................................
Risso’s dolphin 4 ........................................
Pilot whale 5 ...............................................
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
High-Frequency Cetaceans
Harbor porpoise ........................................
33
23
4
7
Pinnipeds in Water
Gray seal 6 .................................................
Harbor seal ................................................
6
8
<1
1
1
2
<1
<1
dB = decibel; SELcum = sound exposure level in units of dB referenced to 1 micropascal squared second; SPLpk = peak sound pressure level in units of dB referenced to 1 micropascal.
1 The maximum density available for any month was used for each species to estimate the maximum potential exposures (i.e., exposure estimates for all species
are not for the same month).
2 Subset of fin whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
3 Fin whale used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
4 Subset of sperm whale and Atlantic spotted dolphin behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
5 Subset of sperm whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
6 Harbor seal used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
7 Calculated exposures with 10 dB for harbor porpoises were <1 but >0.5; therefore they were rounded up to the nearest whole number.
Again, only the estimated Level B
harassment exposures for the maximum
design pile driving schedule are
presented here (Table 17).
TABLE 17—MODELED POTENTIAL LEVEL B HARASSMENT EXPOSURES 1 DUE TO IMPACT PILE DRIVING USING THE
MAXIMUM DESIGN SCENARIO WITH 1 DIFFICULT PILE AND 0, 6, 10, 12, AND 15 dB BROADBAND ATTENUATION
Level B exposures by noise attenuation level
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Species
0 dB
attenuation
Low-Frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale ......................................................................
Minke whale 2 ................................................................
Sei whale 3 ....................................................................
Humpback whale 2 ........................................................
North Atlantic right whale 2 ...........................................
Blue whale ....................................................................
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale .................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin 4 ..............................................
Atlantic white sided dolphin 4 ........................................
Bottlenose dolphin ........................................................
Common dolphin 4 ........................................................
Risso’s dolphin 4 ...........................................................
Pilot whale 5 ..................................................................
High-Frequency Cetaceans:
Harbor porpoise ............................................................
Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal 6 ....................................................................
Harbor seal ...................................................................
6 dB
attenuation
10 dB
attenuation
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
15 dB
attenuation
21
27
<1
26
16
<1
10
15
<1
13
7
<1
6
10
<1
8
4
<1
5
8
<1
7
3
<1
4
6
<1
6
3
<1
<1
6
322
1,261
2
212
<1
<1
3
152
459
1
85
<1
<1
2
107
197
<1
43
<1
<1
1
85
148
<1
34
<1
<1
<1
48
73
<1
14
<1
272
129
78
67
40
307
319
116
119
60
54
52
45
28
28
dB = decibel.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
12 dB
attenuation
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8520
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
1 The maximum density available for any month was used for each species to estimate the maximum potential exposures (i.e., exposure estimates for all species are not for the same).
2 Subset of fin whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
3 Fin whale used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
4 Subset of sperm whale and Atlantic spotted dolphin behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
5 Subset of sperm whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
6 Harbor seal used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
Although exposures are presented
according to a range of attenuation
levels, proposed take numbers are based
on an assumption of 10 dB attenuation
and are shown below in Table 18. South
Fork Wind considers an attenuation
level of 10 dB achievable using a single
big bubble curtain (BBC), which is the
most likely noise mitigation system that
will be used during construction of
SFWF. Recently reported in situ
measurements during installation of
large monopiles (∼8 m) for more than
150 WTGs in comparable water depths
(>25 m) and conditions in Europe
indicate that attenuation levels of 10 dB
are readily achieved (Bellmann, 2019;
Bellmann et al., 2020) using single BBCs
as a noise mitigation system. Designed
to gather additional data regarding the
efficacy of BBCs, the Coastal Virginia
Offshore Wind (CVOW) pilot project
systematically measured noise resulting
from the impact driven installation of
two 7.8 m monopiles, one with a noise
mitigation system (double bubble
curtain (dBBC)) and one without
(CVOW, unpublished data). Although
many factors contributed to variability
in received levels throughout the
installation of the piles (e.g., hammer
energy, technical challenges during
operation of the dBBC), reduction in
broadband SEL using the dBBC
(comparing measurements derived from
the mitigated and the unmitigated
monopiles) ranged from approximately
9 to 15 dB. The effectiveness of the
dBBC as a noise mitigation measure was
found to be frequency dependent,
reaching a maximum around 1 kHz; this
finding is consistent with other studies
(e.g., Bellman, 2014; Bellman et al.,
2020). The noise measurements were
incorporated into a dampened
cylindrical transmission loss model to
estimate distances to Level A and Level
B harassment thresholds. The distances
to Level A harassment and Level B
harassment thresholds estimated for the
monopile with the dBBC were more
than 90 percent and 74 percent smaller
than those estimated for the unmitigated
pile, respectively (CVOW).
TABLE 18—PROPOSED LEVEL A HARASSMENT AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT TAKES OF MARINE MAMMALS RESULTING
FROM IMPACT PILE DRIVING OF UP TO 15, 11-m MONOPILES WITHIN INCLUSION OF A SINGLE DIFFICULT PILE AT
SOUTH FORK WIND FARM USING 10 dB BROADBAND NOISE ATTENUATION
Abundance
estimate
Species/stock
Fin whale .....................................................................................................................................
Minke whale .................................................................................................................................
Sei whale .....................................................................................................................................
Humpback whale .........................................................................................................................
North Atlantic right whale ............................................................................................................
Blue whale ...................................................................................................................................
Sperm whale ................................................................................................................................
Long-finned pilot whale ................................................................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ...............................................................................................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin .........................................................................................................
Common dolphin ..........................................................................................................................
Risso’s dolphin .............................................................................................................................
Common bottlenose dolphin ........................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ...........................................................................................................................
Gray seal .....................................................................................................................................
Harbor seal ..................................................................................................................................
6,802
21,968
6,292
1,393
412
402
4,349
39,921
39,921
93,233
172,974
35,493
62,851
95,543
505,000
75,834
Proposed takes 1
Level A
1
1
1(0)
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Level B
6
10
1
8
4
1(0)
3(0)
2
2
107
197
30(1)
43
78
60
54
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
1 Parentheses denote animal exposure model estimates. For species with no modeled exposures for Level A harassment or Level B harassment, proposed takes for impact pile driving are based on mean group sizes (e.g., sei whale, blue whale, long-finned pilot whale: Kenney and
Vigness-Raposa, 2010; sperm whale, Risso’s dolphin: Barkaszi and Kelly, 2018).
South Fork Wind conservatively
based their exposure modeling on the
maximum piling scenario, including
one difficult-to-drive monopile (out of
16) and a compressed buildout schedule
(16 piles installed over 20 days).
In addition, the acoustic modeling
scenario represents only that which
produced the largest harassment zones
and does not reflect all the mitigation
measures that will be employed during
piling operations that will serve to
reduce the Zone of Influence (ZOI) or
increase mitigation actions, which may
reduce take (see the Proposed Mitigation
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
section for details on the measures
proposed for implementation).
Variability in monthly species
densities is not considered in South
Fork Wind’s take estimates for monopile
driving, which are based on the highest
mean density value for any month for
each species. Given that less than 30
days of pile driving will occur, it is
unlikely that maximum monthly
densities would be encountered for all
species.
Finally, start delays and shutdowns of
pile hammering are not considered in
the exposure modeling parameters for
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
monopile driving. However, South Fork
Wind will delay pile driving if a North
Atlantic right whale is observed within
the Level B harassment zone prior to
initiating pile driving to avoid take and
if a marine mammal is observed
entering or within the respective
exclusion zones after pile driving has
commenced, an immediate shutdown of
pile driving will be implemented unless
South Fork Wind and/or its contractor
determines shutdown is not practicable
due to an imminent risk of injury or loss
of life to an individual; or risk of
damage to a vessel that creates risk of
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8521
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
injury or loss of life for individuals.
There are two scenarios, approaching
pile refusal and pile instability, where
this imminent risk could be a factor.
These scenarios are considered unlikely
and it is expected that shutdowns will
predominately be practicable during
operations. See the Proposed Mitigation
section for shutdown procedural details.
Although the exposure modeling
indicated that Level A harassment takes
are only expected for a three species of
baleen whales (fin whale, minke whale,
and humpback whale), South Fork
Wind requested authorization of take by
Level A harassment of one sei whale
based on the occurrence of sei whales in
the project area documented during
prior and ongoing HRG surveys of the
SFWF.
South Fork Wind requested
authorization of take equal to the mean
group size for Level B harassment, based
on the best available data (seals, Herr et
al., 2009; blue whale, long-finned pilot
whale, Kenney and Vigness-Raposa,
2010; sperm whale, and Risso’s dolphin,
Barkaszi and Kelly, 2018). NMFS agrees
that this approach is appropriate in
cases where instantaneous exposure is
expected to result in harassment, e.g.,
Level B harassment and calculated take
estimates are either zero or less than the
group size.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
Animal movement and exposure
modeling was not used to determine
potential exposures from vibratory pile
driving. Rather, the modeled acoustic
range distances to isopleths
corresponding to the Level A
harassment and Level B harassment
threshold values were used to calculate
the area around the cofferdam predicted
to be ensonified daily to levels that
exceed the thresholds, or the ZOI. ZOI
is calculated as the following:
ZOI = pr2,
where r is the linear acoustic range distance
from the source to the isopleth for Level
A harassment or Level B harassment
thresholds. This area was adjusted to
account for the portion of the ZOI
truncated by the coastline of Long Island,
NY.
The daily area was then multiplied by
the maximum monthly density of a
given marine mammal species. Roberts
et al. (2018) produced density models
for all seals but did not differentiate by
seal species. Because the seasonality
and habitat use by gray seals roughly
overlaps with that of harbor seals in the
survey areas, it was assumed that the
mean annual density of seals could refer
to either of the respective species and
was, therefore, divided equally between
the two species.
Finally, the resulting value was
multiplied by the number of proposed
activity days which is, for cofferdam
installation and removal, conservatively
estimated as two days. Modeling of the
Level A harassment exposures resulting
from two 18-hrs periods of vibratory
pile driving and removal resulted in less
than one exposure for all species for
each month between October 1 and May
31. Modeled potential Level B
harassment exposures resulting from
installation and extraction of the
cofferdam are shown in Table 19.
TABLE 19—MODELED LEVEL B HARASSMENT EXPOSURES RESULTING FROM VIBRATORY PILE DRIVING AND REMOVAL OF
THE COFFERDAM
Species
Jan
Fin whale ..........................................................
Minke whale .....................................................
Sei whale .........................................................
Humpback whale .............................................
North Atlantic right whale .................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin .............................
Common dolphin ..............................................
Common bottlenose dolphin ............................
Harbor porpoise ...............................................
Gray seal ..........................................................
Harbor seal ......................................................
0
2
0
1
6
0
1
289
3
1,305
1,305
Feb
0
3
0
1
6
0
0
123
2
1,305
1,305
Mar
1
3
0
1
5
0
0
65
2
1,305
1,305
Apr
2
0
0
0
3
1
1
197
5
1,305
1,305
May
Oct
1
0
0
0
1
1
3
1,509
3
1,305
1,305
1
0
0
0
0
1
3
2,007
11
1,305
1,305
Nov
0
2
0
0
1
1
4
1,088
1
1,305
1,305
Dec
0
2
0
1
3
1
3
337
2
1,305
1,305
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Maximum 18-hour periods of vibratory pile driving or removal will be separated by at least 24 hours of no vibratory sound source operating at
the cofferdam.
Modeled vibratory pile driving
activities for the SFEC (SFWF COP
Appendix J1 [Denes et al., 2018])
resulted in mean acoustic ranges to the
PTS threshold for low frequency
cetaceans, ranging from 742 m for 6 hrs
of piling to 1,470 m for 18 hrs of piling
(Denes et al., 2018). Maximum acoustic
ranges to PTS thresholds for other
marine mammal hearing groups are all
under 103 m. Level A harassment
exposures are not expected due to low
population densities of LFC species in
the project area, animal movement and
required accumulation periods (Denes et
al., 2019), the short duration of
vibratory pile driving, and proposed
mitigation measures (see Proposed
Mitigation section).
Vibratory pile driving during
cofferdam installation and removal for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
the SFEC does have the potential to
elicit behavioral responses in marine
mammals. However, predicting Level B
harassment exposure estimates resulting
from vibratory pile driving is
complicated by the nearshore location,
short duration of cofferdam installation
and removal, and static species density
data that are not indicative of animals
transiting the nearshore environment.
Marine mammal densities at the near
shore export cable area were estimated
from the 10 x 10 km habitat density
block from Roberts et al. (2016) and
Roberts et al. (2018) that contained the
anticipated location of the temporary
cofferdam. However, the density
estimates are not provided for the area
adjacent to the shoreline, although some
density blocks do intersect the shore.
Due to this structure, densities are
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
artificially weighted to the nearest 100
km2 offshore and do not adequately
represent the low numbers expected for
some groups like large whales. In
addition, the species densities
represented in the Roberts et al. (2016)
and Robert et al. (2018) are provided as
monthly estimates and are, therefore,
not indicative of a single-day
distribution of animals within the
potential ensonified zone. The modeled
behavioral harassment threshold
acoustic ranges extend beyond 36 km
from the source (Table 11); despite this
extensive Level B harassment zone, only
bottlenose dolphin, harbor seal, and
gray seal exposure estimates are
relatively large. However, the low
densities of most species nearshore, the
seasonality of occurrence, and the
transitory nature of marine mammals
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8522
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
within the small time period of
vibratory pile driving significantly
reduces the risk of behavioral
harassment exposures. In addition,
marine mammal species in this region
are not expected to remain in proximity
to the cofferdam location for an
extended amount of time. Although the
modeled Level B harassment exposure
estimates for harbor and gray seals were
large (1,305), seals are only expected to
be seasonally present in the region, and
there are no known rookeries
documented near the cofferdam
location. Seals typically haul-out for
some portion of their daily activities,
often in large groups (Hayes et al.,
2020); however, the in-water median
group size is estimated to be 1–3
animals depending on the distance to
shore (Herr et al., 2009) with larger
groups typically being associated with
direct proximity to a haul-out site.
There are a few documented haul-out
sites around Long Island, New York; the
nearest site is in Montauk Point,
approximately 20 km northeast of the
cofferdam location, where seals are
primarily observed in winter (CRESLI,
2019). Long Island, NY represents the
northernmost portion of the range for
the Western North Atlantic Migratory
Coast Stock of bottlenose dolphins.
Bottlenose dolphin occurrence is also
seasonal along the coast of Long Island,
peaking in late summer/early fall (Hayes
et al., 2020). Potential exposures of
bottlenose dolphins varied substantially
across the proposed construction
months, with a minimum number of
potential Level B harassment exposures
in March (65) and a maximum in
October (2007). The impact of vibratory
pile driving on this species (and both
seal species) will be largely dependent
on the timing of the installation and
extraction of the cofferdam.
Given the possibility that vibratory
pile driving could occur anytime
between October and May, the
maximum modeled exposure for each
species (across months) was used to
conservatively predict take numbers and
assess impacts resulting from vibratory
pile driving (Table 20).
TABLE 20—PROPOSED LEVEL B HARASSMENT TAKE RESULTING FROM VIBRATORY PILE DRIVING
Population
estimate
Species/stock
Fin whale .................................................................................................................................................................
Minke whale .............................................................................................................................................................
Sei whale .................................................................................................................................................................
Humpback whale .....................................................................................................................................................
North Atlantic right whale ........................................................................................................................................
Atlantic white sided dolphin .....................................................................................................................................
Common dolphin ......................................................................................................................................................
Bottlenose dolphin ...................................................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise .......................................................................................................................................................
Gray seal .................................................................................................................................................................
Harbor seal ..............................................................................................................................................................
HRG Surveys
Potential exposures of marine
mammals to acoustic impacts from HRG
survey activities were estimated using
an approach similar to that described for
installation and removal of a cofferdam.
For HRG surveys, however, the ZOI was
calculated as follows:
ZOI = 2rd + pr2
where r is the linear acoustic range from the
source to the largest estimated Level A
harassment (36.5 m) and Level B
harassment (141 m) isopleths, and d is
the survey trackline distance per day (70
km).
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
The daily area was then multiplied by
the mean annual density of a given
marine mammal species. Finally, the
resulting value was multiplied by the
number of proposed survey days (60).
Modeled distances to isopleths
corresponding to the Level A
harassment threshold are very small
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
(<1 m) for three of the four marine
mammal functional hearing groups that
may be impacted by the proposed
activities (i.e., low frequency and mid
frequency cetaceans, and phocid
pinnipeds; see Table 12). Based on the
extremely small Level A harassment
zones for these functional hearing
groups, the potential for species within
these functional hearing groups to be
taken by Level A harassment is
considered so low as to be discountable.
These three functional hearing groups
encompass all but one of the marine
mammal species listed in Table 3 that
may be impacted by the proposed
activities. There is one species (harbor
porpoise) within the high frequency
functional hearing group that may be
impacted by the proposed activities.
However, the largest modeled distance
to the Level A harassment threshold for
the high frequency functional hearing
group was only 36.5 m (Table 12). More
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
6,802
21,968
6,292
1,393
412
93,233
172,974
62,851
95,543
505,000
75,834
Proposed
level B takes
2
3
0
1
6
1
4
2,007
11
1,305
1,305
importantly, Level A harassment would
also be more likely to occur at close
approach to the sound source or as a
result of longer duration exposure to the
sound source, and the narrow beam
width and directional nature of the
sources, as well as the mitigation
measures (including a 100 m exclusion
zone for harbor porpoises), minimize
the potential for exposure to HRG
sources that would result in Level A
harassment. In addition, harbor
porpoises are a notoriously shy species
which is known to avoid vessels and
would also be expected to avoid a sound
source prior to that source reaching a
level that would result in injury (Level
A harassment). Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the potential for take by
Level A harassment of harbor porpoises
is so low as to be discountable. The
modeled Level B harassment exposures
of marine mammals resulting from HRG
survey activities are shown in Table 21.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8523
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 21—MODELED LEVEL B HARASSMENT EXPOSURES SPECIES RESULTING FROM HIGH RESOLUTION GEOPHYSICAL
SURVEYS OF THE SFWF AND SFEC
Population
estimate
Species
Fin whale .................................................................................................................................................................
Minke whale .............................................................................................................................................................
Sei whale .................................................................................................................................................................
Humpback whale .....................................................................................................................................................
North Atlantic right whale ........................................................................................................................................
Sperm whale ............................................................................................................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ...........................................................................................................................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin .....................................................................................................................................
Common dolphin ......................................................................................................................................................
Bottlenose dolphin ...................................................................................................................................................
Risso’s dolphin .........................................................................................................................................................
Long-finned pilot whale ............................................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise .......................................................................................................................................................
Gray Seal .................................................................................................................................................................
Harbor seal ..............................................................................................................................................................
The proposed number of takes by
Level B harassment resulting from HRG
survey activities are shown in Table 22.
Again, as NMFS has determined that the
likelihood of take of any marine
mammals in the form of Level A
harassment occurring as a result of the
proposed surveys is so low as to be
discountable and South Fork Wind did
not request any take by Level A
harassment associated with HRG
surveys, NMFS does not propose to
authorize take by Level A harassment of
any marine mammals.
The seasonal mean number of minke
whales sighted during HRG surveys
conducted by South Fork Wind in 2017
and 2018 was 19; therefore, South Fork
increased the number of takes requested
for minke whales from 1 to 19.
Preliminary Protected Species Observer
(PSO) reports from SFWF during 2019
and 2020 HRG surveys show a high
number of common dolphin detections
within the estimated Level B
harassment zones. Using a mean group
size of 25, South Fork Wind multiplied
the mean group size by the number of
Level B harassment exposures modeled
(47) to produce the number of takes they
requested by Level B harassment
(1,175). There were no exposures
Estimated
level B
exposures
6,802
21,968
6,292
1,393
412
4,349
39,921
93,233
172,974
62,851
35,493
39,215
95,543
505,000
75,834
3
1
<1
1
3
<1
<1
26
47
28
<1
4
43
14
14
estimated for several species; however,
as a precautionary measure, South Fork
Wind requested Level B harassment
takes for those species based on
published values of mean group sizes
(sei whale, Kenney and Vigness-Raposa,
2010; sperm whale, Barkaszi and Kelly,
2018; Atlantic spotted dolphin, Barkaszi
and Kelly, 2018; Risso’s dolphin,
Barkaszi and Kelly, 2018). The number
of minke whale Level B harassment
takes requested by South Fork Wind is
based on the seasonal mean number of
minke whales sighted during HRG
surveys of SFWF in 2017 and 2018.
TABLE 22—PROPOSED AMOUNT OF LEVEL B HARASSMENT TAKE RESULTING FROM HIGH RESOLUTION GEOPHYSICAL
SURVEYS OF THE SFWF AND SFEC
Population
estimate
Species/stock
Fin whale .................................................................................................................................................................
Minke whale .............................................................................................................................................................
Sei whale .................................................................................................................................................................
Humpback whale .....................................................................................................................................................
North Atlantic right whale ........................................................................................................................................
Sperm whale ............................................................................................................................................................
Long-finned pilot whale ............................................................................................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ...........................................................................................................................................
Atlantic white sided dolphin .....................................................................................................................................
Common dolphin ......................................................................................................................................................
Risso’s dolphin .........................................................................................................................................................
Common bottlenose dolphin ....................................................................................................................................
Harbor porpoise .......................................................................................................................................................
Gray seal .................................................................................................................................................................
Harbor seal ..............................................................................................................................................................
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
1 The
6,802
21,968
6,292
1,393
412
4,349
39,215
39,921
93,233
172,974
35,493
62,851
95,543
505,000
75,834
Proposed
level B takes 1
3
19(1)
1(0)
1
3
3(0)
4
13(0)
26
1,175(47)
30(0)
28
43
14
14
modeled number of takes is shown in parenthesis.
Combined Activity Proposed Takes
Level A harassment and Level B
harassment proposed takes for the
combined activities of impact pile
driving using a noise attenuation device,
vibratory pile driving, and HRG surveys
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
are provided in Table 23. NMFS also
presents the percentage of each stock
taken based on the total amount of take.
The mitigation and monitoring
measures provided in the Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
and Reporting sections are activityspecific and are designed to minimize
acoustic exposures to marine mammal
species.
The take numbers NMFS proposes for
authorization (Table 23) are considered
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8524
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
conservative for the following key
reasons:
• Proposed take numbers for impact
pile driving assume a maximum piling
schedule (16 monopiles installed in 20
days);
• Proposed take numbers for
vibratory pile driving assume that a
sheet pile temporary cofferdam will
installed (versus the alternative
installation of a gravity cell cofferdam,
for which no take is anticipated);
• Proposed take numbers for pile
driving are conservatively based on
maximum densities across the proposed
construction months;
• Proposed Level A harassment take
numbers do not fully account for the
likelihood that marine mammals will
avoid a stimulus when possible before
the individual accumulates enough
acoustic energy to potentially cause
auditory injury;
• Proposed take numbers do not fully
account for the effectiveness of
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures in reducing the number of
takes to effect the least practicable
adverse impact (with the exception of
the seasonal restriction on impact pile
driving, which is accounted for in the
proposed take numbers).
TABLE 23—PROPOSED TAKES BY LEVEL A HARASSMENT AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT FOR ALL ACTIVITIES 1 CONDUCTED
DURING SFWF CONSTRUCTION
Proposed take authorization
combined for all construction
activities
Population
estimate
Species/stock
Proposed
level A takes
Fin whale ..............................................................................
Minke whale .........................................................................
Sei whale .............................................................................
Humpback whale .................................................................
North Atlantic right whale .....................................................
Blue whale ...........................................................................
Sperm whale ........................................................................
Pilot whales (long-finned) ....................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ........................................................
Atlantic white sided dolphin .................................................
Common dolphin ..................................................................
Risso’s dolphin .....................................................................
Common Bottlenose dolphin ................................................
Harbor porpoise ...................................................................
Gray seal ..............................................................................
Harbor seal ..........................................................................
6,802
21,968
6,292
1,393
412
402
4,349
39,215
39,921
93,233
172,974
35,493
62,851
95,543
505,000
75,834
Proposed
level B takes
1
1
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
32
2
10
13
1
6
16
15
133
1,372
60
2,078
132
1,379
1,379
Total proposed
takes
(level A +
level B)
12
33
3
14
13
1
6
16
15
133
1,372
60
2,078
132
1,379
1,379
* Percentage
of population
or stock
(%)
0.18
0.15
0.05
1.01
3.16
0.20
0.14
0.04
0.04
0.14
0.79
0.17
3.31
0.14
0.27
1.81
1 Activities include impact pile driving using a noise mitigation system (NMS) from May through October, vibratory pile driving (October through
May), and HRG surveys (year-round).
* Calculations of percentage of stock taken are based on the best available abundance estimate as shown in Table 3. The best available abundance estimates are derived from the draft 2020 NMFS Stock Assessment Reports (Hayes et al., 2020). NMFS stock abundance estimate for
gray seals applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for taking for
certain subsistence uses (latter not
applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for
incidental take authorizations to include
information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological)
of equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting such activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, NMFS carefully considers
two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned),
and;
(2) The practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost and
impact on operations.
The mitigation strategies described
below are consistent with those required
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
and successfully implemented under
previous incidental take authorizations
issued in association with in-water
construction activities. Additional
measures have also been incorporated to
account for the fact that the proposed
construction activities would occur
offshore. Modeling was performed to
estimate harassment zones, which were
used to inform mitigation measures for
pile driving activities to minimize Level
A harassment and Level B harassment to
the extent practicable.
In addition to the specific measures
described later in this section, South
Fork Wind would conduct briefings for
construction supervisors and crews, the
marine mammal and acoustic
monitoring teams, and South Fork Wind
staff prior to the start of all pile driving
and HRG survey activity, and when new
personnel join the work, in order to
explain responsibilities, communication
procedures, the marine mammal
monitoring protocol, and operational
procedures.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8525
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Monopile Installation
Seasonal Restriction on Impact Pile
Driving
No impact pile driving activities
would occur January 1 through April 30.
This seasonal restriction would
minimize the potential for North
Atlantic right whales to be exposed to
pile driving noise. Based on the best
available information (Kraus et al.,
2016; Roberts et al., 2020), the highest
densities of North Atlantic right whales
in the project area are expected during
the months of January through April.
This restriction is expected to greatly
reduce the potential for North Atlantic
right whale exposure to pile driving
noise associated with the proposed
project.
Clearance and Exclusion Zones
South Fork Wind would use PSOs to
establish clearance zones around the
pile driving equipment to ensure these
zones are clear of marine mammals
prior to the start of pile driving. The
purpose of ‘‘clearance’’ of a particular
zone is to prevent potential instances of
auditory injury and potential instances
of more severe behavioral disturbance as
a result of exposure to pile driving noise
(serious injury or death are unlikely
outcomes even in the absence of
mitigation measures) by delaying the
activity before it begins if marine
mammals are detected within certain
pre-defined distances of the pile driving
equipment. The primary goal in this
case is to prevent auditory injury (Level
A harassment), and the proposed
clearance zones are larger than the
modeled distances to the isopleths
(assuming an effective 10 dB attenuation
of pile driving noise) corresponding to
Level A harassment for all marine
mammal species (excluding humpback
whales). These zones vary depending on
species and are shown in Table 24. All
distances to the perimeter of clearance
zones are the radius from the center of
the pile. The pre-start clearance zones
for large whales, harbor porpoises, and
seals are based upon the maximum
distance to the Level A harassment
isopleth for each group (excluding
humpback whales) plus a 20 percent
buffer, rounded up for PSO clarity. The
North Atlantic right whale Level A
harassment zone is conservatively based
on the Level B harassment zone, and the
distance to the perimeter of the
clearance zone is rounded up from
4,684 m to 5,000 m. Although the Level
A harassment zones are small, midfrequency cetacean (except sperm
whales) zones were established using a
precautionary distance of 100 m and
will extend to that distance or just
beyond the placement of the noise
mitigation system, whichever is further.
The exclusion zones for large whales,
North Atlantic right whale, porpoise,
and seals are based upon the maximum
Level A harassment zone for each group
(excluding humpback whales),
increased by a 10 percent buffer and
rounded up for PSO clarity. Similar to
clearance zones, mid-frequency
cetacean (except sperm whale)
exclusion zones will extend to the larger
of two distances: 50 m or just outside
the noise mitigation system.
The Level A harassment zone is larger
for humpback whales than other low
frequency baleen whales because animal
movement modeling used to estimate
the associated isopleth relies on
behavior-based exposures with no
aversion (based on the best available
data that inform the animat models);
specific movement parameters help
drive the larger zone size for
humpbacks, including a modeled
preference for slightly deeper water than
the depths in the SFWF. This modeled
preference resulted in fewer exposures,
but each exposure was farther from the
impact piling location, producing the
larger Level A harassment zone. While
the clearance zone (2,200 m) for
humpback whales is smaller than the
Level A harassment zone (3,642 m),
visual monitoring would be conducted
from both the construction vessel and a
secondary, smaller vessel (on which
dedicated PSOs would be deployed)
surveying the circumference of the
construction vessel at a radius
approximate to the pre-start clearance
zone for large whales (2,200 m). NMFS
expects that this additional visual
monitoring would facilitate detection of
humpback whales within the Level A
harassment zone.
South Fork Wind would establish a
clearance zone for North Atlantic right
whales slightly larger than the Level B
harassment zone to minimize all take. If
a North Atlantic right whale is detected
nearing the exclusion zone, shutdown
would be triggered. NMFS agrees that,
under typical conditions, South Fork
Wind would be capable of monitoring
this zone using a combination of visual
monitoring from both the construction
vessel and secondary monitoring vessel
(described above), and real-time PAM,
which would occur before, during, and
after driving using a combination of
acoustic detection systems (e.g., moored
buoys, free-floating arrays).
Communication of marine mammal
detections, either visual or acoustic,
among PSOs on both vessels and PAM
operators would facilitate both
clearance of the zone and initiation of
shutdown, if required.
TABLE 24—PROPOSED CLEARANCE AND EXCLUSION ZONES 1 DURING SOUTH FORK WIND IMPACT PILE DRIVING WITH A
NOISE MITIGATION SYSTEM
Level A
harassment
zone
(m) (SEL)
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Species
Low-frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale ..........................................
Minke whale ......................................
Sei whale ..........................................
Humpback whale ..............................
North Atlantic right whale .................
Blue whale 2 ......................................
Mid-frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale .....................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ....................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin ..............
Common dolphin ...............................
Risso’s dolphin ..................................
Bottlenose dolphin ............................
Long-finned pilot whale .....................
High-frequency Cetaceans:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Level A
harassment
zone
(m) (PK)
Level B
harassment
zone
(m)
Pre-start
clearance
zone
(m)
Exclusion
zone
(m)
Vessel
separation
distance
(m)
1,756
1,571
1,769
3,642
1,621
1,756
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
2,200
2,200
2,200
2,200
5,000
2,200
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000
100
100
100
100
500
100
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
≤10
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
4,684
2,200
100
100
100
100
100
100
2,000
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8526
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 24—PROPOSED CLEARANCE AND EXCLUSION ZONES 1 DURING SOUTH FORK WIND IMPACT PILE DRIVING WITH A
NOISE MITIGATION SYSTEM—Continued
Level A
harassment
zone
(m) (SEL)
Species
Harbor porpoise ................................
Phocid Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal ..........................................
Harbor seal .......................................
Level A
harassment
zone
(m) (PK)
Level B
harassment
zone
(m)
Pre-start
clearance
zone
(m)
Exclusion
zone
(m)
Vessel
separation
distance
(m)
365
301
4,684
450
450
50
120
85
≤10
≤10
4,684
4,684
150
150
150
150
50
50
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
dB = decibel; SEL = cumulative sound exposure level PK = peak sound pressure level.
1 Zones are based upon the following modeling assumptions: 11-m monopile installation with inclusion of a difficult to install pile that requires
approximately 8,000 hammer strikes and mitigated with10 dB broadband noise attenuation from a noise mitigation system. Only 1 pile out of the
16 total monopiles is expected to be a difficult pile.
2 No Level A exposures were calculated for blue whales resulting in no expected Level A exposure range; therefore, the exposure range for fin
whales was used as a proxy due to similarities in species.
If a marine mammal is observed
approaching or entering the relevant
clearance zones prior to the start of pile
driving, pile driving activity will be
delayed until either the marine mammal
has voluntarily left the respective
clearance zone and been visually
confirmed beyond that clearance zone,
or, 30 minutes have elapsed without redetection of the animal in the case of
mysticetes, sperm whales, Risso’s
dolphins and pilot whales, or 15
minutes have elapsed without redetection of the animal in the case of all
other marine mammals.
Prior to the start of pile driving
activity, the clearance zones will be
monitored for 60 minutes using a
combined effort of passive acoustic
monitoring and visual observation to
ensure that they are clear of the relevant
species of marine mammals. Pile driving
would only commence once PSOs have
declared the respective clearance zones
clear of marine mammals. Marine
mammals observed within a clearance
zone will be allowed to remain in the
clearance zone (i.e., must leave of their
own volition), and their behavior will be
monitored and documented. The
clearance zones may only be declared
clear, and pile driving started, when the
entire clearance zones are visible (i.e.,
when not obscured by dark, rain, fog,
etc.) for a full 60 minutes immediately
prior to commencing pile driving. For
North Atlantic right whales, the
clearance zone may be declared clear if
no visual or acoustic detections have
occurred during the 60 minute
monitoring period. If a species for
which authorization has not been
granted, or, a species for which
authorization has been granted but the
authorized number of takes have been
met, approaches or is observed within
the exclusion zone, shutdown would be
required.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
Soft Start of Impact Pile Driving
The use of a soft start procedure is
believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by
warning marine mammals or providing
them with a chance to leave the area
prior to the hammer operating at full
capacity, and typically involves a
requirement to initiate sound from the
hammer at reduced energy followed by
a waiting period. South Fork Wind will
utilize soft start techniques for impact
pile driving including by performing 4–
6 strikes per minute at 10 to 20 percent
of the maximum hammer energy, for a
minimum of 20 minutes. NMFS notes
that it is difficult to specify the
reduction in energy for any given
hammer because of variation across
drivers and, for impact hammers, the
actual number of strikes at reduced
energy will vary because operating the
hammer at less than full power results
in ‘‘bouncing’’ of the hammer as it
strikes the pile, resulting in multiple
‘‘strikes’’; however, as mentioned
previously, South Fork Wind has
proposed that they will target less than
20 percent of total hammer energy for
the initial hammer strikes during soft
start. Soft start would be required at the
beginning of each day’s impact pile
driving work and at any time following
a cessation of impact pile driving of
thirty minutes or longer.
Shutdown of Impact Pile Driving
Equipment
The purpose of a shutdown is to
prevent some undesirable outcome,
such as auditory injury or severe
behavioral disturbance of sensitive
species, by halting the activity. If a
marine mammal is observed entering or
within the respective exclusion zone
(Table 24) after pile driving has begun,
the PSO will request a temporary
cessation of pile driving.
In situations when shutdown is called
for but South Fork Wind determines
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
shutdown is not practicable due to
imminent risk of injury or loss of life to
an individual, or risk of damage to a
vessel that created risk of injury or loss
of life for individuals, reduced hammer
energy would be implemented when
practicable. After shutdown, pile
driving may be initiated once all
clearance zones are clear of marine
mammals for the minimum speciesspecific time periods, or, if required to
maintain installation feasibility.
Installation feasibility refers to ensuring
that the pile installation results in a
usable foundation for the WTG (e.g.,
installed to the target penetration depth
without refusal and with a horizontal
foundation/tower interface flange).
Visibility Requirements
Pile driving would not be initiated at
night, or, when the full extent of all
relevant clearance zones cannot be
confirmed to be clear of marine
mammals, as determined by the lead
PSO on duty. The clearance zones may
only be declared clear, and pile driving
started, when the full extent of all
clearance zones are visible (i.e., when
not obscured by dark, rain, fog, etc.) for
a full 60 minutes prior to pile driving.
Pile driving may continue after dark
only when the driving of the same pile
began no less than 90 minutes prior to
civil sunset, when clearance zones were
fully visible, and must proceed for
human safety or installation feasibility
reasons. PSOs would utilize night vision
devices (NVDs) (Infrared (IR) and/or
thermal cameras) to monitor clearance
zones if pile driving continues past civil
sunset.
Sound Attenuation Devices
South Fork Wind would implement
sound attenuation technology designed
to result in an average of 10 dB
attenuation of impact pile driving noise
(see Acoustic Monitoring for Sound
Source and Harassment Isopleth
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8527
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Verification section below). The
attenuation system would likely be a
single bubble curtain, but may include
one of the following or some
combination of the following: A double
BBC, Hydro-sound Damper, and/or
Noise Abatement System. South Fork
would also have a second back-up
attenuation device (e.g., additional
bubble curtain or similar) available, if
needed, to achieve the targeted
reduction in noise levels that would
result in the measured Level A
harassment and Level B harassment
isopleths corresponding to those
modeled assuming 10 dB attenuation,
pending results of sound field
verification testing.
If South Fork Wind uses a bubble
curtain, the bubble curtain must
distribute air bubbles around 100
percent of the piling perimeter for the
full depth of the water column. The
lowest bubble ring shall be in contact
with the mudline for the full
circumference of the ring, and the
weights attached to the bottom ring
shall ensure 100 percent mudline
contact. No parts of the ring or other
objects shall prevent full mudline
contact. South Fork Wind would require
that construction contractors train
personnel in the proper balancing of
airflow to the bubblers, and would
require that construction contractors
submit an inspection/performance
report for approval by South Fork Wind
within 72 hours following the
performance test. Corrections to the
attenuation device to meet the
performance standards would occur
prior to impact driving. If South Fork
Wind uses a noise attenuation device
other than a BBC, similar quality control
measures would be required.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
Clearance and Exclusion Zones
South Fork Wind would implement
visual monitoring of the clearance zones
for 30 minutes prior to the initiation of
ramp-up of vibratory piling equipment
(Table 25). During this period, the
clearance zone will be monitored by the
PSOs, using the appropriate visual
technology. Ramp-up may not be
initiated if any marine mammal(s) is
detected within its respective exclusion
zone. If a marine mammal is observed
within a clearance zone during the preclearance period, ramp-up may not
begin until the animal(s) has been
observed exiting its respective clearance
zone or until an additional time period
has elapsed with no further sighting
(i.e., 15 minutes for small odontocetes
and seals, and 30 minutes for all other
species).
TABLE 25—PROPOSED CLEARANCE AND EXCLUSION ZONES DURING INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF A TEMPORARY
COFFERDAM
Level A
harassment
zone
(m) (SEL)
Species
Low-Frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale ......................................................................
Minke whale ..................................................................
Sei whale ......................................................................
Humpback whale ..........................................................
North Atlantic right whale .............................................
Blue whale ....................................................................
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale .................................................................
Atlantic spotted dolphin ................................................
Atlantic white-sided dolphin ..........................................
Common dolphin ...........................................................
Risso’s dolphin ..............................................................
Bottlenose dolphin ........................................................
Long-finned pilot whale .................................................
High-Frequency Cetaceans:
Harbor porpoise ............................................................
Phocid Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal ......................................................................
Harbor seal ...................................................................
Level B
harassment
zone
(m) (SPL)
Pre-start
clearance
zone
(m)
Exclusion
zone
(m)
Vessel
separation
distance
(m)
1,470
1,470
1,470
1,470
1,470
1,470
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
100
100
100
100
500
100
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
36,766
1,500
100
100
100
100
100
100
1,500
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
63
36,766
100
100
50
103
103
36,766
36,766
150
150
125
125
50
50
SEL = cumulative sound exposure level in units of decibels referenced to 1 micropascal squared second; SPL = root-mean-square sound pressure level in units of decibels referenced to 1 micropascal.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Shutdown of Vibratory Pile Driving
An immediate shutdown of vibratory
pile driving equipment must be
implemented if a marine mammal is
sighted entering or within its respective
exclusion zone after cofferdam
installation has commenced.
Resumption of vibratory pile driving
can begin if the animal has been
observed exiting its respective exclusion
zone or an additional time period has
elapsed without a resighting (i.e., 15
minutes for small odontocetes and seals
and 30 minutes for all other species). If
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
a species for which authorization has
not been granted, or, a species for which
authorization has been granted but the
authorized number of takes have been
met, approaches or is observed within
the exclusion zone, shutdown would be
required.
HRG Surveys
Clearance and Exclusion Zones
South Fork Wind would implement a
30-minute pre-clearance period of the
clearance zones prior to the initiation of
ramp-up of HRG equipment (Table 26).
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
During this period, the clearance zone
will be monitored by the PSOs, using
the appropriate visual technology.
Ramp-up may not be initiated if any
marine mammal(s) is within its
respective clearance zone. If a marine
mammal is observed within a clearance
zone during the pre-clearance period,
ramp-up may not begin until the
animal(s) has been observed exiting its
respective clearance zone or until an
additional time period has elapsed with
no further sighting (i.e., 15 minutes for
small odontocetes and seals, and 30
minutes for all other species).
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8528
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 26—PROPOSED MONITORING, CLEARANCE, AND EXCLUSION ZONES DURING HRG SURVEYS OPERATING CHIRP
SUB-BOTTOM PROFILERS, BOOMERS, AND SPARKERS
Species
Level A
harassment
zone
(SEL)
Maximum extent of zone in meters (m) from all potential HRG
sound sources
Level A
harassment
zone
(PK)
Level B zones
Boomers and
sparkers
CHIRPS
Low-Frequency
Cetaceans:
Fin whale ..............
Minke whale ..........
Sei whale ..............
Humpback whale ..
N.A. right whale ....
Blue whale ............
Mid-Frequency
Cetaceans:
Sperm whale .........
Atlantic spotted
dolphin ...............
Atlantic white-sided
dolphin ...............
Common dolphin ...
Risso’s dolphin ......
Bottlenose dolphin
Long-finned pilot
whale .................
High-Frequency
Cetaceans:
Harbor porpoise ....
Phocid Pinnipeds in
Water:
Gray seal ..............
Harbor seal ...........
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
50
50
50
50
50
50
141
141
141
141
141
141
100
100
100
100
500
100
100
100
100
100
500
100
100
100
100
100
500
100
<1
<1
50
141
100
100
100
<1
<1
50
141
100
........................
50
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
50
50
50
50
141
141
141
141
100
100
100
100
........................
........................
........................
........................
50
50
50
50
<1
<1
50
141
100
........................
50
37
5
50
141
100
100
50
<1
<1
<1
<1
50
50
141
141
100
100
........................
........................
50
50
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
When practicable, a ramp-up
procedure would be used for HRG
survey equipment capable of adjusting
energy levels at the start or restart of
survey activities. The ramp-up
procedure would be used at the
beginning of HRG survey activities in
order to provide additional protection to
marine mammals near the Survey Area
by allowing them to vacate the area
prior to the commencement of survey
equipment operation at full power.
A ramp-up would begin with the
powering up of the smallest acoustic
HRG equipment at its lowest practical
power output appropriate for the
survey. When practicable, the power
would then be gradually turned up and
other acoustic sources would be added.
Ramp-up activities will be delayed if
a marine mammal(s) enters its
respective exclusion zone. Ramp-up
will continue if the animal has been
observed exiting its respective exclusion
zone or until an additional time period
has elapsed with no further sighting (i.e,
15 minutes for small odontocetes and
seals and 30 minutes for all other
species).
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Exclusion
zone
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Ramp-Up of HRG Survey Equipment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Pre-start
clearance
zone
Vessel
separation
distance
(m)
Jkt 253001
Shutdown of HRG Survey Equipment
An immediate shutdown of the
impulsive HRG survey equipment
would be required if a marine mammal
is sighted entering or within its
respective exclusion zone. No shutdown
is required for surveys operating only
non-impulsive acoustic sources. The
vessel operator must comply
immediately with any call for shutdown
by the Lead PSO. Any disagreement
between the Lead PSO and vessel
operator should be discussed only after
shutdown has occurred. Subsequent
restart of the survey equipment can be
initiated if the animal has been observed
exiting its respective exclusion zone or
until an additional time period has
elapsed (i.e., 15 minutes for small
odontocetes and seals and 30 minutes
for all other species).
If a species for which authorization
has not been granted, or, a species for
which authorization has been granted
but the authorized number of takes have
been met, approaches or is observed
within the Level B harassment zone,
shutdown would occur.
If the acoustic source is shut down for
reasons other than mitigation (e.g.,
mechanical difficulty) for less than 30
minutes, it may be activated again
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
without ramp-up if PSOs have
maintained constant observation and no
detections of any marine mammal have
occurred within the respective
exclusion zones. If the acoustic source
is shut down for a period longer than 30
minutes and PSOs have maintained
constant observation, then pre-clearance
and ramp-up procedures will be
initiated as described in the previous
section.
The shutdown requirement would be
waived for small delphinids of the
following genera: Delphinus,
Lagenorhynchus, Stenella, and
Tursiops. Specifically, if a delphinid
from the specified genera is visually
detected approaching the vessel (i.e., to
bow ride) or towed equipment,
shutdown is not required. Furthermore,
if there is uncertainty regarding
identification of a marine mammal
species (i.e., whether the observed
marine mammal(s) belongs to one of the
delphinid genera for which shutdown is
waived), PSOs must use best
professional judgement in making the
decision to call for a shutdown.
Additionally, shutdown is required if a
delphinid is detected in the exclusion
zone and belongs to a genus other than
those specified.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Vessel Strike Avoidance
Vessel operators and crews must
maintain a vigilant watch for all marine
mammals and slow down, stop their
vessel, or alter course, as appropriate
and regardless of vessel size, to avoid
striking any marine mammal. A visual
observer aboard the vessel must monitor
a vessel strike avoidance zone around
the vessel (distances stated below).
Visual observers monitoring the vessel
strike avoidance zone may be thirdparty observers (i.e., PSOs) or crew
members, but crew members
responsible for these duties must be
provided sufficient training to
distinguish marine mammals from other
phenomena and broadly to identify a
marine mammal as a right whale, other
whale (defined in this context as sperm
whales or baleen whales other than right
whales), or other marine mammal.
Vessel strike avoidance measures will
include, but are not limited to, the
following, except under circumstances
when complying with these measures
would put the safety of the vessel or
crew at risk:
• All vessels greater than or equal to
65 ft (19.8 m) in overall length must
comply with the 10 knot speed
restriction in any Seasonal Management
Area (SMA) per the NOAA ship strike
reduction rule (73 FR 60173; October
10, 2008).
• Vessels of all sizes will operate port
to port at 10 knots or less between
November 1 and April 30, except for
vessels transiting inside Narragansett
Bay or Long Island Sound.
• A trained, dedicated visual observer
and alternative visual detection system
(e.g., thermal cameras) will be stationed
on all transiting vessels that intend to
operate at greater than 10 knots from
November 1 through April 30. The
primary role of the visual observer is to
alert the vessel navigation crew to the
presence of marine mammals and to
report transit activities and marine
mammal sightings to the designated
South Fork Wind information system.
• Vessels of all sizes will operate at
10 knots or less in any North Atlantic
right whale Dynamic Management Area
(DMA).
• Outside of DMAs, SMAs, and the
November 1 through April 30 time
period, localized detections of North
Atlantic right whales, using passive
acoustics, would trigger a slow-down to
10 knots or less in the area of detection
(zone) for the following 12 hours (hrs).
Each subsequent detection would trigger
a 12-hr reset. A slow-down in that zone
expires when there has been no further
visual or acoustic detection in the past
12-hr within the triggered zone.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
• For all vessels greater than or equal
to 65 ft (19.8 m) in overall length, vessel
speeds must be reduced to 10 knots or
less when mother/calf pairs, pods, or
large assemblages of cetaceans are
observed near a vessel.
• All vessels must maintain a
minimum separation distance of 500 m
from North Atlantic right whales. If a
whale is observed but cannot be
confirmed as a species other than a right
whale, the vessel operator must assume
that it is a right whale and take
appropriate action.
• All vessels must maintain a
minimum separation distance of 100 m
from sperm whales and all other baleen
whales.
• All vessels must, to the maximum
extent practicable, attempt to maintain a
minimum separation distance of 50 m
from all other marine mammals, with an
exception made for those that approach
the vessel.
• When marine mammals are sighted
while a vessel is underway, the vessel
must take action as necessary to avoid
violating the relevant separation
distance, e.g., attempt to remain parallel
to the animal’s course, avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction
until the animal has left the area. If
marine mammals are sighted within the
relevant separation distance, the vessel
must reduce speed and shift the engine
to neutral, not engaging the engines
until animals are clear of the area. This
does not apply to any vessel towing gear
or any vessel that is navigationally
constrained.
• These requirements do not apply in
any case where compliance would
create an imminent and serious threat to
a person or vessel or to the extent that
a vessel is restricted in its ability to
maneuver and, because of the
restriction, cannot comply.
• When not on active watch duty,
members of the monitoring team must
consult NMFS’ North Atlantic right
whale reporting systems for the
presence of North Atlantic right whales
in the project area.
• Project-specific training must be
conducted for all vessel crew prior to
the start of in-water construction
activities. Confirmation of the training
and understanding of the requirements
must be documented on a training
course log sheet.
NMFS has carefully evaluated South
Fork Wind’s proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of
other measures in the context of
ensuring that NMFS prescribed the
means of effecting the least practicable
adverse impact on the affected marine
mammal species and stocks and their
habitat. Based on NMFS’ evaluation of
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8529
these measures, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the proposed mitigation
measures provide the means of effecting
the least practicable adverse impact on
marine mammal species or stocks and
their habitat, paying particular attention
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas
of similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stock for
subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density).
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas).
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors.
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks.
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat).
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8530
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Monitoring would be conducted
before, during, and after impact pile
driving, vibratory pile driving and
during HRG surveys. In addition,
observers will record all incidents of
marine mammal occurrence at any
distance from the piling location or
active HRG acoustic source, and
monitors will document any behavioral
reactions in concert with distance from
an acoustic source. Observations made
outside the clearance zones will not
result in delay of project activities.
A pile segment or HRG survey
trackline may be completed without
cessation, unless the marine mammal
approaches or enters the clearance zone,
at which point pile driving or survey
activities would be halted when
practicable, as described above.
The following additional measures
apply to visual monitoring:
(1) Monitoring will be conducted by
qualified, trained PSOs, who will be
placed on the installation (monopile
and cofferdam installation), secondary
observation (monopile installation
only), or HRG survey vessels, which
represents the best vantage point to
monitor for marine mammals and
implement shutdown procedures when
applicable;
(2) PSOs may not exceed 4
consecutive watch hours; must have a
minimum 2 hour break between
watches; and may not exceed a
combined watch schedule of more than
12 hours in a 24-hour period;
(3) PSOs will have no other
construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring;
(4) PSOs should have the following
minimum qualifications:
• Visual acuity in both eyes
(correction is permissible) sufficient for
discernment of moving targets at the
water’s surface with ability to estimate
target size and distance; use of
binoculars may be necessary to correctly
identify the target;
• Ability to conduct field
observations and collect data according
to assigned protocols;
• Sufficient training, orientation, or
experience with the construction
operation to provide for personal safety
during observations;
• Writing skills sufficient to
document observations including, but
not limited to: The number and species
of marine mammals observed; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were conducted; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were suspended to avoid
potential incidental injury of marine
mammals from construction noise
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
within a defined shutdown zone; and
marine mammal behavior; and
• Ability to communicate orally, by
radio or in person, with project
personnel to provide real-time
information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
Observer teams employed by South
Fork Wind in satisfaction of the
mitigation and monitoring requirements
described herein must meet the
following additional requirements:
• Independent observers (i.e., not
construction personnel) are required;
• At least one observer must have
prior experience working as an observer;
• Other observers may substitute
education (degree in biological science
or related field) or training for
experience;
• One observer will be designated as
lead observer or monitoring coordinator.
The lead observer must have prior
experience working as an observer; and
• NMFS will require submission and
approval of observer curriculum vitae.
Visual Marine Mammal Observations
Monopile Installation
South Fork Wind will collect sighting
data and behavioral responses to pile
driving for marine mammal species
observed in the region of activity during
the period of activity. All observers will
be trained in marine mammal
identification and behaviors and are
required to have no other constructionrelated tasks while conducting
monitoring. PSOs would monitor all
clearance zones at all times. PSOs
would also monitor Level B harassment
zones and would document any marine
mammals observed within these zones,
to the extent practicable (noting that
some distances to these zones are too
large to fully observe). South Fork Wind
would conduct monitoring before,
during, and after pile driving, with
observers located at the best practicable
vantage points on the pile driving
vessel.
South Fork Wind would implement
the following procedures for pile
driving:
• A minimum of two PSOs on the
impact pile driving vessel will maintain
watch at all times when pile driving is
underway.
• A minimum of two PSOs on a
secondary PSO vessel located at the
outer edge of the 2,200 m clearance zone
will maintain watch at all times when
pile driving is underway.
• PSOs would be located at the best
vantage point(s) on the impact pile
driving and secondary vessels to ensure
that they are able to observe the entire
clearance zones and as much of the
Level B harassment zone as possible.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
• During all observation periods,
PSOs will use binoculars and the naked
eye to search continuously for marine
mammals.
• PSOs will be provided reticle
binoculars, NVDs, and a thermal/IR
camera system.
• If the clearance zones are obscured
by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile
driving will not be initiated until
clearance zones are fully visible. Should
such conditions arise while impact
driving is underway, the activity would
be halted when practicable, as described
above.
• The clearance zones will be
monitored for the presence of marine
mammals for 60 mins before,
throughout the installation of the pile,
and for 30 mins after all pile driving
activity.
When monitoring is required during
vessel transit (as described above), the
PSO(s) will be stationed on vessels at
the best vantage points to ensure
maintenance of standoff distances
between marine mammals and vessels
(as described above). South Fork Wind
would implement the following
measures during vessel transit when
there is an observation of a marine
mammal:
• PSOs or dedicated observers will
record the vessel’s position and speed,
water depth, sea state, and visibility at
the beginning and end of each
observation period, and whenever there
is a change in any of those variables that
materially affects sighting conditions.
Individuals implementing the
monitoring protocol will assess its
effectiveness using an adaptive
approach. PSOs will use their best
professional judgment throughout
implementation and seek improvements
to these methods when deemed
appropriate. Any modifications to the
protocol will be coordinated between
NMFS and South Fork Wind.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
The visual monitoring requirements
for installation of the cofferdam would
be consistent with those described for
monopile installation, differing as
follows:
• A minimum of two PSOs on the
vibratory pile driving platform or
construction vessel will maintain watch
at all times when vibratory pile driving
is underway.
• During daytime (i.e., 30 minutes
prior to sunrise through 30 minutes
following sunset) observations, one PSO
will monitor the exclusion zone using
naked eye/reticle binoculars; a second
PSO will also periodically scan outside
the exclusion zone, using mounted big
eye binoculars.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
• During daytime low visibility
conditions, one PSO will monitor the
exclusion zone with a mounted IR
camera, while the second PSO
maintains visual watch using naked
eye/reticle binoculars.
• If nighttime observations are
required, two PSOs will monitor the
exclusion zone using a mounted IR
camera and hand-held/wearable NVDs.
HRG Surveys
The visual monitoring requirements
for HRG surveys would be consistent
with those described for monopile
installation, differing as follows:
• At least one PSO must be on duty
during daylight operations on each
survey vessel, conducting visual
observations at all times on all active
survey vessels during daylight hours
(i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise
through 30 minutes following sunset).
• A minimum of two PSOs must be
on watch during nighttime operations.
• PSO(s) would ensure 360° visual
coverage around the vessel from the
most appropriate observation posts and
would conduct visual observations
using binoculars and/or NVDs and the
naked eye.
• In cases where multiple vessels are
surveying concurrently, any
observations of marine mammals would
be communicated to PSOs on all nearby
survey vessels.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Data Collection
Among other pieces of information,
South Fork Wind will record detailed
information about any implementation
of delays or shutdowns, including the
distance of animals to the pile and a
description of specific actions that
ensued and resulting behavior of the
animal, if any. NMFS requires that, at a
minimum, the following information be
collected on the sighting forms:
• Date and time that monitored
activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring
during each observation period;
• Weather parameters (e.g., wind
speed, percent cloud cover, visibility);
• Water conditions (e.g., sea state,
tide state);
• Species, numbers, and, if possible,
sex and age class of marine mammals;
• Description of any observable
marine mammal behavioral patterns,
including:
Æ Bearing and direction of travel and
distance from pile driving activity,
Æ changes in behavioral patterns,
noting when/if they correspond to
change in activity (e.g., turning source
on or off), and
Æ amount of time spent within Level
A and Level B harassment zones
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
• Distance from pile driving activities
to marine mammals and distance from
the marine mammals to the observation
point;
• Type of construction activity (e.g.,
vibratory or impact pile driving, HRG
survey) and specific phase of activity
(e.g., ramp-up for HRG survey, HRG
acoustic source on/off, soft start for pile
driving, active pile driving, etc.) when
marine mammals are observed.
• Description of implementation of
mitigation measures (e.g., delay or
shutdown).
• Locations of all marine mammal
observations; and
• Other human activity in the area.
Marine Mammal Passive Acoustic
Monitoring
South Fork Wind would utilize a
PAM system to supplement visual
monitoring during all pre-clearance,
WTG and OSS impact piling operations,
and post visual monitoring periods. The
PAM system would be monitored by a
minimum of one acoustic PSO
beginning at least 60 minutes prior to
soft start of pile driving and at all times
during pile driving. Acoustic PSOs
would immediately communicate all
detections of marine mammals to visual
PSOs, including any determination
regarding species identification,
distance, and bearing and the degree of
confidence in the determination. PAM
would be used to inform visual
monitoring during construction. The
PAM system would not be located on
the pile installation vessel.
Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for
a maximum of four consecutive hours
followed by a break of at least two hours
between watches, and for a maximum of
twelve hours per day. Acoustic PSOs
would be required to complete
specialized training for operating PAM
systems. PSOs can act as acoustic or
visual observers (but not
simultaneously) as long as they
demonstrate that their training and
experience are sufficient to perform
each task.
Acoustic Monitoring for Sound Source
and Harassment Isopleth Verification
During the first monopile installation,
South Fork Wind would be required to
empirically determine the distances to
the isopleths corresponding to Level B
harassment thresholds either by
extrapolating from in situ measurements
conducted at distances approximately
100 m (or less, depending on the
position of the noise mitigation system),
750 m, 1500 m, 3000 m, and 6000 m
from the pile being driven, or by direct
measurements to locate the distance
where the received levels reach the
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8531
relevant thresholds or below.
Additionally, measurements conducted
at multiple distances from the pile will
be used to estimate propagation loss.
Isopleths corresponding to the Level B
harassment threshold would be verified
for comparison with the acoustic
propagation range and R95percent modeled
isopleths used to estimate proposed
authorized take.
If initial acoustic field measurements
indicate distances to the isopleths
corresponding to Level B harassment
thresholds are greater than the distances
predicted by modeling (as presented in
the IHA application), South Fork Wind
must implement additional sound
attenuation measures prior to
conducting additional pile driving.
Initial additional measures may include
improving the efficacy of the
implemented noise attenuation
technology and/or modifying the piling
schedule to reduce the sound source. If
implementation of these corrective
actions does not result in distances to
the Level B harassment isopleths that
are similar to or less than those used to
calculate take, South Fork Wind would
install a second noise mitigation system
to achieve the modelled ranges. Each
sequential modification would be
evaluated empirically by acoustic field
measurements.
If acoustic measurements indicate that
distances to isopleths corresponding to
the Level B harassment threshold are
less than the distances predicted by
modeling (as presented in the IHA
application), South Fork Wind may
request a modification to the clearance
and exclusion zones for impact pile
driving. If modifications are approved
by NMFS, each sequential modification
to decrease zone sizes would also be
evaluated empirically by acoustic field
measurements.
Reporting
A draft report would be submitted to
NMFS within 90 days of the completion
of monitoring for each installation’s inwater work window. The report would
include marine mammal observations
pre-activity, during-activity, and postactivity during pile driving days, and
would also provide descriptions of any
changes in marine mammal behavioral
patterns resulting from construction
activities. The report would detail the
monitoring protocol, summarize the
data recorded during monitoring
including an estimate of the number of
marine mammals that may have been
harassed during the period of the report,
and describe any mitigation actions
taken (i.e., delays or shutdowns due to
detections of marine mammals, and
documentation of when shutdowns
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8532
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
were called for but not implemented
and why). The report would also
include results from acoustic
monitoring including dates and times of
all detections, types and nature of
sounds heard, whether detections were
linked with visual sightings, water
depth of the hydrophone array, bearing
of the animal to the vessel (if
determinable), species or taxonomic
group (if determinable), spectrogram
screenshot, a record of the PAM
operator’s review of any acoustic
detections, and any other notable
information. A final report must be
submitted within 30 days following
resolution of comments on the draft
report.
South Fork Wind would be required
to submit a preliminary acoustic
monitoring report to NMFS within 24
hrs of completing sound source
verification (SSV) on the first monopile.
In addition to in situ measured
distances to the Level A harassment and
Level B harassment thresholds, the
acoustic monitoring report would
include: SPLpk, SPLrms that contains
90 percent of the acoustic energy, single
strike sound exposure level, integration
time for SPLrms, SELss spectrum (1⁄3
octave band or power density spectra).
All these levels would be reported in
the form of median, mean, max, and
minimum. The sound levels reported
would be in median and linear average
(i.e., taking averages of sound intensity
before converting to dB). The acoustic
monitoring report would also include a
description of the hydrophones used,
hydrophone and water depth, distance
to the pile driven, and sediment type at
the recording location.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. NMFS also assesses
the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’s implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
Pile driving and HRG survey activities
associated with the proposed project, as
described previously, have the potential
to disturb or temporarily displace
marine mammals. Specifically, the
specified activities may result in take, in
the form of Level A harassment
(potential injury; from impact pile
driving only) or Level B harassment
(potential behavioral disturbance) from
underwater sounds generated from pile
driving (impact and vibratory) and
certain HRG active acoustic sources.
Potential takes could occur if individual
marine mammals are present in the
ensonified zone when pile driving or
HRG survey activities are occurring.
To avoid repetition, the majority of
our analyses apply to all the species
listed in Table 3, given that many of the
anticipated effects of the proposed
project on different marine mammal
stocks are expected to be relatively
similar in nature. Where there are
meaningful differences between species
or stocks—as is the case of the North
Atlantic right whale—they are included
as separate subsections below.
North Atlantic Right Whales
North Atlantic right whales are
currently threatened by low population
abundance, higher than normal
mortality rates and lower than normal
reproductive rates. As described above,
the project area represents part of an
important migratory area for North
Atlantic right whales, which make
annual migrations up and down the
Atlantic coast. Due to the current status
of North Atlantic right whales, and the
spatial overlap of the proposed project
with an area of biological significance
for North Atlantic right whales, the
potential impacts of the proposed
project on North Atlantic right whales
warrant particular attention.
As described above, North Atlantic
right whale presence in the project area
is largely seasonal. As a result of several
years of aerial surveys and PAM
deployments in the area, NMFS has
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
confidence that North Atlantic right
whales are expected in the project area
predominately during certain times of
year while at other times of year North
Atlantic right whales are expected to
occur less frequently in the project area.
During aerial surveys conducted from
2011–2015 in the project area, North
Atlantic right whale sightings occurred
only December through April, with no
sightings from May through November
(Kraus et al., 2016). There was not
significant variability in sighting rate
among years, indicating consistent
annual seasonal use of the area by North
Atlantic right whales over the timespan
of the surveys (Kraus et al., 2016).
However, as described previously,
North Atlantic right whale presence is
increasingly variable in identified core
habitats, including the area south of
Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket
islands (northeast of the proposed
SFWF) where both visual and acoustic
detections of North Atlantic right
whales indicate a nearly year-round
presence (Oleson et al., 2020), although
seasonal trends are still prominent
(Hayes et al., 2020).
Due to this seasonal pattern in North
Atlantic right whale occurrence in the
project area, NMFS expects the most
significant measure in minimizing
impacts to North Atlantic right whales
to be the proposed seasonal closure that
would occur from January through
April, when North Atlantic right whale
abundance in the project area is greatest.
In addition, proposed mitigation
measures outside of those months—
including a 5 km clearance zone
facilitated through PAM and PSOs—will
greatly minimize any takes that may
otherwise occur outside of the months
of peak abundance in the area. As a
result of these mitigation measures,
NMFS expects the already small
potential for North Atlantic right whales
to be exposed to project-related sound
above the Level A harassment threshold
to be eliminated. Therefore, South Fork
did not request nor is NMFS proposing
to authorize take by Level A harassment.
NMFS also expects these proposed
measures to greatly reduce the amount
of exposures to project-related noise
above the Level B harassment threshold,
and the duration and intensity of any
exposures above the Level B harassment
threshold that do occur. No serious
injury or mortality of North Atlantic
right whales would be expected even in
the absence of the proposed mitigation
measures.
Instances of Level B harassment of
North Atlantic right whales will be
reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through use of proposed
mitigation measures, including soft start
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
and exclusion zones larger than the
Level A harassment zone. Any
individuals that are exposed above the
Level B harassment threshold are
expected to move away from the sound
source and temporarily avoid the areas
of pile driving. Therefore, North
Atlantic right whales taken by the
activity are likely to be exposed to lower
noise levels (closer to the 120dB
threshold than the Level A harassment
threshold) and therefore, behavioral
reactions are expected to be less intense
than during exposures to louder sounds
(but still below the Level A harassment
threshold). NMFS expects that any
avoidance of the project area by North
Atlantic right whales would be
temporary in nature and that any North
Atlantic right whales that avoid the
project area during construction would
not be permanently displaced. Even
limited repeated Level B harassment of
some small subset of the overall stock,
although not expected to occur given
the transitory nature of marine
mammals in the project area, is unlikely
to result in any significant realized
decrease in fitness or viability for the
affected individuals, and thus would
not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole.
Prey for North Atlantic right whales
are mobile and broadly distributed
throughout the project area; therefore,
North Atlantic right whales that may be
temporarily displaced during
construction activities are expected to
be able to resume foraging once they
have moved away from areas with
disturbing levels of underwater noise.
Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of
similar habitat and resources in the
surrounding area, the impacts to North
Atlantic right whales and the food
sources that they utilize are not
expected to cause significant or longterm consequences for individual North
Atlantic right whales or their
population. In addition, there are no
North Atlantic right whale mating or
calving areas within the proposed
project area.
As described above, North Atlantic
right whales are experiencing an
ongoing UME. However, as described
above, no injury of North Atlantic right
whales as a result of the proposed
project is expected or proposed for
authorization, and Level B harassment
takes of North Atlantic right whales are
expected to be in the form of avoidance
of the immediate area of construction.
As no injury or mortality is expected or
proposed for authorization, and Level B
harassment of North Atlantic right
whales will be reduced to the level of
least practicable adverse impact through
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
use of proposed mitigation measures,
the proposed authorized takes of North
Atlantic right whales would not
exacerbate or compound the effects of
the ongoing UME in any way.
NMFS concludes that the additional
proposed mitigation measures would
ensure that any exposures above the
Level B harassment threshold would
result in only short-term effects to
individuals exposed. With
implementation of the proposed
mitigation requirements, take by Level
A harassment is unlikely and is
therefore not proposed for
authorization. Potential impacts
associated with Level B harassment
would include only low-level,
temporary behavioral modifications,
most likely in the form of avoidance
behavior or potential alteration of
vocalizations.
Although acoustic masking may
occur, based on the acoustic
characteristics of noise associated with
impact pile driving (e.g., frequency
spectra, short duration) and HRG
surveys (e.g., higher frequency,
intermittent signals) and the limited
duration of vibratory pile driving
activity, NMFS expects masking effects
to be minimal (e.g., pile driving) to none
(e.g., HRG surveys). As mentioned
previously, masking events that might
be considered Level B harassment have
already been accounted for in the
exposure analysis as they would be
expected to occur within the behavioral
harassment zones predetermined for
pile driving. Avoidance of the SFWF or
SFEC during construction would
represent a potential manifestation of
behavioral disturbance. Although the
project area is located within the
migratory BIA for North Atlantic right
whales, impact pile driving of monopile
foundations would only occur on 16
days (one pile would be driven per day
for a maximum of 3 hours), and
vibratory pile driving would be limited
to a maximum of 36 hours of the 12month project. Further, seasonal
restrictions preclude impact pile driving
during the months in which North
Atlantic right whale occurrence is
expected to be highest (January through
April). If avoidance of the project area
by North Atlantic right whales occurs, it
is expected to be temporary. Finally,
consistent North Atlantic right whale
utilization of the habitat south of
Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket
Islands (Oleson et al., 2020) indicates
that suitable alternative nearby habitat
would be available to North Atlantic
right whales that might avoid the project
area during construction.
In order to evaluate whether or not
individual behavioral responses, in
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8533
combination with other stressors,
impact animal populations, scientists
have developed theoretical frameworks
which can then be applied to particular
case studies when the supporting data
are available. One such framework is the
population consequences of disturbance
model (PCoD), which attempts to assess
the combined effects of individual
animal exposures to stressors at the
population level (NAS 2017). Nearly all
PCoD studies considering multiple
marine mammal species and experts
agree that infrequent exposures of a
single day or less are unlikely to impact
individual fitness, let alone lead to
population level effects (Booth et al.,
2016; Booth et al., 2017; Christiansen
and Lusseau 2015; Farmer et al., 2018;
Harris et al., 2017; Harwood et al., 2014;
Harwood and Booth 2016; King et al.,
2015; McHuron et al., 2018; NAS 2017;
New et al., 2014; Pirotta et al., 2018;
Southall et al., 2007; Villegas-Amtmann
et al., 2015). Since NMFS expects that
any exposures would be brief (no more
than 3 hours per day for impact pile
driving or 36 hours over 6 days for
vibratory pile driving, and likely less
given probable avoidance response), and
repeat exposures to the same
individuals are unlikely, any behavioral
responses that would occur due to
animals being exposed to construction
activity are expected to be temporary,
with behavior returning to a baseline
state shortly after the acoustic stimuli
ceases, similar to findings during
European wind farm construction.
Given this, and NMFS’ evaluation of the
available PCoD studies, any such
behavioral responses are not expected to
impact individual animals’ health or
have effects on individual animals’
survival or reproduction, thus no
detrimental impacts at the population
level are anticipated. North Atlantic
right whales may temporarily avoid the
immediate area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. NMFS
does not anticipate North Atlantic right
whales takes that would result from the
proposed project would impact annual
rates of recruitment or survival. Thus,
any takes that occur would not result in
population level impacts.
All Other Marine Mammal Species
Impact pile driving has source
characteristics (short, sharp pulses with
higher peak levels and sharper rise time
to reach those peaks) that are potentially
injurious or more likely to produce
severe behavioral reactions. No Level A
harassment from HRG surveys or
vibratory pile driving is expected, even
in the absence of mitigation; therefore,
our discussion regarding auditory injury
is limited to impact pile driving.
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
8534
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
Modeling indicates there is limited
potential for auditory injury to
humpback whales during pile driving
even in the absence of the proposed
mitigation measures; the remaining
fifteen species are predicted to
experience no Level A harassment,
based on modeling results that assumed
10 dB attenuation (Table 16).
NMFS expects that any exposures
above the Level A harassment threshold
would be in the form of slight PTS, i.e.
minor degradation of hearing
capabilities within regions of hearing
that align most completely with the
energy produced by pile driving (i.e. the
low-frequency region below 2 kHz), not
severe hearing impairment. If hearing
impairment occurs, it is most likely that
the affected animal would lose a few
decibels in its hearing sensitivity, which
in most cases is not likely to
meaningfully affect its ability to forage
and communicate with conspecifics,
much less impact reproduction or
survival.
Additionally, the number of Level A
harassment takes proposed for
authorization are relatively low for all
marine mammal stocks and species: For
three of the stocks, only one take by
Level A harassment is proposed for
authorization (i.e., fin whale, sei whale,
and minke whale), and for most of the
remaining stocks, NMFS does not
propose to authorize any takes by Level
A harassment over the duration of the
project; for the remaining stock (i.e.,
humpback whale), NMFS proposes to
authorize four takes by Level A
harassment. As described above, any
PTS incurred would be no more than a
few decibels of lost hearing sensitivity
that would not impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival for any
individual.
Repeated exposures of individuals to
relatively low levels of sound outside of
preferred habitat areas are unlikely to
significantly disrupt critical behaviors.
Thus, even repeated Level B harassment
of some small subset of an overall stock
is unlikely to result in any significant
realized decrease in viability for the
affected individuals, and thus would
not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole. Level B harassment
will be reduced to the level of least
practicable adverse impact through use
of proposed mitigation measures and, if
sound produced by project activities is
sufficiently disturbing, marine
mammals are likely to simply avoid the
area while the activity is occurring.
Therefore, NMFS expects that animals
disturbed by project sound would likely
move away from the sound source
during project activities in favor of
other, similar habitats. NMFS expects
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
that any avoidance of the project area by
marine mammals would be temporary
in nature and that any marine mammals
that avoid the project area during
construction would not be permanently
displaced.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be
significantly impacted, as prey species
are mobile and are broadly distributed
throughout the project area; therefore,
marine mammals that may be
temporarily displaced during
construction activities are expected to
be able to resume foraging once they
have moved away from areas with
disturbing levels of underwater noise.
Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of
similar habitat and resources in the
surrounding area, the impacts to marine
mammals and the food sources that they
utilize are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals or their
populations. There are no areas of
notable biological significance for
marine mammal feeding known to exist
in the project area. In addition, there are
no rookeries or mating or calving areas
known to be biologically important to
marine mammals within the proposed
project area.
NMFS concludes that exposures to
marine mammals due to the proposed
project would result in only short-term
effects to individuals exposed. Marine
mammals may temporarily avoid the
immediate area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. Impacts
to breeding, feeding, sheltering, resting,
or migration are not expected, nor are
shifts in habitat use, distribution, or
foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate the marine mammal takes
that would result from the proposed
project would impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival.
As described above, humpback
whales, minke whales, and gray and
harbor seals are experiencing ongoing
UMEs. For minke whales, although the
ongoing UME is under investigation (as
occurs for all UMEs), this event does not
provide cause for concern regarding
population level impacts, as the likely
population abundance is greater than
20,000 whales. With regard to
humpback whales, the UME does not
yet provide cause for concern regarding
population-level impacts. Despite the
UME, the relevant population of
humpback whales (the West Indies
breeding population, or DPS) remains
healthy. The West Indies DPS, which
consists of the whales whose breeding
range includes the Atlantic margin of
the Antilles from Cuba to northern
Venezuela, and whose feeding range
primarily includes the Gulf of Maine,
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
eastern Canada, and western Greenland,
was delisted. The status review
identified harmful algal blooms, vessel
collisions, and fishing gear
entanglements as relevant threats for
this DPS, but noted that all other threats
are considered likely to have no or
minor impact on population size or the
growth rate of this DPS (Bettridge et al.,
2015). As described in Bettridge et al.
(2015), the West Indies DPS has a
substantial population size (i.e.,
approximately 10,000; Stevick et al.,
2003; Smith et al., 1999; Bettridge et al.,
2015), and appears to be experiencing
consistent growth. With regard to gray
seals and harbor seals, although the
ongoing UME is under investigation, the
UME does not yet provide cause for
concern regarding population-level
impacts to any of these stocks. For
harbor seals, the population abundance
is over 75,000 and annual M/SI (345) is
well below PBR (2,006) (Hayes et al.,
2020). For gray seals, the population
abundance is over 500,000, and
abundance is likely increasing in the
U.S. Atlantic EEZ and in Canada (Hayes
et al., 2020). Proposed authorized takes
by Level A harassment of humpback
whales are low (i.e., no more than four
takes by Level A harassment proposed
for authorization) and, as described
above, any Level A harassment would
be expected to be in the form of slight
PTS, i.e. minor degradation of hearing
capabilities which is not likely to
meaningfully affect the ability to forage
or communicate with conspecifics. No
serious injury or mortality is expected
or proposed for authorization, and Level
B harassment of humpback whales and
minke whales and gray and harbor seals
will be reduced to the level of least
practicable adverse impact through use
of proposed mitigation measures. As
such, the proposed authorized takes of
these species would not exacerbate or
compound the effects of the ongoing
UMEs on the populations.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
NMFS’ preliminary determination that
the impacts resulting from this activity
are not expected to adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality or serious injury is
anticipated or proposed for
authorization;
• No Level A harassment of North
Atlantic right whales would occur and
Level B harassment will be minimized
via extended mitigation measures;
• The anticipated impacts of the
proposed activity on marine mammals
would be temporary behavioral changes
(primarily avoidance of the project area)
and limited instances of Level A
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
harassment of humpback whales in the
form of a slight PTS;
• Potential instances of exposure
above the Level A harassment threshold
are limited to four of the 16 species
expected to occur in the project area and
are expected to be relatively low, and
the severity of any PTS would be
minimized by proposed mitigation
measures including clearance zones;
• The availability of alternate areas of
similar habitat value for marine
mammals to temporarily vacate the
project area during the proposed project
to avoid exposure to sounds from the
activity;
• Effects on species that serve as prey
species for marine mammals from the
proposed project are expected to be
short-term and are not expected to result
in significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals, or to
contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations;
• There are no known important
feeding, breeding or calving areas in the
project area. A biologically important
migratory area exists for North Atlantic
right whales; however, the proposed
seasonal moratorium on construction is
expected to largely avoid impacts to the
North Atlantic right whale migration, as
described above.
• The proposed mitigation measures,
including visual and acoustic
monitoring, clearance and exclusion
zones, soft start (pile driving only),
ramp up (HRG only), shutdown, are
designed to reduce frequency and
intensity of exposures and are,
therefore, expected to minimize
potential impacts to marine mammals.
• Total proposed authorized takes as
a percentage of population are very low
for all species and stocks (i.e., less than
3.5 percent for four stocks, and less than
1 percent for the remaining 12 stocks);
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of
the MMPA for specified activities other
than military readiness activities. The
MMPA does not define small numbers
and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares
the number of individuals taken to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
most appropriate estimation of
abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether
an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals. When the
predicted number of individuals to be
taken is less than one third of the
species or stock abundance, the take is
considered to be of small numbers.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities.
NMFS proposes to authorize
incidental take of 16 marine mammal
stocks. The total amount of taking
proposed for authorization is less than
3.5 percent for four of these stocks, and
less than 1 percent for the 12 remaining
stocks (Table 23), which NMFS
preliminarily finds are small numbers of
marine mammals relative to the
estimated overall population
abundances for those stocks.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population size of
all affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of the affected marine mammal stocks or
species implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has determined that
the total taking of affected species or
stocks would not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act
Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA (16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take
of North Atlantic right, fin, sei, and
sperm whales, which are listed under
the ESA. The NMFS Office of Protected
Resources has requested initiation of
Section 7 consultation with the NMFS
Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries
Office for the issuance of this IHA.
NMFS will conclude the ESA
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
8535
consultation prior to reaching a
determination regarding the proposed
issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to South Fork Wind for
conducting construction activities
southeast of Rhode Island for a period
of one year, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting requirements are incorporated.
A draft of the proposed IHA can be
found at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
permit/incidental-take-authorizationsunder-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on the
analyses, the proposed authorization,
and any other aspect of this Notice of
Proposed IHA for the proposed
construction of the South Fork Wind
offshore wind project. NMFS also
requests comment on the potential for
renewal of this proposed IHA as
described in the paragraph below.
Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform NMFS’ final decision on the
request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-time, 1 year IHA renewal
with an expedited public comment
period (15 days) when: (1) Another year
of identical or nearly identical activities
as described in the Specified Activities
section is planned or (2) the activities
would not be completed by the time the
IHA expires and a second IHA would
allow for completion of the activities
beyond that described in the Dates and
Duration section, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to expiration of
the current IHA;
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted under the proposed
Renewal are identical to the activities
analyzed under the initial IHA, are a
subset of the activities, or include
changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile
size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and
monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of
reducing the type or amount of take
because only a subset of the initially
analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal); and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
8536
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 / Notices
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with NOTICES2
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized;
• Upon review of the request for
renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:54 Feb 04, 2021
Jkt 253001
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
Dated: January 29, 2021.
Donna Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2021–02263 Filed 2–4–21; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\05FEN2.SGM
05FEN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 86, Number 23 (Friday, February 5, 2021)]
[Notices]
[Pages 8490-8536]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2021-02263]
[[Page 8489]]
Vol. 86
Friday,
No. 23
February 5, 2021
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the South Fork Offshore
Wind Project; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 86 , No. 23 / Friday, February 5, 2021 /
Notices
[[Page 8490]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
[RTID 0648-XA661]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the South Fork
Offshore Wind Project
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from South Fork Wind, LLC (South
Fork Wind) to take marine mammals incidental to construction of a
commercial wind energy project southeast of Rhode Island, within the
Rhode Island-Massachusetts Wind Energy Area (RI/MA WEA). Pursuant to
the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on
its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS
is also requesting comments on a possible one-time, one-year renewal
that could be issued under certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in Request for Public Comments at
the end of this notice. NMFS will consider public comments prior to
making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA
authorizations and agency responses will be summarized in the final
notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than March
10, 2021.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service and should be sent to
[email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments, including all attachments, must
not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments to comments will be
accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF file formats only. All
comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be
posted online at www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act without change. All
personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily
submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit
confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected
information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Carter Esch, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8421. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the
contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable MMPA statutory terms cited above
are included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment. In compliance with NEPA, as implemented by
the regulations published by the Council on Environmental Quality (40
CFR parts 1500-1508 (1978)), the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management
(BOEM) prepared an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to consider the
direct, indirect and cumulative effects to the human environment
resulting from the South Fork Wind project. NMFS is a cooperating
agency on BOEM's EIS. Accordingly, NMFS plans to adopt the Bureau of
Ocean Energy Management's (BOEM) Environmental Impact Statement (EIS),
provided our independent evaluation of the document finds that it
includes adequate information analyzing the effects of the proposed IHA
issuance on the human environment. BOEM's draft EIS was made available
for public comment from January 8, 2021 to February 22, 2021 and is
available at: www.boem.gov/South Fork-Wind.
NMFS will review all comments submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the
IHA request.
This project is covered under Title 41 of the Fixing America's
Surface Transportation Act, or ``FAST-41.'' FAST-41 includes a suite of
provisions designed to expedite the environmental review for covered
infrastructure projects, including enhanced interagency coordination as
well as milestone tracking on the public-facing Permitting Dashboard.
The dashboard for this project is available at https://www.permits.performance.gov/permitting-projects/south-fork-wind-farm-and-south-fork-export-cable.
Summary of Request
On March 15, 2019, NMFS received a request from South Fork Wind for
an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to construction of an offshore
wind energy project southeast of Rhode Island. Following a delay of the
project, South Fork Wind submitted an updated version of the
application on June 3, 2020, and then a revised version September 14,
2020. The application was deemed adequate and complete on September 15,
2020. However, on December 15, 2020, South Fork Wind
[[Page 8491]]
submitted a subsequent application due to changes to the project scope.
NMFS deemed the application adequate and complete on December 16, 2020.
South Fork Wind's request is for take of 16 species of marine mammals
by harassment. Neither South Fork Wind nor NMFS expects serious injury
or mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is
appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
South Fork Wind proposes to construct a 90-180 megawatt (MW)
offshore wind energy project in Lease Area OCS-A 0517, southeast of
Rhode Island. The project would consist of installation of up 16
monopiles to support 15 offshore wind turbine generators (WTGs) and one
offshore substation (OSS) (Figure 1). The project also includes
offshore and onshore cabling, and onshore operations and maintenance
facilities. Take of marine mammals may occur incidental to the
construction of the project due to in-water noise exposure resulting
from impact pile driving activities associated with installation of WTG
and OSS foundations, vibratory pile driving associated with the
installation and removal of a temporary cofferdam nearshore, and high-
resolution geophysical (HRG) surveys of the inter-array cable and
export cable construction area.
Dates and Duration
Construction of the project is planned to commence between April
2022 and May 2022; however, as with many construction projects,
permitting and construction delays may occur and the activity may take
place at any point during the period of effectiveness for the IHA,
subject to the following timing constraints. Up to 30 days of impact
pile driving to install the WTGs and OSS may occur between May 1, 2022
and December 31, 2022; no impact pile driving activities would occur
from January 1, 2023 through April 30, 2023. A cofferdam may
potentially be installed for the sea-to-shore cable connection and, if
required, would be installed between October 1, 2022 and May 31, 2023.
Installation and extraction of the cofferdam are each expected to take
1 to 3 days of vibratory pile driving. Up to 60 days of HRG surveys
would be conducted throughout the 12-month construction timeframe.
Specific Geographic Region
South Fork Wind's proposed activity would occur in the 55.4 square
kilometer (km\2\) (13,700 acre) South Fork Wind Lease Area OCS-A 0517
(SFWF; Figure 1 here, and see Figure 1 in the IHA application for more
detail), within the Rhode Island-Massachusetts WEA. At its nearest
point, the SFWF would be just over 30 kilometers (km) (19 miles (mi))
southeast of Block Island, Rhode Island, and 56 km (35 mi) east of
Montauk Point, New York. Water depths in the SFWF range from
approximately 33-41 meters (m) (108-134 feet (ft)). The South Fork
export cable route (SFEC) would connect SFWF to one of two landing
locations on Long Island, New York, where a temporary cofferdam may be
constructed where the SFEC exits the seabed.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 8492]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN05FE21.000
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
South Fork Wind is proposing to construct a 90-180 MW commercial
wind energy project in Lease Area OCS-A 0517, southeast of Rhode
Island. The Project would consist of the installation of up to 16
monopiles to support 15
[[Page 8493]]
offshore WTGs and one OSS, an onshore substation, offshore and onshore
cabling, and onshore operations and maintenance facilities. WTGs would
be arranged in a grid-like pattern with spacing of 1.9 km (1.15 mi; 1
nautical miles (nm)) between turbines. Each WTG would interconnect with
the OSS via an inter-array submarine cable system. The offshore export
cable transmission system would connect the OSS to an existing mainland
electric grid in East Hampton, New York. A temporary cofferdam may be
installed where the offshore export cable conduit exits from the seabed
to contain drilling returns and prevent the excavated sediments from
silting back into the Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) exit pit. The
final location of the cofferdam will be dependent upon the selected
cable landing site. Construction of the WTGs and OSS, including pile
driving, could occur on any day from May 1, 2022 through December 31,
2022. Cofferdam installation and extraction requiring vibratory pile
driving could occur for up to 3 days from October 2022 through May,
2023. HRG surveys would be conducted throughout the 12-month project
timeframe. Activities associated with the construction of the project
are described in more detail below.
Cable Laying
Cable burial operations will occur both in the SFWF for the inter-
array cables connecting the WTGs to the OSS and in the SFEC for the
cables carrying power from the OSS to land. Inter-array cables will
connect the 15 WTGs to the OSS. A single offshore export cable will
connect the OSS to the shore. The offshore export and inter-array
cables will be buried beneath the seafloor at a target depth of up to
1.2-2.8 m (4-6 ft). Installation of the offshore export cable is
anticipated to last approximately 2 months. The estimated installation
time for the inter-array cables is approximately 4 months. All cable
burial operations will follow installation of the monopile foundations,
as the foundations must be in place to provide connection points for
the export cable and inter-array cables. Installation days are not
continuous and do not include equipment preparation or down time that
may result from weather or maintenance. Equipment preparation is not
considered a source of marine mammal disturbance or harassment.
Some dredging may be required prior to cable laying due to the
presence of sand waves. The upper portions of sand waves may be removed
via mechanical or hydraulic means in order to achieve the proper burial
depth below the stable sea bottom. The majority of the export and
inter-link cable is expected to be installed using simultaneous lay and
bury via jet plowing. Jet plowing entails the use of an adjustable
blade, or plow, which rests on the sea floor and is towed by a surface
vessel. The plow creates a narrow trench at the desired depth, while
water jets fluidize the sediment within the trench. The cable is then
fed through the plow and is laid into the trench as it moves forward.
The fluidized sediments then settle back down into the trench and bury
the cable. The majority of the inter-array cable is also expected to be
installed via jet plowing after the cable has been placed on the
seafloor. Other methods, such as mechanical plowing or trenching, may
be needed in areas of coarser or more consolidated sediment, rocky
bottom, or other difficult conditions in order to ensure a proper
burial depth. The jet plowing tool may be based from a seabed tractor
or a sled deployed from a vessel. A mechanical plow is also deployed
from a vessel. More information on cable laying associated with the
proposed project is provided in South Fork Wind's Construction and
Operations Plan (SFWF COP; South Fork Wind, 2020). As the only
potential impacts from these activities is sediment suspension, the
potential for take of marine mammals to result from these activities is
so low as to be discountable and South Fork Wind did not request, and
NMFS does not propose to authorize, any takes associated with cable
laying. Therefore, cable laying activities are not analyzed further in
this document.
Construction-Related Vessel Activity
During construction of the project, South Fork Wind anticipates
that an average of approximately 5-10 vessels will operate during a
typical work day in the SFWF and along the SFEC. Many of these vessels
will remain in the SFWF or SFEC for days or weeks at a time,
potentially making only infrequent trips to port for bunkering and
provisioning, as needed. The actual number of vessels involved in the
project at one time is highly dependent on the project's final
schedule, the final design of the project's components, and the
logistics needed to ensure compliance with the Jones Act, a Federal law
that regulates maritime commerce in the United States.
Existing vessel traffic in the vicinity of the project area
southeast of Rhode Island is relatively high and marine mammals in the
area are expected to be habituated to vessel noise. In addition,
construction vessels would be stationary on site for significant
periods of time and the large vessels would travel to and from the site
at relatively low speeds. Project-related vessels would be required to
adhere to several mitigation measures designed to reduce the potential
for marine mammals to be struck by vessels associated with the project;
these measures are described further below (see Proposed Mitigation).
As part of various construction related activities, including cable
laying and construction material delivery, dynamic positioning
thrusters may be utilized to hold vessels in position or move slowly.
Sound produced through use of dynamic positioning thrusters is similar
to that produced by transiting vessels, and dynamic positioning
thrusters are typically operated either in a similarly predictable
manner or used for short durations around stationary activities. Sound
produced by dynamic positioning thrusters would be preceded by, and
associated with, sound from ongoing vessel noise and would be similar
in nature; thus, any marine mammals in the vicinity of the activity
would be aware of the vessel's presence, further reducing the potential
for startle or flight responses on the part of marine mammals.
Construction-related vessel activity, including the use of dynamic
positioning thrusters, is not expected to result in take of marine
mammals and South Fork Wind did not request, and NMFS does not propose
to authorize, any takes associated with construction related vessel
activity. Accordingly, these activities are not analyzed further in
this document.
Installation of WTGs and OSS
Monopiles are the only foundation type proposed for the project. A
monopile is a single, hollow cylinder fabricated from steel that is
secured in the seabed. The 16 monopiles installed to support the 15 WTG
and single OSS would be 11.0 m (33.0 ft) in diameter, up to 95 m (311.7
ft) in length and driven to a maximum penetration depth of 50 m (164
ft). A schematic diagram showing potential heights and dimensions of
the various components of a monopile foundation are shown in Figure
3.1-2 of the SFWF COP (South Fork Wind, 2020), available online at:
https://www.boem.gov/renewable-energy/state-activities/south-fork.
The monopile foundations would be installed by one or two heavy
lift or jack-up vessels. The main installation vessel(s) will likely
remain at the SFWF during the installation phase (approximately 30
days) and transport vessels, tugs, and/or feeder barges would provide a
continuous supply of foundations to the SFWF. If appropriate vessels
are available, the foundation
[[Page 8494]]
components could be picked up directly in the marshalling port by the
main installation vessel(s).
Within the SFWF, the main installation vessel would upend the
monopile with a crane, and place it in the gripper frame, before
lowering the monopile to the seabed. The gripper frame, depending upon
its design, may be placed on the seabed scour protection materials to
stabilize the monopile's vertical alignment before and during piling.
Scour protection is included to protect the foundation from scour
development, which is the removal of the sediments near structures by
hydrodynamic forces, and consists of the placement of stone or rock
material around the foundation. The scour protection would consist of
engineered rock placed around the base of each monopole in a 68 m (222
ft) diameter circle, using either a fallpipe vessel or stone dumping
vessel. Once the monopile is lowered to the seabed, the crane hook
would be released, and the hydraulic hammer would be picked up and
placed on top of the monopile.
All monopoles would be installed with an impact hammer. Impact pile
driving entails the use of a hammer that utilizes a rising and falling
piston to repeatedly strike a pile and drive it into the ground. Using
a crane, the installation vessel would upend the monopile, place it in
the gripper frame, and then lower the monopile to the seabed. The
gripper frame would stabilize the monopile's vertical alignment before
and during piling. Once the monopile is lowered to the seabed, the
crane hook would be released and the hydraulic hammer would be picked
up and placed on top of the monopile. A temporary steel cap called a
helmet would be placed on top of the pile to minimize damage to the
head during impact driving. The largest hammer South Fork Wind expects
to use for driving monopiles produces up to 4,000 kilojoules (kJ) of
energy (however, required energy may ultimately be far less than 4,000
kJ). As described in the Proposed Mitigation section below, South Fork
Wind would utilize a sound attenuation device (e.g., bubble curtain)
during all impact pile driving.
The intensity (i.e., hammer energy level) of impact pile driving
would be gradually increased based on the resistance that is
experienced from the sediments. The strike rate for the monopile
foundations is estimated to be 36 strikes per minute. Two pile driving
scenarios (for 16 11 m piles), were considered for SFWF (Table 1). The
standard pile driving scenario would require an estimated 4,500 strikes
for the pile to reach the target penetration depth, with an average
installation time of 140 minutes for one pile. In the event that a pile
location presents denser substrate conditions and requires more strikes
to reach the target penetration depth, a difficult-to-drive pile
scenario was considered, in which 8,000 strikes and approximately 250
minutes would be required to install 1 pile.
Impact pile driving activities at SFWF will take place between May
1, 2022 and December 31, 2022. There are two piling scenarios that are
considered possible within the current engineering design. The standard
scenario assumes that a pile is driven every other day such that 16
monopiles piles would be installed over a 30-day period. A more
aggressive schedule is considered for the maximum design scenario in
which six piles are driven in a week (7 days) such that the 16 piles
are installed over a 20-day period. Only one pile would be driven per
24 hours (hrs), irrespective of the selected scenario. Please see Table
1 for a summary of impact pile driving activity.
Installation and Removal of Temporary Cofferdam
Before cable-laying HDD begins, a temporary cofferdam may be
installed at the endpoint of the HDD starting point, where the SFEC
conduit exits from the seabed. The cofferdam would be less than 600 m
(1,969 ft) offshore from the mean high water line (MHWL), in 7.6 to
12.2 m (25 to 40 ft) water depth, depending on the final siting point.
The cofferdam, up to 22.9 m (75 ft) by 7.7 m (25 ft), would serve as
containment for the drilling returns during the HDD installation to
keep the excavation free of debris and silt. The cofferdam may be
installed as either a sheet pile structure into the seafloor or a
gravity cell structure placed on the seafloor using ballast weight.
Installation of a gravity cell cofferdam would not result in incidental
take of marine mammals and is, therefore, not analyzed further in this
document. Installation of the 19.5 m (64 ft) long, 0.95 centimeters
(cm) (0.375 inches (in)) thick Z-type sheet pile cofferdam and drilling
support would be conducted from an offshore barge anchored near the
cofferdam.
If the potential cofferdam is installed using sheet pile, a
vibratory hammer will be used to drive the sidewalls and endwalls into
the seabed to a depth of approximately 1.8 m (6 ft); sections of the
shoreside endwall will be driven to a depth of up to 9 m (30 ft) to
facilitate the HDD entering underneath the endwall. Cofferdam removal
would consist of pile removal using a vibratory hammer, after HDD
operations are complete and the conduit is installed (see Table 1 for a
summary of potential vibratory pile driving activity).
Vibratory hammering is accomplished by rapidly alternating (~250
Hertz (Hz)) forces to the pile. A system of counter-rotating eccentric
weights powered by hydraulic motors are designed such that horizontal
vibrations cancel out, while vertical vibrations are transmitted into
the pile. The vibrations produced cause liquefaction of the substrate
surrounding the pile, enabling the pile to be driven into the ground
using the weight of the pile plus the impact hammer. If the gravity
cell installation technique is not practicable, South Fork Wind
anticipates that any vibratory pile driving of sheet piles would occur
for a total of 36 hrs (18 hrs for installation, 18 hrs for removal).
The source levels and source characteristics associated with
vibratory driving would be generally similar to those produced through
other concurrent use of vessels and related construction equipment. Any
elevated noise levels produced through vibratory driving are expected
to be of relatively short duration, and with low source level values.
However, it is possible that if marine mammals are exposed to sound
from vibratory pile driving, they may alert to the sound and
potentially exhibit a behavioral response that rises to the level of
take.
Installation of the Z-type sheet piles would occur primarily in
daylight; however, it is possible that vibratory pile driving may
continue past sunset if required by the construction schedule.
Table 1--Summary of Pile Driving Activities for SFWF and SFEC
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pile driving Number of Number of piling
method Pile size piles Strikes/pile Duration/pile days
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact............. 11 m monopile..... 16 Standard pile: Standard pile: Standard
4,500. 140 min. scenario: 30.
Difficult pile: Difficult pile: Maximum scenario:
8,000. 250 min. 20.
[[Page 8495]]
Vibratory.......... 19.5 m long/0.95 * 80 ................. 18 hours......... Installation: 1-
cm thick Sheet 18 hours......... 3.
pile. Removal: 1-3.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Approximation; the actual number will be based on final engineering design.
High-Resolution Geophysical Surveys
The HRG survey activities would be supported by vessels of
sufficient size to accomplish the survey goals in each of the specified
survey areas. Up to four vessels may work concurrently throughout the
area considered in this proposal. HRG surveys would occur throughout
the 12-month period of effectiveness for the proposed IHA. HRG
equipment will either be deployed from remotely operated vehicles
(ROVs) or mounted to or towed behind the survey vessel at a typical
survey speed of approximately 4.0 knots (kn) (7.4 km) per hour. The
geophysical survey activities proposed by South Fork Wind would include
the following:
Shallow Penetration Sub-bottom Profilers (SBPs; Compressed
High-Intensity Radiated Pulses (CHIRPs)) to map the near-surface
stratigraphy (top 0 to 5 m (0 to 16 ft) of sediment below seabed). A
CHIRP system emits sonar pulses that increase in frequency over time.
The pulse length frequency range can be adjusted to meet project
variables. These are typically mounted on the hull of the vessel or
from a side pole.
Medium penetration SBPs (Boomers) to map deeper subsurface
stratigraphy as needed. A boomer is a broad-band sound source operating
in the 3.5 Hz to 10 kHz frequency range. This system is typically
mounted on a sled and towed behind the vessel.
Medium penetration SBPs (Sparkers) to map deeper
subsurface stratigraphy as needed. A sparker creates acoustic pulses
from 50 Hz to 4 kHz omni-directionally from the source that can
penetrate several hundred meters into the seafloor. These are typically
towed behind the vessel with adjacent hydrophone arrays to receive the
return signals.
Parametric SBPs, also called sediment echosounders, for
providing high density data in sub-bottom profiles that are typically
required for cable routes, very shallow water, and archaeological
surveys. These are typically mounted on the hull of the vessel or from
a side pole.
Ultra-short Baseline (USBL) Positioning and Global
Acoustic Positioning System (GAPS) to provide high accuracy ranges to
track the positions of other HRG equipment by measuring the time
between the acoustic pulses transmitted by the vessel transceiver and
the equipment transponder necessary to produce the acoustic profile. It
is a two-component system with a hull or pole mounted transceiver and
one to several transponders either on the seabed or on the equipment.
Multibeam echosounder (MBES) to determine water depths and
general bottom topography. MBES sonar systems project sonar pulses in
several angled beams from a transducer mounted to a ship's hull. The
beams radiate out from the transducer in a fan-shaped pattern
orthogonally to the ship's direction.
Seafloor imaging (sidescan sonar) for seabed sediment
classification purposes, to identify natural and man-made acoustic
targets resting on the bottom as well as any anomalous features. The
sonar device emits conical or fan-shaped pulses down toward the
seafloor in multiple beams at a wide angle, perpendicular to the path
of the sensor through the water. The acoustic return of the pulses is
recorded in a series of cross-track slices, which can be joined to form
an image of the sea bottom within the swath of the beam. They are
typically towed beside or behind the vessel or from an autonomous
vehicle.
Table 2 identifies all the representative survey equipment that
operate below 180 kilohertz (kHz) (i.e., at frequencies that are
audible and have the potential to disturb marine mammals) that may be
used in support of planned geophysical survey activities, and are
likely to be detected by marine mammals given the source level,
frequency, and beamwidth of the equipment. The operational frequencies
for MBES and Sidescan Sonar that would be used for these surveys are
greater than 180 kHz, outside the general hearing range of marine
mammals likely to occur in SFWF and SFEC. Parametric sub-bottom
profilers operate at high frequencies with narrow beamwidths, resulting
in Level A harassment and Level B harassment threshold isopleth
distances less than 4 m. No harassment exposures can be reasonably
expected from the operation of these sources; therefore, the Innomar
parametric SBPs were not carried forward in the application analysis.
USBLs are instruments that are used to locate the position(s) of other
HRG equipment; the sources characteristics and functionality of USBLs
are not expected to result in Level A harassment or Level B harassment.
These equipment types are, therefore, not considered further in this
notice. For discussion of acoustic terminology, please see the
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and their
Habitat and Estimated Take sections.
The make and model of the listed geophysical equipment may vary
depending on availability and the final equipment choices will vary
depending upon the final survey design, vessel availability, and survey
contractor selection. Selection of equipment combinations is based on
specific survey objectives.
Table 2--Summary of Representative HRG Survey Equipment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Typical
Operating Source Source Beamwidth pulse Pulse
HRG equipment category Specific HRG equipment frequency level (dB level (dB (degrees) duration repetition
range (kHz) rms) 0-peak) (ms) rate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shallow Sub-bottom Profilers............... ET 216 (2000DS or 3200 top 2-16 195 - 24 20 6
unit). 2-8
ET 424....................... 4-24 176 - 71 3.4 2
ET 512....................... 0.7-12 179 - 80 9 8
[[Page 8496]]
GeoPulse 5430A............... 2-17 196 - 55 50 10
TB Chirp III--TTV 170........ 2-7 197 - 100 60 15
Medium Sub-bottom Profilers................ AA, Dura-spark UHD (400 tips, 0.3-1.2 203 211 Omni 1.1 4
500 J) \1\.
AA, Dura-spark UHD (400+400) 0.3-1.2 203 211 Omni 1.1 4
\1\.
GeoMarine, Geo-Source or 0.4-5 203 211 Omni 1.1 2
similar dual 400 tip sparker
(<=800 J) \1\.
GeoMarine Geo-Source 200 tip 0.3-1.2 203 211 Omni 1.1 4
light weight sparker (400 J)
\1\.
GeoMarine Geo-Source 200-400 0.3-1.2 203 211 Omni 1.1 4
tip freshwater sparker (400
J) \1\.
AA, triple plate S[dash]Boom 0.1-5 205 211 80 0.6 4
(700-1,000 J) \2\.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- = not applicable; NR = not reported; AA = Applied Acoustics; dB = decibel; ET = EdgeTech; J = joule; Omni = omnidirectional source.
\1\ The Dura-spark measurements and specifications provided in Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) were used for all sparker systems proposed for the survey.
The data provided in Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) represent the most applicable data for similar sparker systems with comparable operating methods
and settings when manufacturer or other reliable measurements are not available.
\2\ Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) provide S-Boom measurements using two different power sources (CSP-D700 and CSP-N). The CSP-D700 power source was
used in the 700 J measurements but not in the 1,000 J measurements. The CSP-N source was measured for both 700 J and 1,000 J operations but resulted
in a lower SL; therefore, the single maximum SL value was used for both operational levels of the S-Boom.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the IHA application summarize available
information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat
preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected
species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats
may be found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments) and more general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS'
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
There are 36 marine mammal species that could potentially occur in
the proposed project area and that are included in Table 16 of the IHA
application. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of 20 of
these species is such that take is not expected to occur, and they are
therefore not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here.
The following species are not expected to occur in the project area due
to the location of preferred habitat outside the SFWF and SFEC, based
on the best available information: The beluga whale (Delphinapterus
leucas), northern bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon ampullatus), killer
whale (Orcinus orca), pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata), false
killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens), melon-headed whale (Peponocephala
electra), the pygmy sperm whale (Kogia breviceps), Cuvier's beaked
whale (Ziphius cavirostris), Mesplodont beaked whales (spp.), short-
finned pilot whale (Globicephala macrorhynchus), pantropical spotted
dolphin (Stenella attenuata), Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei),
white-beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus albirostris), rough-toothed
dolphin (Steno bredanensis), Clymene dolphin (Stenella clymene),
spinner dolphin (Stenella longirostris), and striped dolphin (Stenella
coeruleoalba). The following species may occur in the project area, but
at such low densities that take is not anticipated: Hooded seal
(Cystophora cristata) and harp seal (Pagophilus groenlandica). There
are two pilot whale species (long-finned and short-finned (Globicephala
macrorhynchus)) with distributions that overlap in the latitudinal
range of the SFWF (Hayes et al., 2020; Roberts et al., 2016). Because
it is difficult to differentiate between the two species at sea,
sightings, and thus the densities calculated from them, are generally
reported together as Globicephala spp. (Hayes et al., 2020; Roberts et
al., 2016). However, based on the best available information, short-
finned pilot whales occur in habitat that is both further offshore on
the shelf break and further south than the project area (Hayes et al.,
2020). Therefore, NMFS assumes that any take of pilot whales would be
of long-finned pilot whales.
In addition, the Florida manatee (Trichechus manatus) may be found
in the coastal waters of the Survey Area. However, Florida manatees are
managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and are not considered
further in this document.
Between October 2011 and June 2015 a total of 76 aerial surveys
were conducted throughout the MA and RI/MA Wind Energy Areas (WEAs)
(the SFWF is contained within the RI/MA WEA along with several other
offshore renewable energy lease areas). Between November 2011 and March
2015, Marine Autonomous Recording Units (MARU; a type of static passive
acoustic monitoring (PAM) recorder) were deployed at nine sites in the
MA and RI/MA WEAs. The goal of the study was to collect visual and
acoustic baseline data on distribution, abundance, and temporal
occurrence patterns of marine mammals (Kraus et al., 2016). The lack of
detections of any of the species listed above reinforces the fact that
these species are not expected to occur in the project area. As these
species are not expected to occur in the project area during the
proposed activities, NMFS does not propose to authorize take of these
species and they are not discussed further in this document.
NMFS expects that the 16 species listed in Table 3 will potentially
occur
[[Page 8497]]
in the project area and may be taken as a result of the proposed
project. Table 3 summarizes information related to the population or
stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and Endangered
Species Act (ESA) and potential biological removal (PBR), where known.
For taxonomy, NMFS follows the Committee on Taxonomy (2020). PBR is
defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including
natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock
while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS' SARs). While no mortality is
anticipated or authorized here, PBR is included here as a gross
indicator of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area.
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS' U.S. Atlantic SARs. All values presented in Table 3 are the most
recent available at the time of publication and are available in the
draft 2020 Atlantic SARs, available online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments.
Table 3--Marine Mammals Known To Occur in the Project Area That May Be Affected by South Fork Wind's Proposed Activity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMPA and ESA Stock abundance (CV, Occurrence and
Common name (scientific name) Stock status; strategic Nmin, most recent PBR \3\ Annual M/ seasonality in
(Y/N) \1\ abundance survey) \2\ SI \3\ project area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus) North Atlantic......... E; Y 4,349 (0.28; 3,451; 3.9 0 Rare.
2016).
Long-finned pilot whale W North Atlantic....... --; N 39,215 (0.3; 30,627; 306 21 Rare.
(Globicephala melas). 2016).
Atlantic spotted dolphin (Stenella W North Atlantic....... --; N 39,921 (0.27; 32,032; 320 0 Rare.
frontalis). 2016).
Atlantic white-sided dolphin W North Atlantic....... --; N 93,233 (0.71; 54,443; 544 26 Common year round.
(Lagenorhynchus acutus). 2016).
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops W North Atlantic, --; N 62,851 (0.23; 51,914; 519 28 Common year round.
truncatus). Offshore. 2019).
Common dolphin (Delphinus delphis).. W North Atlantic....... --; N 172,974 (0.21; 145,216; 1,452 399 Common year round.
2016).
Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus)... W North Atlantic....... --; N 35,493 (0.19; 30,298; 303 54.3 Rare.
2016).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena). Gulf of Maine/Bay of --; N 95,543 (0.31; 74,034; 851 217 Common year round.
Fundy. 2019).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue whale (Balaenotpera musculus).. W North Atlantic....... E; Y ukn (unk; 402; 2008)... 0.8 0 Rare.
North Atlantic right whale W North Atlantic....... E; Y 412 (0; 418; 2018)..... 0.8 18.6 Year round in
(Eubalaena glacialis). continental shelf and
slope waters, occur
seasonally.
Humpback whale (Megaptera Gulf of Maine.......... --; N 1,393 (0.15; 1,375; 22 58 Common year round.
novaeangliae). 2016).
Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus)... W North Atlantic....... E; Y 6,802 (0.24; 5,573; 11 2.35 Year round in
2016). continental shelf and
slope waters, occur
seasonally.
Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis)... Nova Scotia............ E; Y 6,292 (1.02; 3,098 ; 6.2 1.2 Year round in
2016). continental shelf and
slope waters, occur
seasonally.
Minke whale (Balaenoptera Canadian East Coast.... --; N 21,968 (0.31; 17,002; 170 10.6 Year round in
acutorostrata). 2016). continental shelf and
slope waters, occur
seasonally.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earless seals (Phocidae)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal \4\ (Halichoerus grypus).. W North Atlantic....... --; N 27,131 (0.19; 23,158; 1,389 4,729 Common year round.
2016).
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina)........ W North Atlantic....... --; N 75,834 (0.15; 66,884; 2,006 350 Common year round.
2012).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see
footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports (SAR) except where otherwise noted. SARs available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate
of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no
associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have
not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented are from the draft 2020 Atlantic SARs.
\3\ Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP). Annual Mortality/Serious Injury (M/
SI), found in NMFS' SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries,
subsistence hunting, ship strike). Annual M/SI values often cannot be determined precisely and is, in some cases, presented as a minimum value. All M/
SI values are as presented in the draft 2020 Atlantic SARs.
\4\ NMFS stock abundance and PBR estimates apply to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
Four marine mammal species that are listed under ESA may be present
in the project area and may be taken incidental to the proposed
activity: The North Atlantic right whale, fin whale, sei whale, and
sperm whale.
Below is a description of the species that are likely to occur in
the project area and are thus expected to potentially
[[Page 8498]]
be taken by the proposed activities. For the majority of species
potentially present in the specific geographic region, NMFS has
designated only a single generic stock (e.g., ``western North
Atlantic'') for management purposes. This includes the ``Canadian east
coast'' stock of minke whales, which includes all minke whales found in
U.S. waters and is also a generic stock for management purposes. For
humpback and sei whales, NMFS defines stocks on the basis of feeding
locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine and Nova Scotia, respectively. However,
references to humpback whales and sei whales in this document refer to
any individuals of the species that are found in the specific
geographic region. Any biologically important areas (BIAs) that overlap
spatially with the project area are addressed in the species sections
below.
North Atlantic Right Whale
The North Atlantic right whale ranges from calving grounds in the
southeastern United States to feeding grounds in New England waters and
into Canadian waters (Hayes et al., 2020). Surveys have demonstrated
the existence of seven areas where North Atlantic right whales
congregate seasonally, including north and east of the proposed project
area in Georges Bank, off Cape Cod, and in Massachusetts Bay (Hayes et
al., 2020). In the late fall months (e.g. October), North Atlantic
right whales are generally thought to depart from the feeding grounds
in the North Atlantic and move south along a migratory corridor to
their calving grounds off Georgia and Florida. However, ongoing
research indicates our understanding of their movement patterns remains
incomplete (Davis et al., 2017; Oleson et al., 2020). A review of
passive acoustic monitoring data from 2004 to 2014 throughout the
western North Atlantic demonstrated nearly continuous year-round North
Atlantic right whale presence across their entire habitat range (for at
least some individuals), including in locations previously thought of
as migratory corridors, suggesting that not all of the population
undergoes a consistent annual migration (Davis et al., 2017). Acoustic
monitoring data from 2004 to 2014 indicated that the number of North
Atlantic right whale vocalizations detected in the proposed project
area were relatively constant throughout the year, with the exception
of August through October when detected vocalizations showed an
apparent decline (Davis et al., 2017). Shifts in habitat use have also
been observed. During visual surveys conducted from 2012 to 2016, fewer
North Atlantic right whales were detected in the Great South Channel
(NMFS unpublished data) and the Bay of Fundy (Davies et al., 2019),
while the number of individuals using Cape Cod Bay in the spring
increased (Mayo et al., 2018). Cole et al. (2013) provided survey
evidence that North Atlantic right whales were absent from the well-
documented central Gulf of Maine winter habitat. Although present to
some extent year round in the region south of Martha's Vineyard and
Nantucket Islands (Oleson et al., 2020), North Atlantic right whales
have recently been observed feeding in large numbers in this area in
the winter (Leiter et al., 2017), which is outside of the 2016
Northeastern U.S. Foraging Area Critical Habitat. In addition, North
Atlantic right whale distribution has shifted northward into the Gulf
of St. Lawrence (Simard et al., 2019), where acoustic and visual survey
effort indicate North Atlantic right whale presence in late spring
through the early fall (Cole et al., 2016; Khan et al., 2016, 2018;
Oleson et al. 2020). Observations of these transitions in North
Atlantic right whale habitat use, variability in seasonal presence in
identified core habitats, and utilization of habitat outside of
previously focused survey effort prompted the formation of a NMFS'
Expert Working Group, which identified current data collection efforts,
data gaps, and provided recommendations for future survey and research
efforts (Oleson et al., 2020).
The western North Atlantic population demonstrated overall growth
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to 2010, despite a decline in 1993
and no growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et al., 2017). However, since
2010 the population has been in decline, with a 100 percent probability
of a decline from 2011 to 2018 of just over two percent per year (Pace
et al., 2017). Between 1990 and 2017, calving rates varied
substantially, with low calving rates coinciding with all three periods
of decline or no growth (Pace et al., 2017). On average, North Atlantic
right whale calving rates are estimated to be roughly one third that of
southern right whales (Eubalaena australis) (Hayes et al., 2020), which
are increasing in abundance (NEFSC 2015). The current best estimate of
population abundance for the North Atlantic right whale is 412
individuals (Hayes et al., 2020).
In addition, elevated North Atlantic right whale mortalities have
occurred since June 7, 2017 along the U.S. and Canadian coast. As of
January 2021, a total of 32 confirmed dead stranded whales (21 in
Canada; 11 in the United States) and 14 serious injury (including
entanglement and vessel strike) cases have been documented. Full
necropsies have been conducted on 20 of the dead North Atlantic right
whales and, in the 18 cases for which a preliminary cause of death
could be determined, 8 and 10 were attributed to entanglement and
vessel strike, respectively. This event has been declared an Unusual
Mortality Event (UME); the leading cause of death for this UME is
``human interaction'', specifically from entanglements or vessel
strikes. More information is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2017-2020-north-atlantic-right-whale-unusual-mortality-event.
During the aerial surveys conducted in the RI/MA and MA WEAs from
2011-2015, the highest number of North Atlantic right whale sightings
occurred in March (n=21), with sightings also occurring in December
(n=4), January (n=7), February (n=14), and April (n=14), and no
sightings in any other months (Kraus et al., 2016). There was not
significant variability in sighting rate among years, indicating
consistent annual seasonal use of the area by North Atlantic right
whales. Despite the lack of visual detection, North Atlantic right
whales were acoustically detected in 30 out of the 36 recorded months
(Kraus et al., 2016). While density data from Roberts et al. (2020)
confirm that the highest density of North Atlantic right whales in the
project area occurs in March, it is clear that North Atlantic right
whales are present in or near the project area throughout the year,
particularly south of Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket Islands, and that
habitat use is changing (Leiter et al., 2017; Stone et al., 2017;
Oleson et al., 2020). The proposed project area is part of an important
migratory area for North Atlantic right whales; this migratory area is
comprised of the waters of the continental shelf offshore the East
Coast of the United States and extends from Florida through
Massachusetts. Aerial surveys conducted in and near the project area
from 2011-2015 documented a total of six instances of feeding behavior
by North Atlantic right whales (Kraus et al., 2016). Finally, the
project area is located within the North Atlantic right whale migratory
corridor Biologically Important Area (BIA), which is applicable
November 1 through December 31, 2021 and March 1, 2022 through April
31, 2022 and extends from Florida to Massachusetts (LeBreque et al.,
2015).
NMFS' regulations at 50 CFR 224.105 designated nearshore waters of
the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S.
[[Page 8499]]
Seasonal Management Areas (SMA) for North Atlantic right whales in
2008. SMAs were developed to reduce the threat of collisions between
ships and North Atlantic right whales around their migratory route and
calving grounds. The Block Island SMA, which is active from November 1
through April 30 each year, overlaps with the project area.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found worldwide in all oceans. Humpback whales
were listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Conservation Act
(ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced the ESCA, and humpbacks
continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS recently evaluated the
status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the
species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place listed four DPSs as endangered
and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; September 8, 2016). The
remaining nine DPSs were not listed. The West Indies DPS, which is not
listed under the ESA, is the only DPS of humpback whale that is
expected to occur in the project area. The best estimate of population
abundance for the West Indies DPS is 12,312 individuals, as described
in the NMFS Status Review of the Humpback Whale under the Endangered
Species Act (Bettridge et al., 2015). In the western North Atlantic,
humpback whales feed over a broad geographic range encompassing the
eastern coast of the United States (including the Gulf of Maine),
Scotian Shelf, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Newfoundland/Labrador, and Western
Greenland (Katona and Beard 1990). Spatial and genetic mixing occurs
when humpback whales from most of these feeding areas migrate to the
West Indies in the winter to mate and calve. The Gulf of Maine feeding
stock population abundance is estimated at 1,393 individuals, or
approximately 11 percent of the West Indies DPS.
In New England waters, feeding is the principal activity of
humpback whales, and their distribution in this region has been largely
correlated to abundance of prey species, although behavior and
bathymetry are factors influencing foraging strategy (Payne et al.,
1986, 1990). Humpback whales are frequently piscivorous when in New
England waters, feeding on herring (Clupea harengus), sand lance
(Ammodytes spp.), and other small fishes, as well as euphausiids in the
northern Gulf of Maine (Paquet et al., 1997). During winter, the
majority of humpback whales from North Atlantic feeding areas
(including the Gulf of Maine) mate and calve in the West Indies, where
spatial and genetic mixing among feeding groups occurs, though
significant numbers of animals are found in mid- and high-latitude
regions at this time and some individuals have been sighted repeatedly
within the same winter season, indicating that not all humpback whales
migrate south every winter (Hayes et al., 2020).
Kraus et al. (2016) observed humpbacks in the RI/MA & MA Wind
Energy Areas (WEAs) and surrounding areas during all seasons. Humpback
whales were observed most often during spring and summer months, with a
peak from April to June. Calves were observed 10 times and feeding was
observed 10 times during the Kraus et al. study (2016). That study also
observed one instance of courtship behavior. Although humpback whales
were rarely seen during fall and winter surveys, acoustic data indicate
that this species may be present within the MA WEA year-round, with the
highest rates of acoustic detections in the winter and spring (Kraus et
al., 2016). Other sightings of note include 46 sightings of humpback
whales in the New York-New Jersey Harbor Estuary documented from 2011-
2016 (Brown et al., 2017). Since January 2016, elevated humpback whale
mortalities have occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine to
Florida, leading to the declaration of an UME. Partial or full necropsy
examinations have been conducted on approximately half of the 140 known
cases. Of the whales examined, about 50 percent had evidence of human
interaction, either ship strike or entanglement. While a portion of the
whales have shown evidence of pre-mortem vessel strike, this finding is
not consistent across all whales examined and more research is needed.
NOAA is consulting with researchers that are conducting studies on the
humpback whale populations, and these efforts may provide information
on changes in whale distribution and habitat use that could provide
additional insight into how these vessel interactions occurred. Three
previous UMEs involving humpback whales have occurred since 2000, in
2003, 2005, and 2006. More information is available at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2016-2019-humpback-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-atlantic-coast. A BIA for
humpback whales for feeding has been designated northeast of the lease
area and is applicable from March through December (LeBreque et al.,
2015).
Fin Whale
Fin whales are common in waters of the U.S. Atlantic Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ), principally from Cape Hatteras northward (Hayes et
al., 2020). Fin whales are present north of 35-degree latitude in every
season and are broadly distributed throughout the western North
Atlantic for most of the year, though densities vary seasonally (Hayes
et al., 2020). In this region, fin whales are the dominant large
cetacean species during all seasons, having the largest standing stock,
the largest food requirements, and therefore the largest influence on
ecosystem processes of any cetacean species (Hain et al., 1992; Kenney
et al., 1997). It is likely that fin whales occurring in the U.S.
Atlantic EEZ undergo migrations into Canadian waters, open-ocean areas,
and perhaps even subtropical or tropical regions (Edwards et al.,
2015).
New England waters represent a major feeding ground for fin whales;
a feeding BIA for the species exists just west of the proposed project
area, stretching from just south of the eastern tip of Long Island to
south of the western tip of Martha's South Fork (LeBreque et al.,
2015). In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area,
sightings occurred in every season with the greatest numbers of
sightings during the spring (n=35) and summer (n=49) months (Kraus et
al., 2016). Despite much lower sighting rates during the winter,
confirmed acoustic detections of fin whales recorded on a hydrophone
array in the project area from 2011-2015 occurred throughout the year;
however, due to acoustic detection ranges in excess of 200 km, the
detections do not confirm that fin whales were present in the project
area during that time (Kraus et al., 2016).
Sei Whale
The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales can be found in deeper waters
of the continental shelf edge waters of the northeastern United States
and northeastward to south of Newfoundland. The southern portion of the
stock's range during spring and summer includes the Gulf of Maine and
Georges Bank, a region now considered a portion of a feeding BIA for
sei whales from May through November (LeBreque et al., 2015). Spring is
the period of greatest abundance in U.S. waters, with sightings
concentrated along the eastern margin of Georges Bank and into the
Northeast Channel area, and along the southwestern edge of Georges Bank
in the area of Hydrographer Canyon (Hayes et al., 2020). Sei whales
often occur in shallower waters to feed. In aerial
[[Page 8500]]
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area sightings of sei
whales occurred between March and June, with the greatest number of
sightings in May (n=8) and June (n=13), and no sightings from July
through January (Kraus et al., 2016).
Minke Whale
Minke whales occur in temperate, tropical, and high-latitude
waters. The Canadian East Coast stock can be found in the area from the
western half of the Davis Strait (45[deg] W) to the Gulf of Mexico
(Hayes et al., 2020). This species generally occupies waters less than
100 m deep on the continental shelf. There appears to be a strong
seasonal component to minke whale distribution, in which spring to fall
are times of relatively widespread and common occurrence, and when the
whales are most abundant in New England waters, while during winter the
species appears to be largely absent (Hayes et al., 2020). In aerial
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area, sightings of
minke whales occurred between March and September, with the greatest
number of sightings occurring in May (n=38) and no sightings from
October through February (Kraus et al., 2016). Although they do not
overlap with the SFWF and SFEC, two minke whale feeding BIAs were
defined for the southern Gulf of Maine and surrounding waters (<200 m),
including the waters east of Cape Cod and Nantucket, applicable from
March through November (LeBreque et al., 2015).
Since January 2017, elevated minke whale mortalities have occurred
along the Atlantic coast from Maine through South Carolina, with a
total of 103 strandings recorded when this document was written. This
event has been declared a UME. Full or partial necropsy examinations
were conducted on more than 60 percent of the whales. Preliminary
findings in several of the whales have shown evidence of human
interactions or infectious disease, but these findings are not
consistent across all of the whales examined, so more research is
needed. More information is available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019-minke-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-atlantic-coast.
Sperm Whale
The distribution of the sperm whale in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the
continental shelf edge, over the continental slope, and into mid-ocean
regions (Hayes et al., 2020). The basic social unit of the sperm whale
appears to be the mixed group of adult females with their calves and
some juveniles of both sexes, normally numbering 20-40 animals in all.
There is evidence that some social bonds persist for many years
(Christal et al., 1998). In summer, the distribution of sperm whales
includes the area east and north of Georges Bank and into the Northeast
Channel region, as well as the continental shelf (inshore of the 100-m
isobath) south of New England. In the fall, sperm whale occurrence
south of New England on the continental shelf is at its highest level,
and there remains a continental shelf edge occurrence in the mid-
Atlantic bight. In winter, sperm whales are concentrated east and
northeast of Cape Hatteras. Sperm whales are not expected to be common
in the project area due to the relatively shallow depths in the project
area. In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area
only four sightings of sperm whales occurred, three in summer and one
in autumn (Kraus et al., 2016).
Long-Finned Pilot Whale
Long-finned pilot whales are found from North Carolina and north to
Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea (Hayes et al., 2020). In U.S.
Atlantic waters the species is distributed principally along the
continental shelf edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in winter and
early spring, and in late spring pilot whales move onto Georges Bank
and into the Gulf of Maine and more northern waters and remain in these
areas through late autumn (Waring et al., 2016). In aerial surveys
conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area the majority of pilot
whale sightings were in spring (n=11); sightings were also documented
in summer, with no sightings in autumn or winter (Kraus et al., 2016).
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin
White-sided dolphins are found in temperate and sub-polar waters of
the North Atlantic, primarily in continental shelf waters to the 100-m
depth contour from central West Greenland to North Carolina (Hayes et
al., 2020). The Gulf of Maine stock is most common in continental shelf
waters from Hudson Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf of Maine and
lower Bay of Fundy. Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in
distribution (Northridge et al., 1997). During January to May, low
numbers of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to Jeffreys
Ledge (off New Hampshire), with even lower numbers south of Georges
Bank, as documented by a few strandings collected on beaches of
Virginia to South Carolina. From June through September, large numbers
of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to the lower Bay of
Fundy. From October to December, white-sided dolphins occur at
intermediate densities from southern Georges Bank to southern Gulf of
Maine (Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings south of Georges Bank,
particularly around Hudson Canyon, occur year round but at low
densities. In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project
area there were sightings of white-sided dolphins in every season
except winter (Kraus et al., 2016).
Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in tropical and warm temperate
waters ranging from southern New England south to Gulf of Mexico and
the Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring et al., 2014). This stock regularly
occurs in continental shelf waters south of Cape Hatteras and in
continental shelf edge and continental slope waters north of this
region (Waring et al., 2014). There are two forms of this species, with
the larger ecotype inhabiting the continental shelf, usually found
inside or near the 200 m isobath (Waring et al., 2014).
Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found world-wide in temperate to subtropical
seas. In the North Atlantic, common dolphins are found over the
continental shelf between the 100-m and 2,000-m isobaths and over
prominent underwater topography and east to the mid-Atlantic Ridge
(Hayes et al., 2020), but may be found in shallower shelf waters as
well. Common dolphins are expected to occur in the vicinity of the
project area in relatively high numbers. Common dolphins were the most
frequently observed dolphin species in aerial surveys conducted from
2011-2015 in the project area (Kraus et al., 2016). Sightings peaked in
the summer between June and August, though there were sightings
recorded in nearly every month of the year (Kraus et al., 2016).
Bottlenose Dolphin
There are two distinct bottlenose dolphin morphotypes in the
western North Atlantic: The coastal and offshore forms (Hayes et al.,
2020). The two morphotypes are genetically distinct based upon both
mitochondrial and nuclear markers (Hoelzel et al., 1998; Rosel et al.,
2009). The offshore form is distributed primarily along the outer
continental shelf and continental slope in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean
from Georges Bank to the Florida Keys, and is the only type that may be
present in the project area as the northern extent of the range of the
Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
[[Page 8501]]
Stock occurs south of the project area. Bottlenose dolphins are
expected to occur in the project area in relatively high numbers. They
were the second most frequently observed species of dolphin in aerial
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area, and were observed
in every month of the year except January and March (Kraus et al.,
2016).
Risso's Dolphin
Risso's dolphins are distributed worldwide in tropical and
temperate seas, and in the Northwest Atlantic occur from Florida to
eastern Newfoundland (Leatherwood et al. 1976; Baird and Stacey 1991).
Off the northeastern U.S. coast, Risso's dolphins are distributed along
the continental shelf edge from Cape Hatteras northward to Georges Bank
during spring, summer, and autumn (CETAP 1982; Payne et al. 1984), with
the range extending outward into oceanic waters in the winter (Payne et
al., 1984). Risso's dolphins are not expected to be common in the
project area due to the relatively shallow water depths. In aerial
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project there were only two
confirmed sightings of Risso's dolphins, both of which occurred in the
spring (Kraus et al., 2016).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises occur from the coastline to deep waters (>1800 m;
Westgate et al. 1998), although the majority of the population is found
over the continental shelf (Hayes et al., 2020). In the project area,
only the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor porpoise may be
present. This stock is found in U.S. and Canadian Atlantic waters and
is concentrated in the northern Gulf of Maine and southern Bay of Fundy
region, generally in waters less than 150 m deep (Waring et al., 2016).
In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area,
sightings of harbor porpoise occurred from November through May, with
the highest number of detections occurring in April and almost none
during June-September (Kraus et al., 2016).
Harbor Seal
The harbor seal is found in all nearshore waters of the North
Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining seas above about
30[deg] N (Burns, 2009). In the western North Atlantic, harbor seals
are distributed from the eastern Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to
southern New England and New York, and occasionally to the Carolinas
(Hayes et al., 2020). Haulout and pupping sites are located off
Manomet, MA and the Isles of Shoals, ME (Waring et al., 2016). Based on
harbor seal sightings reported at sea in shipboard surveys conducted by
the NMFS Northeast Fisheries Science Center from 1995-2011, harbor
seals would be expected to occur in the project area from September to
May (Hayes et al., 2020). Harbor seals are expected to be relatively
common in the project area. Since July 2018, elevated numbers of harbor
seal and gray seal mortalities have occurred across Maine, New
Hampshire and Massachusetts. This event has been declared a UME.
Additionally, stranded seals have shown clinical signs as far south as
Virginia, although not in elevated numbers; therefore, the UME
investigation now encompasses all seal strandings from Maine to
Virginia. Full or partial necropsy examinations have been conducted on
some of the seals and samples have been collected for testing. Based on
tests conducted thus far, the main pathogen found in the seals is
phocine distemper virus. NMFS is performing additional testing to
identify any other factors that may be involved in this UME.
Information on this UME is available online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-england-mid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/2018-2019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-event-along.
Gray Seal
There are three major populations of gray seals found in the world:
Eastern Canada (western North Atlantic stock), northwestern Europe, and
the Baltic Sea. Gray seals in the project area belong to the western
North Atlantic stock. The range for this stock is from New Jersey to
Labrador. Current population trends show that gray seal abundance is
likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Hayes et al., 2020).
Although the rate of increase is unknown, surveys conducted since their
arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady increase in abundance in both
Maine and Massachusetts (Hayes et al., 2020). It is believed that
recolonization by Canadian gray seals is the source of the U.S.
population (Hayes et al., 2020). Gray seals are expected to be
relatively common in the project area. As described above, elevated
seal mortalities, including gray seals, have occurred across Maine, New
Hampshire and Massachusetts, and as far south as Virginia, since July
2018. This event has been declared a UME, with phocine distemper virus
identified as the main pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is performing
additional testing to identify any other factors that may be involved
in this UME.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al. (2007, 2019) recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or
estimated hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response
data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing
groups and their associated hearing ranges are provided in Table 4.
Table 4--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups
[NMFS, 2018]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
whales).
[[Page 8502]]
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose
whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger
& L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al. 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013).
For more details concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
Sixteen marine mammal species (14 cetacean and 2 pinniped (both phocid
species)) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the proposed
activities (Table 3). Of the cetacean species that may be present, six
are classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete
species), seven are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all
delphinid species and the sperm whale), and one is classified as a
high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor porpoise).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The Estimated Take section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take section, and the Proposed Mitigation section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals found later in this document. For general
information on sound and its interaction with the marine environment,
please see, e.g., Au and Hastings (2008); Richardson et al. (1995);
Urick (1983).
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in Hz or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance
between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave (length of
one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths than lower
frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of
the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is typically
described using the relative unit of the dB. A sound pressure level
(SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a measured pressure and a
reference pressure (for underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal
([mu]Pa)), and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations
in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to
large changes in sound pressure. The source level (SL) represents the
SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1
[mu]Pa), while the received level is the SPL at the listener's position
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 micropascal-
squared second ([mu]Pa\2\-s)) represents the total energy in a stated
frequency band over a stated time interval or event, and considers both
intensity and duration of exposure. The per-pulse SEL is calculated
over the time window containing the entire pulse (i.e., 100 percent of
the acoustic energy). SEL is a cumulative metric; it can be accumulated
over a single pulse, or calculated over periods containing multiple
pulses. Cumulative SEL represents the total energy accumulated by a
receiver over a defined time window or during an event. Peak sound
pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-pk) is
the maximum instantaneous sound pressure measurable in the water at a
specified distance from the source, and is represented in the same
units as the rms sound pressure.
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for sound produced by the
pile driving activity considered here. The compressions and
decompressions associated with sound waves are detected as changes in
pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as
hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound, which is
defined as environmental background sound levels
[[Page 8503]]
lacking a single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995). The sound
level of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being
generated by known and unknown sources. These sources may include
physical (e.g., wind and waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound),
biological (e.g., sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and
invertebrates), and anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound. A number of sources contribute to ambient sound,
including wind and waves, which are a main source of naturally
occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 kHz (ICES
1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase with
increasing wind speed and wave height. Precipitation can become an
important component of total sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and
possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet times. Marine mammals can
contribute significantly to ambient sound levels, as can some fish and
snapping shrimp. The frequency band for biological contributions is
from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz. Sources of ambient sound
related to human activity include transportation (surface vessels),
dredging and construction, oil and gas drilling and production,
geophysical surveys, sonar, and explosions. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300
Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate
rapidly.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources that
comprise ambient sound at any given location and time depends not only
on the source levels (as determined by current weather conditions and
levels of biological and human activity) but also on the ability of
sound to propagate through the environment. In turn, sound propagation
is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying properties of the
water column and sea floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of
the dependence on a large number of varying factors, ambient sound
levels can be expected to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given frequency and location can
vary by 10-20 dB from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result
is that, depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from the
specified activity may be a negligible addition to the local
environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals. Underwater ambient sound in the Atlantic Ocean southeast of
Rhode Island is comprised of sounds produced by a number of natural and
anthropogenic sources. Human-generated sound is a significant
contributor to the ambient acoustic environment in the project
location. Details of source types are described in the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types:
Impulsive and non-impulsive (defined in the following). The distinction
between these two sound types is important because they have differing
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
The distinction between these two sound types is not always obvious, as
certain signals share properties of both impulsive and non-impulsive
sounds. A signal near a source could be categorized as impulsive, but
due to propagation effects as it moves farther from the source, the
signal duration becomes longer (e.g., Greene and Richardson, 1988).
Impulsive sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Impulsive
sounds are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period
that may include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and
minimal pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce
physical injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
Non-impulsive sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief
or prolonged, and may be either continuous or intermittent (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-impulsive sounds can be transient
signals of short duration but without the essential properties of
pulses (e.g., rapid rise time). Examples of non-impulsive sounds
include those produced by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such
as drilling or dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar
systems. The duration of such sounds, as received at a distance, can be
greatly extended in a highly reverberant environment.
General background information on marine mammal hearing was
provided previously (see Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of
the Specified Activities). Here, the potential effects of sound on
marine mammals are discussed.
Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Anthropogenic sounds cover a
broad range of frequencies and sound levels and can have a range of
highly variable impacts on marine life, from none or minor to
potentially severe responses, depending on received levels, duration of
exposure, behavioral context, and various other factors. The potential
effects of underwater sound from active acoustic sources can
potentially result in one or more of the following: Temporary or
permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological
effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et
al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al.,
2007; G[ouml]tz et al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically
related to the signal characteristics, received level, distance from
the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In general, sudden,
high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can longer exposures to
lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of hearing will occur
almost exclusively for noise within an animal's hearing range. We first
describe specific manifestations of acoustic effects before providing
discussion specific to pile driving.
Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e.,
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
We describe the more severe effects (i.e., certain non-auditory
physical or physiological effects) only briefly as we do not expect
that there is a reasonable likelihood that pile driving may result
[[Page 8504]]
in such effects (see below for further discussion). Potential effects
from impulsive sound sources can range in severity from effects such as
behavioral disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort,
slight injury of the internal organs and the auditory system, or
mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects
or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to
high level underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme
behavioral reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result of an
avoidance reaction) caused by exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ
or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007; Tal et al., 2015). The construction activities considered
here do not involve the use of devices such as explosives or mid-
frequency tactical sonar that are associated with these types of
effects.
Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or
to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which NMFS defines as a change, usually an
increase, in the threshold of audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual's hearing range above a previously established
reference level'' (NMFS, 2018). TS can be permanent (PTS), in which
case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable, or
temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that
leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be
total or partial deafness, while in most cases the animal has an
impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,
1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to
constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least
several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al., 2007).
Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is
that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as impact pile driving
pulses as received close to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than
the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound
exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the
higher level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary to cause
PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS could
occur.
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been
obtained for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis))
and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant seal (Mirounga
angustirostris), harbor seal, and California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e.,
mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,
2015). TTS was not observed in trained spotted (Phoca largha) and
ringed (Pusa hispida) seals exposed to impulsive noise at levels
matching previous predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016). In
general, harbor seals and harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than
other measured pinniped or cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these species. There are no data available
on noise-induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS or PTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS or PTS
onset thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and
Jenkins (2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity,
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity,
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007;
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as,
[[Page 8505]]
more generally, moderation in response to human disturbance (Bejder et
al., 2009). The opposite process is sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure. As noted, behavioral state may
affect the type of response. For example, animals that are resting may
show greater behavioral change in response to disturbing sound levels
than animals that are highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding
(Richardson et al., 1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled
experiments with captive marine mammals have showed pronounced
behavioral reactions, including avoidance of loud sound sources
(Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of
wild marine mammals to loud impulsive sound sources (typically airguns
or acoustic harassment devices) have been varied but often consist of
avoidance behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort
(Morton and Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et
al., 2007). However, many delphinids approach low-frequency airgun
source vessels with no apparent discomfort or obvious behavioral change
(e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012), indicating the importance of frequency
output in relation to the species' hearing sensitivity.
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the
type and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al. 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 2007).
An understanding of the energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship between prey availability, foraging
effort and success, and the life history stage of the animal can
facilitate the assessment of whether foraging disruptions are likely to
incur fitness consequences.
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while North Atlantic
right whales have been observed to shift the frequency content of their
calls upward while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may
cease sound production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et
al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from airgun surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996;
Stone et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007).
Longer-term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species
in the affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does
not occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann
et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may
influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not
[[Page 8506]]
been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies involving fish and
terrestrial animals have shown that increased vigilance may
substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and Livoreil, 1997;
Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition, chronic
disturbance can cause population declines through reduction of fitness
(e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington and Veitch,
1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, Ridgway et
al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose dolphins
exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection,
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al.,
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g.,
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment
if disrupting behavioral patterns. It is important to distinguish TTS
and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from masking, which
occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking (without resulting in
TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological function, it is not
considered a physiological effect, but rather a potential behavioral
effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000;
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995),
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations
it must be either modeled
[[Page 8507]]
or inferred from evidence of masking compensation. There are few
studies addressing real-world masking sounds likely to be experienced
by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
Potential Acoustic Effects of Proposed Activities
Acoustic effects on marine mammals during the specified activity
can occur from impact pile driving, vibratory pile driving/removal, and
HRG surveys. The effects of underwater noise from construction of the
SFWF and SFEC have the potential to result in PTS (Level A harassment)
or disruption of behavioral patterns (Level B harassment) of marine
mammals in the action area.
The effects of pile driving on marine mammals are dependent on
several factors, including the size, type, and depth of the animal; the
type (impact or vibratory), depth, intensity, and duration of the pile
driving sound; the depth of the water column; the substrate of the
habitat; the distance between the pile and the animal; and the sound
propagation properties of the environment.
When piles are driven with impact hammers, they deform, sending a
bulge travelling down the pile that radiates sound into the surrounding
air, water, and seabed. This sound may be received by biological
receivers such as marine mammals through the water, as the result of
reflected paths from the surface, or re-radiated into the water from
the seabed (See Figure 3 Appendix J1 of the SFWF COP for a schematic
diagram illustrating sound propagation paths associated with pile
driving).
Noise generated by impact pile driving consists of regular,
impulsive sounds of short duration. These impulsive sounds are
typically high energy with fast rise times. Exposure to these sounds
may result in harassment depending on proximity to the sound source and
a variety of environmental and biological conditions (Dahl et al. 2015;
Nedwell et al., 2007). Illingworth & Rodkin (2007) measured an
unattenuated sound pressure within 10 m (33 ft) at a peak of 220 dB re
1 [mu]Pa for a 2.4 m (96 in) steel pile driven by an impact hammer, and
Brandt et al. (2011) found that for a pile driven in a Danish wind farm
in the North Sea, the peak pressure at 720 m (0.4 nm) from the source
was 196 dB re 1 [mu]Pa. Studies of underwater sound from pile driving
finds that most of the acoustic energy is below one to two kHz, with
broadband sound energy near the source (40 Hz to >40 kHz) and only low-
frequency energy (<~400 Hz) at longer ranges (Bailey et al., 2010;
Erbe, 2009; Illingworth & Rodkin, 2007). There is typically a decrease
in sound pressure and an increase in pulse duration the greater the
distance from the noise source (Bailey et al., 2010). Maximum noise
levels from pile driving usually occur during the last stage of driving
each pile where the highest hammer energy levels are used (Betke,
2008).
Available information on impacts to marine mammals from pile
driving associated with offshore wind is limited to information on
harbor porpoises and seals, as the vast majority of this research has
occurred at European offshore wind projects where large whales are
uncommon. Harbor porpoises, one of the most behaviorally sensitive
cetaceans, have received particular attention in European waters due to
their protection under the European Union Habitats Directive (EU 1992,
Annex IV) and the threats they face as a result of fisheries bycatch.
Brandt et al. (2016) summarized the effects of the construction of
eight offshore wind projects within the German North Sea between 2009
and 2013 on harbor porpoises, combining PAM data from 2010-2013 and
aerial surveys from 2009-2013 with data on noise levels associated with
pile driving. Baseline analyses were conducted initially to identify
the seasonal distribution of porpoises in different geographic
subareas. Results of the analysis revealed significant declines in
porpoise detections during pile driving when compared to 25-48 hours
before pile driving began, with the magnitude of decline during pile
driving clearly decreasing with increasing distances to the
construction site. During the majority of projects, significant
declines in detections (by at least 20 percent) were found within at
least 5-10 km of the pile driving site, with declines at up to 20-30 km
of the pile driving site documented in some cases. However, there were
no indications for a population decline of harbor porpoises over the
five year study period based on analyses of daily PAM data and aerial
survey data at a larger scale (Brandt et al., 2016). Despite extensive
construction activities over the study period and an increase in these
activities over time, there was no long-term negative trend in acoustic
porpoise detections or densities within any of the subareas studied. In
some areas, PAM data even detected a positive trend from 2010 to 2013.
Even though clear negative short-term effects (1-2 days in duration) of
offshore wind farm construction were found (based on acoustic porpoise
detections), the authors found no indication that harbor porpoises
within the German Bight were negatively affected by wind farm
construction at the population level (Brandt et al., 2016).
Monitoring of harbor porpoises before and after construction at the
Egmond aan Zee offshore wind project in the Dutch North Sea showed that
more porpoises were found in the wind project area compared to two
reference areas post-construction, leading the authors to conclude that
this effect was linked to the presence of the wind project, likely due
to increased food availability as well as the exclusion of fisheries
and reduced vessel traffic in the wind project (Lindeboom et al.,
2011). The available literature indicates harbor porpoise avoidance of
pile driving at offshore wind projects has occurred during the
construction phase. Where long term monitoring has been conducted,
harbor porpoises have re-populated the wind farm areas after
construction ceased, with the time it takes to re-populate the area
varying somewhat, suggesting that while there are short-term impacts to
porpoises during construction, population-level or long-term impacts
are unlikely.
Harbor seals are also a particularly behaviorally sensitive
species. A harbor seal telemetry study off the East coast of England
found that seal abundance was significantly reduced up to 25 km from
WTG pile driving during construction, but found no significant
displacement resulted from construction overall as the seals'
distribution was consistent with the non-piling scenario within 2 hours
of cessation of pile driving (Russell et al., 2016). Based on 2 years
of monitoring at the Egmond aan Zee offshore wind project in the Dutch
North Sea, satellite telemetry, while inconclusive, seemed to show that
harbor seals avoided an area up to 40 km from the construction site
during pile driving, though the seals were documented inside the wind
farm after construction ended, indicating any
[[Page 8508]]
avoidance was temporary (Lindeboom et al., 2011).
Overall, the available literature suggests harbor seals and harbor
porpoises have shown avoidance of pile driving at offshore wind
projects during the construction phase in some instances, with the
duration of avoidance varying greatly, and with re-population of the
area generally occurring post-construction. The literature suggests
that marine mammal responses to pile driving in the offshore
environment are not predictable and may be context-dependent. It should
also be noted that the only studies available on marine mammal
responses to offshore wind-related pile driving have focused on species
which are known to be more behaviorally sensitive to auditory stimuli
than the other species that occur in the project area. Therefore, the
documented behavioral responses of harbor porpoises and harbor seals to
pile driving in Europe should be considered as a worst case scenario in
terms of the potential responses among all marine mammals to offshore
pile driving, and these responses cannot reliably predict the responses
that will occur in other marine mammal species. Harwood et al. (2014)
discuss a theoretical framework to predict the population level
consequences of disturbance from offshore renewable energy development
in the UK on bottlenose dolphins and minke whales (among other
species), providing illustrative examples of the extent to which each
species might be exposed to behavioral disturbance or experience PTS on
a given construction day, as well as probabilities of different levels
of population decline at the end of the modeled construction period.
For bottlenose dolphins, most of the simulated populations had declined
in abundance by less than 5 percent by the time construction of the
offshore wind project ended; of the simulated minke whale populations,
the mean decline in abundance was approximately 3 percent. The results,
which relied heavily on assumptions and expert opinion, highlight the
need for empirical data to support more robust predictive capabilities
for assessment of population level impacts of offshore wind development
on affected species (Harwood et al., 2014).
Noise generated from vibratory pile driving is mostly concentrated
at lower frequencies. Rise time is slower, and sound energy is
distributed over a great amount of time, reducing the probability and
severity of injury (Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson et al. 2005).
Vibratory hammers produce peak SPLs that may be 180 dB or greater, but
are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs generated during impact pile
driving of the same-sized pile (Oestman et al., 2009). Measurements
from vibratory pile driving of sheet piles during construction
activities for bridges and piers indicate that root mean square sound
pressure level SPLrms produced by this activity can range
from 130 to 170 dB referenced to 1 micropascal squared seconds (dB re 1
[mu]Pa\2\ s; re 1 [mu]Pa) depending on the measured distance from the
source and physical properties of the location (Buehler et al., 2015;
Illingworth and Rodkin, Inc., 2017).
Masking, which occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered
with by a coincident sound at similar frequencies and similar or higher
levels, may occur during the short periods of vibratory pile driving;
however, this is unlikely to become biologically significant. It is
possible that vibratory pile driving resulting from construction and
removal of the temporary cofferdam may mask acoustic signals important
to low frequency marine mammals, but the short-term duration
(approximately 36 hours over 3 non-consecutive days, 18 hours each for
installation and removal) would result in limited impacts from masking.
In this case, vibratory pile driving durations are relatively short and
no significant seal rookeries or haulouts, or cetacean foraging
habitats are located near the inshore proposed cofferdam locations.
While thresholds for auditory impairment consider exposure time,
the metrics used for the behavioral harassment threshold do not
consider the duration of the animal's exposure to a sound level.
Therefore, the traditional assessment for behavioral exposures is
dependent solely on the presence or absence of a species within the
area ensonified above the threshold. Also, animals are less likely to
respond to sounds from more distance sources, even when equivalent
sound levels elicit responses at closer ranges; both proximity and
received levels are important factors in aversion responses (Dunlop et
al., 2017).
HRG surveys may temporarily impact marine mammals in the area due
to elevated in-water sound levels. Animals exposed to active acoustic
sources during the HRG survey are unlikely to incur TTS hearing
impairment due to the characteristics of the sound sources, which
include relatively narrow beamwidths (e.g., shallow sub-bottom
profilers) and generally very short pulses and duration of the sound.
Even for high-frequency cetacean species (e.g., harbor porpoises),
which may have increased sensitivity to TTS (Lucke et al., 2009;
Kastelein et al., 2012), individuals would have to make a very close
approach and also remain very close to vessels operating these sources
in order to receive the multiple exposures at relatively high levels
that would be necessary to cause TTS. Intermittent exposures--as would
occur due to the brief, transient signals produced by these sources--
require a higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS than would continuous
exposures of the same duration (i.e., intermittent exposure results in
lower levels of TTS) (Mooney et al., 2009; Finneran et al., 2010).
Moreover, most marine mammals would more likely avoid a loud sound
source rather than swim in such close proximity as to result in TTS.
Kremser et al. (2005) noted that the probability of a cetacean swimming
through the area of exposure when a sub-bottom profiler emits a pulse
is small--because if the animal was in the area, it would have to pass
the transducer at close range in order to be subjected to sound levels
that could cause TTS and would likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the
area near the transducer rather than swim through at such a close
range. Further, the restricted beam shape of the majority of the
geophysical survey equipment planned for use (Table 2) makes it
unlikely that an animal would be exposed more than briefly during the
passage of the vessel.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound
depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and
their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). It is possible
that pile driving could result in temporary, short-term changes in an
animal's typical behavioral patterns and/or temporary avoidance of the
affected area. These behavioral changes may include (Richardson et al.,
1995): Changing durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per
surfacing, or moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such
as socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses. The
biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is
difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear
minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be
expected to be
[[Page 8509]]
biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Significant behavioral modifications that could lead to
effects on growth, survival, or reproduction, such as drastic changes
in diving/surfacing patterns or significant habitat abandonment are
considered extremely unlikely in the case of the proposed project, as
it is expected that mitigation measures, including clearance zones and
soft start (described in detail below, see Proposed Mitigation) will
minimize the potential for marine mammals to be exposed to sound levels
that would result in more extreme behavioral responses. In addition,
marine mammals in the project area are expected to avoid any area that
would be ensonified at sound levels high enough for the potential to
result in more severe acute behavioral responses, as the offshore
environment would allow marine mammals the ability to freely move to
other areas without restriction.
In the case of impact pile driving, sound sources would be active
for relatively short durations (2 to 3 hours per pile), and only one
pile would be driven per day. The acoustic frequencies produced during
pile driving activity are lower than those used by most species for
communication or foraging expected to be present in the project area.
Given the short duration and the frequency spectra produced by pile
driving, NMFS expects minimal masking impacts from these activities.
Further, any masking events that might qualify as Level B harassment
under the MMPA would be expected to occur concurrently within the zones
of behavioral harassment already estimated for pile driving, and have,
therefore, already been taken into account in the exposure analysis.
The zones of behavioral harassment estimated for vibratory pile driving
are large (see Estimated Take), but the short duration of this activity
coupled with the ephemeral use by LF cetaceans (the group most
susceptible to potential masking from these activities) of the
nearshore habitat will limit masking impacts. Finally, masking effects
from HRG survey activities are not anticipated due to the
characteristics of the acoustic sources (intermittent and higher
frequency signals), the small isopleths generated by those signals, and
the influence of the proposed mitigation.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The proposed activities would result in the placement of 16
permanent structures (i.e., the monopiles and associated scour
protection supporting the WTGs and OSS) and a temporary cofferdam in
the marine environment. HRG surveys would not impact marine mammal
habitat beyond the noise transmission discussed above, and are,
therefore, not discussed further in this section. Based on the best
available information, the long-term presence of the WTGs and OSS is
not expected to have negative impacts on habitats used by marine
mammals, and may ultimately have beneficial impacts on those habitats
as a result of increased presence of prey species in the project area
due to the WTGs and OSS acting as artificial reefs (Russell et al.,
2014). Although studies assessing the impacts of offshore wind
development on marine mammals are limited, the repopulation of wind
energy areas by harbor porpoises (Brandt et al., 2016; Lindeboom et
al., 2011) and harbor seals (Lindeboom et al., 2011; Russell et al.,
2016) following the installation of wind turbines are promising. SFWF
would be located within the migratory corridor BIA for North Atlantic
right whales; however, the 13,000 acre (62.5 km\2\) lease area occupies
a fraction of the available habitat for North Atlantic right whales
migrating through the region. Additionally, SFWF would operate a
relatively small number of WTGs (15) compared to the number of
foundations in offshore wind farms assessed in e.g., Brandt et al.
(2016) (range: 30-81; mean: 62), making the footprint comparatively
small once installation is complete. There are no known foraging
hotspots, or other ocean bottom structures of significant biological
importance to marine mammals present in the project area. The proposed
activities may have potential short-term impacts to food sources such
as forage fish and could also affect acoustic habitat (see Auditory
Masking discussion above), but meaningful impacts are unlikely.
Therefore, the main impact issue associated with the proposed activity
would be temporarily elevated sound levels and the associated direct
effects on marine mammals, as discussed previously. The most likely
impact to marine mammal habitat occurs from impact and vibratory pile
driving effects on marine mammal prey (e.g., fish). Impacts to the
immediate substrate during installation of piles are anticipated, but
these would be limited to minor, temporary suspension of sediments,
which could impact water quality and visibility for a short amount of
time, but which would not be expected to have any effects on individual
marine mammals. Impacts to substrate are therefore not discussed
further.
Effects to Prey--Sound may affect marine mammals through impacts on
the abundance, behavior, or distribution of prey species (e.g.,
crustaceans, cephalopods, fish, zooplankton). Marine mammal prey varies
by species, season, and location and, for some, is not well documented.
Here, we describe studies regarding the effects of noise on known
marine mammal prey.
Fish utilize the soundscape and components of sound in their
environment to perform important functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g., Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear sounds using pressure and
particle motion sensitivity capabilities and detect the motion of
surrounding water (Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects of noise on
fishes depends on the overlapping frequency range, distance from the
sound source, water depth of exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology. Key impacts to fishes may include
behavioral responses, hearing damage, barotrauma (pressure-related
injuries), and mortality.
Fish react to sounds which are especially strong and/or
intermittent low-frequency sounds, and behavioral responses such as
flight or avoidance are the most likely effects. Short duration, sharp
sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish behavior and local
distribution. The reaction of fish to noise depends on the
physiological state of the fish, past exposures, motivation (e.g.,
feeding, spawning, migration), and other environmental factors.
Hastings and Popper (2005) identified several studies that suggest fish
may relocate to avoid certain areas of sound energy. Additional studies
have documented effects of pile driving on fish, although several are
based on studies in support of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings,
2009). Several studies have demonstrated that impulse sounds might
affect the distribution and behavior of some fishes, potentially
impacting foraging opportunities or increasing energetic costs (e.g.,
Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Paxton et al., 2017). However, some
studies have shown no or slight reaction to impulse sounds (e.g., Pena
et al., 2013; Wardle et al., 2001; Jorgenson and Gyselman, 2009; Cott
et al., 2012). More commonly, though, the impacts of noise on fish are
temporary.
[[Page 8510]]
SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish
and fish mortality. However, in most fish species, hair cells in the
ear continuously regenerate and loss of auditory function likely is
restored when damaged cells are replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et
al. (2012a) showed that a TTS of 4-6 dB was recoverable within 24 hours
for one species. Impacts would be most severe when the individual fish
is close to the source and when the duration of exposure is long.
Injury caused by barotrauma can range from slight to severe and can
cause death, and is most likely for fish with swim bladders. Barotrauma
injuries have been documented during controlled exposure to impact pile
driving (Halvorsen et al., 2012b; Casper et al., 2013). As described in
the Proposed Mitigation section below, South Fork Wind would utilize a
sound attenuation device which would reduce potential for injury to
marine mammal prey.
The most likely impact to fish from impact and vibratory pile
driving activities at the project areas would be temporary behavioral
avoidance of the area. The duration of fish avoidance of an area after
pile driving stops is unknown, but a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior is anticipated. In general,
impacts to marine mammal prey species are expected to be minor and
temporary due to the expected short daily duration of individual pile
driving events and the relatively small areas being affected.
Any behavioral avoidance by fish of the disturbed area would still
leave significantly large areas of fish and marine mammal foraging
habitat in the nearby vicinity. Based on the information discussed
herein, NMFS concludes that impacts of South Fork Wind's activities are
not likely to have more than short-term adverse effects on any prey
habitat or populations of prey species. Further, any impacts to marine
mammal habitat are not expected to result in significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse
impacts on their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact
determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as noise
from pile driving and HRG surveys has the potential to result in
disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There
is also some potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) to
result from impact pile driving. The proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures are expected to minimize the severity of such taking to the
extent practicable (see Proposed Mitigation).
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for these activities. The approach by which take is
estimated is described below.
Generally speaking, NMFS estimates take by considering: (1)
Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of activities. NMFS notes that while
these basic factors can contribute to a basic calculation to provide an
initial prediction of takes, additional information that can
qualitatively inform take estimates is also sometimes available (e.g.,
previous monitoring results or average group size). Below, NMFS
describes the factors considered here in more detail and present the
proposed take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to
Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A
harassment).
Level B Harassment--Though significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure
is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability, duty cycle), the environment
(e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, behavioral context) and can be difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). Based on what
the available science indicates and the practical need to use a
threshold based on a factor that is both predictable and measurable for
most activities, NMFS uses a generalized acoustic threshold based on
received level to estimate the onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely to be behaviorally harassed in
a manner we consider Level B harassment when exposed to underwater
anthropogenic noise above received levels of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
for impulsive and/or intermittent sources. South Fork Wind's proposed
activity includes the use of impulsive and intermittent sources (e.g.,
impact pile driving, HRG acoustic sources), and thus the 160 dB
threshold applies.
Level A harassment--NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from
two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). The
components of South Fork Wind's proposed activity that may result in
take of marine mammals include the use of impulsive and non-impulsive
sources.
These thresholds are provided in Table 5. The references, analysis,
and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described
in NMFS 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
[[Page 8511]]
Table 5--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10 : LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has
a reference value of 1[mu]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National
Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating
frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ``flat'' is
being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the
designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and
that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be
exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it
is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Acoustic Modeling
Here, NMFS describes operational and environmental parameters of
the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above
the acoustic thresholds, which include source levels and transmission
loss coefficient.
Impact Pile Driving: Acoustic Range
As described above, South Fork Wind is proposing to install up to
15 WTGs and one OSS in the SFWF (i.e., a maximum of 16 foundations).
Two piling scenarios may be encountered in the construction of the
project and were therefore considered in the acoustic modeling study
conducted to estimate the potential number of marine mammal exposures
above relevant harassment thresholds: (1) Maximum design, including one
difficult to drive pile, and (2) standard design with no difficult to
drive pile included.
In recognition of the need to ensure that the range of potential
impacts to marine mammals from the various potential scenarios are
accounted for, piling scenarios were modeled separately in order to
conservatively assess the impacts of each. The two monopile
installation scenarios modeled are:
(1) The ``maximum design'' consisting of fifteen piles requiring
~4,500 strikes per pile (per 24 hrs), and one difficult to drive pile
requiring ~8,000 strikes (per 24 hrs).
(2) The ``standard design'' consisting of sixteen piles requiring
~4,500 strike per pile (per 24 hrs).
Representative hammering schedules of increasing hammer energy with
increasing penetration depth were modeled, resulting in, generally,
higher intensity sound fields as the hammer energy and penetration
increases (Table 6).
Table 6--Hammer Energy Schedule for Monopile Installation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Difficult
Standard pile pile strike Pile
Energy level (kilojoule[kJ]) strike count count (8,000 penetration
(4,500 total) total) (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,000........................................................... 500 800 0-6
1,500........................................................... 1,000 1,200 6-23.5
2,500........................................................... 1,500 3,000 23.5-41
4,000........................................................... 1,500 3,000 41-45
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monopiles were assumed to be vertical and driven to a penetration
depth of 45 m. While pile penetrations across the site would vary, this
value was chosen as a reasonable penetration depth. All acoustic
modeling was performed assuming that only one pile is driven at a time.
Additional modeling assumptions for the monopiles were as follows:
One pile installed per day.
10.97 m steel cylindrical piling with wall thickness of 10
cm.
Impact pile driver: IHC S-4000 (4000 kilojoules (kJ) rated
energy; 1977 kilonewtons (kN) ram weight).
Helmet weight: 3234 kN.
Sound fields produced during impact pile driving were modeled by
first characterizing the sound signal produced during pile driving
using the industry-standard GRLWEAP (wave equation analysis of pile
driving) model and JASCO Applied Sciences' (JASCO) Pile Driving Source
Model (PDSM). The full JASCO modeling report can be found at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act and we provide a summary of the modelling
effort below.
Underwater sound propagation (i.e., transmission loss) as a
function of range from each source was modeled using JASCO's Marine
Operations Noise Model (MONM) for multiple propagation radials centered
at the source to yield 3D transmission loss fields in the surrounding
area. The MONM computes received per-pulse SEL for directional sources
at specified depths. MONM uses two separate models to estimate
transmission loss.
At frequencies less than 2 kHz, MONM computes acoustic propagation
via a wide-angle parabolic equation (PE) solution to the acoustic wave
equation based on a version of the U.S. Naval Research Laboratory's
Range-dependent Acoustic Model (RAM) modified to
[[Page 8512]]
account for an elastic seabed. MONM-RAM incorporates bathymetry,
underwater sound speed as a function of depth, and a geoacoustic
profile based on seafloor composition, and accounts for source
horizontal directivity. The PE method has been extensively benchmarked
and is widely employed in the underwater acoustics community, and MONM-
RAM's predictions have been validated against experimental data in
several underwater acoustic measurement programs conducted by JASCO. At
frequencies greater than 2 kHz, MONM accounts for increased sound
attenuation due to volume absorption at higher frequencies with the
widely used BELLHOP Gaussian beam ray-trace propagation model. This
component incorporates bathymetry and underwater sound speed as a
function of depth with a simplified representation of the sea bottom,
as subbottom layers have a negligible influence on the propagation of
acoustic waves with frequencies above 1 kHz. MONM-BELLHOP accounts for
horizontal directivity of the source and vertical variation of the
source beam pattern. Both propagation models account for full exposure
from a direct acoustic wave, as well as exposure from acoustic wave
reflections and refractions (i.e., multi-path arrivals at the
receiver).
The sound field radiating from the pile was simulated using a
vertical array of point sources. Because sound itself is an oscillation
(vibration) of water particles, acoustic modeling of sound in the water
column is inherently an evaluation of vibration. For this study,
synthetic pressure waveforms were computed using the full-wave range-
dependent acoustic model (FWRAM), which is JASCO's acoustic propagation
model capable of producing time-domain waveforms.
Models are more efficient at estimating SEL than SPLrms.
Therefore, conversions may be necessary to derive the corresponding
SPLrms. Propagation was modeled for a subset of sites using
the FWRAM, from which broadband SEL to SPL conversion factors were
calculated. The FWRAM required intensive calculation for each site,
thus a representative subset of modeling sites were used to develop
azimuth-, range-, and depth-dependent conversion factors. These
conversion factors were used to calculate the broadband
SPLrms from the broadband SEL prediction.
Two locations within the SFWF were selected to provide
representative propagation and sound fields for the project area (see
Figure 1 in SFWF COP, Appendix J1). The two locations were selected to
span the region from shallow to deeper water and varying distances to
dominant bathymetric features (i.e., slope and shelf break). Water
depth and environmental characteristics (e.g., bottom-type) are similar
throughout the SFWF, and therefore minimal differences were found in
sound propagation results for the two sites (Denes et al., 2018). The
model also incorporated two different sound velocity profiles (related
to in situ measurements of temperature, salinity, and pressure within
the water column) to account for variations in the acoustic propagation
conditions between summer and winter. Estimated pile driving schedules
(Table 6) were used to calculate the SEL sound fields at different
points in time during pile driving.
The sound propagation modeling incorporated site-specific
environmental data that describes the bathymetry, sound speed in the
water column, and seabed geoacoustics in the construction area. Sound
level estimates are calculated from three-dimensional sound fields and
then at each horizontal sampling range, the maximum received level that
occurs within the water column is used as the received level at that
range. These maximum-over-depth (Rmax) values are then
compared to predetermined threshold levels to determine acoustic ranges
to Level A harassment and Level B harassment zone isopleths. However,
the ranges to a threshold typically differ among radii from a source,
and might not be continuous because sound levels may drop below
threshold at some ranges and then exceed threshold at farther ranges.
To minimize the influence of these inconsistencies, 5 percent of the
farthest such footprints were excluded from the model data. The
resulting range, R95percent, is used because, regardless of
the shape of the maximum-over-depth footprint, the predicted range
encompasses at least 95 percent of the horizontal area that would be
exposed to sound at or above the specified threshold. The difference
between Rmax and R95percent depends on the source
directivity and the heterogeneity of the acoustic environment.
R95percent excludes ends of protruding areas or small
isolated acoustic foci not representative of the nominal ensonified
zone (see Figure 12; SFWF COP Appendix J1).
The modeled source spectrum is provided in Figure 7 of the SFWF COP
(Appendix J1). The dominant energy for both pile driving scenarios
(``maximum'' and ``standard'') is below 100 Hz. Please see Appendix J1
of the SFWF COP for further details on the modeling methodology (Denes
et al., 2020a).
South Fork Wind will employ a noise mitigation system during all
impact pile driving of monopiles. Noise mitigation systems, such as
bubble curtains, are sometimes used to decrease the sound levels
radiated from a source. Bubbles create a local impedance change that
acts as a barrier to sound transmission. The size of the bubbles
determines their effective frequency band, with larger bubbles needed
for lower frequencies. There are a variety of bubble curtain systems,
confined or unconfined bubbles, and some with encapsulated bubbles or
panels. Attenuation levels also vary by type of system, frequency band,
and location. Small bubble curtains have been measured to reduce sound
levels but effective attenuation is highly dependent on depth of water,
current, and configuration and operation of the curtain (Austin, Denes,
MacDonnell, & Warner, 2016; Koschinski & L[uuml]demann, 2013). Bubble
curtains vary in terms of the sizes of the bubbles and those with
larger bubbles tend to perform a bit better and more reliably,
particularly when deployed with two separate rings (Bellmann, 2014;
Koschinski & L[uuml]demann, 2013; Nehls, Rose, Diederichs, Bellmann, &
Pehlke, 2016).
Encapsulated bubble systems (e.g., Hydro Sound Dampers (HSDs)), can
be effective within their targeted frequency ranges, e.g., 100-800 Hz,
and when used in conjunction with a bubble curtain appear to create the
greatest attenuation. The literature presents a wide array of observed
attenuation results for bubble curtains. The variability in attenuation
levels is the result of variation in design, as well as differences in
site conditions and difficulty in properly installing and operating in-
water attenuation devices. A California Department of Transportation
(CalTrans) study tested several systems and found that the best
attenuation systems resulted in 10-15 dB of attenuation (Buehler et
al., 2015). Similarly, D[auml]hne et al. (2017) found that single
bubble curtains that reduced sound levels by 7 to 10 dB reduced the
overall sound level by ~12 dB when combined as a double bubble curtain
for 6 m steel monopiles in the North Sea. Bellmann et al. (2020)
provide a review of the efficacy of using bubble curtains (both single
and double) as noise abatement systems in the German EEZ of the North
and Baltic Seas. For 8 m diameter monopiles, single bubble curtains
achieved an average of 11 dB broadband noise reduction (Bellmann et
al., 2020). In modeling the sound fields for South Fork Wind's proposed
activities, hypothetical broadband attenuation levels of 0 dB, 6 dB, 10
dB,
[[Page 8513]]
12 dB, and 15 dB were modeled to gauge the effects on the ranges to
thresholds given these levels of attenuation. Although five attenuation
levels (and associated ranges) are provided, South Fork Wind
anticipates that the use of a noise mitigation system will produce
field measurements of the isopleth distances to the Level A harassment
and Level B harassment thresholds that accord with those modeled
assuming 10 dB of attenuation (see Estimated Take, Proposed Mitigation,
and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting sections).
The updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds (such as
impact pile driving) contained in the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 2018)
were presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure level metrics (Table 5). As
dual metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group.
Tables 7 and 8 shows the modeled acoustic ranges to the Level A
harassment thresholds, with 0, 6, 10, 12 and 15 dB sound attenuation
incorporated. For the peak level, the greatest distances expected
within a given hearing group are shown, typically occurring at the
highest hammer energies (Table 7). The SELcum Level A
harassment threshold is the only metric that is affected by the number
of strikes within a 24 hr period; therefore, it is only this acoustic
threshold that is associated with differences in range estimates
between the standard scenario and the difficult-to drive pile scenario
(Table 8). The maximum distances for the other two metrics (peak sound
pressure level (SPLpk) and SPLrms) are equal for
both scenarios because these metrics are used to define characteristics
of a single impulse and do not vary based on the number of strikes
(Denes et al., 2020a). The radial distances shown in Tables 7 and 8 are
the mean distances from the piles, averaged between the two modeled
locations and between summer and winter sound velocity profiles.
Table 7--Mean Acoustic Range (R95%) to Level A Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPLpk) Acoustic Harassment Thresholds for Marine Mammals Due to Impact Pile
Driving
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean distance (m) to threshold
Threshold SPLpk -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine mammal hearing group (dB re 1 [mu]Pa) 0 dB 6 dB 10 dB 12 dB 15 dB
attenuation attenuation attenuation attenuation attenuation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency cetaceans............................... 219 87 22 9 7 2
Mid-frequency cetaceans............................... 230 8 2 1 1 1
High-frequency cetaceans.............................. 202 1,545 541 243 183 108
Phocid pinnipeds...................................... 218 101 26 12 8 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB re 1 [mu]Pa = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal.
Table 8--Mean Acoustic Range (R95%) to Level A Sound Exposure Level (SELcum) Acoustic Harassment Thresholds for Marine Mammals Due to Impact Pile
Driving of a Standard Pile (S; 4,500 Strikes*) and a Difficult to Drive Pile (D; 8,000 Strikes*)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean distance (m) to threshold
Threshold ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine mammal hearing group SELcum (dB 0 dB attenuation 6 dB attenuation 10 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation 15 dB attenuation
re 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[mu]Pa\2\s) S D S D S D S D S D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency cetaceans................ 183 16,416 21,941 8,888 11,702 6,085 7,846 5,015 6,520 3,676 4,870
Mid-frequency cetaceans................ 185 107 183 43 59 27 32 27 26 26 26
High-frequency cetaceans............... 155 9,290 13,374 4,012 6,064 2,174 3,314 2,006 2,315 814 1,388
Phocid pinnipeds....................... 185 3,224 4,523 1,375 2,084 673 1,080 437 769 230 415
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\ s = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal squared second;
* Approximation.
Table 9 shows the acoustic ranges to the Level B harassment
threshold with no attenuation, 6, 10, 12, and 15 dB sound attenuation
incorporated. Acoustic propagation was modeled at two representative
sites in the SFWF as described above. The radial distances shown in
Table 8 are the mean distance to the Level B harassment threshold from
the piles, derived by averaging the R95percent to the Level
B harassment thresholds for summer and winter (see Appendix P2 of the
SFWF COP for more details). The range estimated assuming 10 dB
attenuation (4,684 m) was used to determine the extent of the Level B
harassment zone for impact pile driving.
Table 9--Mean Acoustic Range (R95%) to Level B Harassment Acoustic Threshold (SPLrms) Due to Impact Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean distance (m) to threshold
Threshold SPLrms (dB re 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[mu]Pa) 0 dB 6 dB 10 dB 12 dB 15 dB
attenuation attenuation attenuation attenuation attenuation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
160............................. 11,382 6,884 4,684 4,164 3,272
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB re 1 [mu]Pa = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal.
[[Page 8514]]
Impact Pile Driving: Exposure-Based Ranges
Modeled acoustic ranges to threshold levels may overestimate the
actual distances at which animals receive exposures meeting the Level A
(SELcum) harassment threshold criterion. In addition,
modeled acoustic ranges to thresholds assume that receivers (i.e.,
animals) are stationary. Therefore, such ranges are not realistic,
particularly for accumulating metrics like SELcum. Applying
animal movement and behavior (Denes et al. 2020c) within the propagated
noise fields provides the exposure range, which results in a more
realistic indication of the distances at which acoustic thresholds are
met. For modeled animals that have received enough acoustic energy to
exceed a given threshold, the exposure range for each animal is defined
as the closest point of approach (CPA) to the source made by that
animal while it moved throughout the modeled sound field, accumulating
received acoustic energy. The resulting exposure range for each species
is the 95th percentile of the CPA distances for all animals that
exceeded threshold levels for that species (termed the 95 percent
exposure range [ER95percent). Notably, the
ER95percent are species-specific rather than categorized
only by hearing group which affords more biologically-relevant data
(e.g., dive durations, swim speeds, etc.) to be considered when
assessing impact ranges. The ER95percent for
SELcum are provided in Table 10 and are smaller than the
acoustic ranges calculated using propagation modeling alone (Table 7
and 8). Please see the Estimated Take section below and Appendix P1 of
the SFWF COP for further detail on the acoustic modeling methodology.
The ER95percent ranges assuming 10 dB attenuation for a
difficult-to-drive pile were used to determine the Level A harassment
zones for impact pile driving.
Table 10--Exposure-Based Ranges (ER95%) to Level A Sound Exposure Level (SELcum) Harassment Acoustic Thresholds Due to Impact Pile Driving of a Standard
Pile (S; 4,500 Strikes *) and a Difficult to Drive Pile (D; 8,000 Strikes *)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ER95% to SELcum thresholds (m)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species 0 dB attenuation 6 dB attenuation 10 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation 15 dB attenuation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S D S D S D S D S D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale................................. 5,386 6,741 2,655 2,982 1,451 1,769 959 1,381 552 621
Minke whale............................... 5,196 6,033 2,845 2,882 1,488 1,571 887 964 524 628
Sei whale................................. 5,287 6,488 2,648 3,144 1,346 1,756 1,023 1,518 396 591
Humpback whale............................ 9,333 11,287 5,195 5,947 3,034 3,642 2,450 2,693 1,593 1,813
North Atlantic right whale................ 4,931 5,857 2,514 3,295 1,481 1,621 918 1,070 427 725
Blue whale \1\............................ 5,386 6,741 2,655 2,982 1,451 1,769 959 1,381 552 621
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale............................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Atlantic spotted dolphin.................. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Atlantic white-sided dolphin.............. 20 6 20 6 0 0 0 0 0 0
Common dolphin............................ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Risso's dolphin........................... 24 13 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bottlenose dolphin........................ 13 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Long-finned pilot whale................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor porpoise........................... 2,845 3,934 683 996 79 365 26 39 21 26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pinnipeds in Water
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal................................. 1,559 1,986 276 552 46 117 0 21 0 21
Harbor seal............................... 1,421 2,284 362 513 22 85 22 0 21 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB re 1 [micro]Pa\2\ s = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal squared second.
* Approximation.
\1\ There were no Level A SELcum exposures as a result of animal movement modeling for the blue whale which resulted in a ``0'' exposure range; however,
an expected exposure range for mitigation purposes must be applied to each species. Therefore, the fin whale exposure range was used as a proxy for
the blue whale given similarity of species and activity.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
For vibratory pile driving (non-impulsive sounds), sound source
characteristics were generated by JASCO using GRLWEAP 2010 wave
equation model (Pile Dynamics, Inc., 2010). Installation and removal of
the cofferdam were modeled from a single location. The radiated sound
waves were modeled as discrete point sources over the full length of
the pile in the water and sediment (9.1 m [30 ft] water depth, 9.1 m
[30 ft] penetration) with a vertical separation of 0.1 m (0.32 ft).
Removal of the cofferdam using a vibratory extractor is expected to be
acoustically comparable to installation activities. No noise mitigation
system will be used during vibratory piling. Summaries of the maximum
ranges to Level A harassment thresholds and Level B harassment
thresholds resulting from propagation modeling of vibratory pile
driving are provided in Table 11. Peak thresholds were not reached for
any marine mammal hearing group.
The large Level B harassment isopleths resulting from vibratory
piling installation and removal are a reflection of the threshold set
for behavioral disturbance from a continuous noise (i.e., 120
dBrms). Level B harassment thresholds are highly contextual
for species and the isopleth distance does not represent a definitive
impact zone or a suggested mitigation zone; rather, the information
serves as the basis for assessing potential impacts within the context
of the project and potentially exposed species.
[[Page 8515]]
Table 11--Distances to Level A Cumulative Sound Exposure Level (SELcum) Harassment Acoustic Thresholds and Level
B Root-Mean-Square Sound Pressure Level (SPLrms) Acoustic Threshold Due to 18 Hours of Vibratory Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A threshold
SELcum (dB re 1 Maximum distance Level B threshold Maximum distance
Marine mammal hearing group [micro]Pa\2\ s) (m) to Level A SPLrms (dB re 1 (m) to Level B
threshold [micro]Pa) threshold
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency cetaceans............. 199 1,470 120 36,766
Mid-frequency cetaceans............. 198 0 120 36,766
High-frequency cetaceans............ 173 63 120 36,766
Phocid pinnipeds.................... 201 103 120 36,766
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB re 1 [micro]Pa = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal; [micro]Pa\2\ s = decibel referenced to 1 micropascal
squared second.
HRG Surveys
Isopleth distances to Level A harassment thresholds for all types
of HRG equipment and all marine mammal functional hearing groups were
modeled using the NMFS User Spreadsheet and NMFS Technical Guidance
(2018), which provides a conservative approach to exposure estimation.
NMFS has developed a user-friendly methodology for determining the
rms sound pressure level (SPLrms) at the 160-dB isopleth for
the purposes of estimating the extent of Level B harassment isopleths
associated with HRG survey equipment (NMFS, 2020). This methodology
incorporates frequency-dependent absorption and some directionality to
refine estimated ensonified zones. South Fork Wind used NMFS's
methodology with additional modifications to incorporate a seawater
absorption formula and account for energy emitted outside of the
primary beam of the source. For sources that operate with different
beam widths, the maximum beam width was used (see Table 2). The lowest
frequency of the source was used when calculating the absorption
coefficient (Table 2).
NMFS considers the data provided by Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)
to represent the best available information on source levels associated
with HRG equipment and, therefore, recommends that source levels
provided by Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) be incorporated in the
method described above to estimate isopleth distances to the Level A
harassment and Level B harassment thresholds. In cases when the source
level for a specific type of HRG equipment is not provided in Crocker
and Fratantonio (2016), NMFS recommends that either the source levels
provided by the manufacturer be used, or, in instances where source
levels provided by the manufacturer are unavailable or unreliable, a
proxy from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016) be used instead. Table 2
shows the HRG equipment types that may be used during the proposed
surveys and the sound levels associated with those HRG equipment types.
Results of modeling using the methodology described above indicated
that, of the HRG survey equipment planned for use by South Fork Wind
that has the potential to result in Level B harassment of marine
mammals, sound produced by the Applied Acoustics Dura-Spark UHD
sparkers and GeoMarine Geo-Source sparker would propagate furthest to
the Level B harassment threshold (141 m; Table 12). For the purposes of
the exposure analysis, it was conservatively assumed that sparkers
would be the dominant acoustic source for all survey days. Thus, the
distances to the isopleths corresponding to the threshold for Level B
harassment for sparkers (141 m) was used as the basis of the take
calculation for all marine mammals.
Table 12--Distance to Weighted Level A Harassment and Level B Harassment Thresholds for Each HRG Sound Source or Comparable Sound Source Category for
Marine Mammal Hearing Groups
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distance to Level A threshold (m) Distance to
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Level B (m)
---------------
Source LF (SELcum MF (SELcum HF (SELcum PW (SELcum All species
threshold) threshold) threshold) HF (SPL0-pk threshold) (160 dB
threshold) SPLrms
threshold)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shallow SBPs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ET 216 CHIRP............................................ <1 <1 2.9 -- 0 12
ET 424 CHIRP............................................ 0 0 0 -- 0 4
ET 512i CHIRP........................................... 0 0 <1 -- 0 6
GeoPulse 5430........................................... <1 <1 36.5 -- <1 29
TB CHIRP III............................................ 1.5 <1 16.9 -- <1 54
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medium SBPs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AA Triple plate S-Boom (700/1,000 J).................... <1 0 0 4.7 <1 76
AA, Dura-spark UHD (500 J/400 tip)...................... <1 0 0 2.8 <1 141
AA, Dura-spark UHD 400+400.............................. <1 0 0 2.8 <1 141
GeoMarine, Geo-Source dual 400 tip sparker.............. <1 0 0 2.8 <1 141
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- = not applicable; [micro]Pa = micropascal; AA = Applied Acoustics; CHIRP = Compressed High-Intensity Radiated Pulse; dB = decibels; ET = EdgeTech; HF
= high-frequency; J = joules; LF= low-frequency; MF = mid-frequency; PW = Phocids in water; re= referenced to; SBP = sub-bottom profiler; SELcum =
cumulative sound exposure level in dB re 1 [micro]Pa\2\ s; SPL0-pk = zero to peak sound pressure level in dB re 1 [micro]Pa; TB = teledyne benthos;
UHD = ultra-high definition; USBL = ultra-short baseline.
[[Page 8516]]
Marine Mammal Occurrence
This section provides information about the presence, density, or
group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations. The best available information regarding marine mammal
densities in the project area is provided by habitat-based density
models produced by the Duke University Marine Geospatial Ecology
Laboratory (Roberts et al., 2016, 2017, 2018, 2020). Density models
were originally developed for all cetacean taxa in the U.S. Atlantic
(Roberts et al., 2016); more information, including the model results
and supplementary information for each of those models, is available at
seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015/. In subsequent years,
certain models have been updated on the basis of additional data as
well as certain methodological improvements. Although these updated
models (and a newly developed seal density model) are not currently
publicly available, our evaluation of the changes leads to a conclusion
that these represent the best scientific evidence available. Marine
mammal density estimates in the SFWF (animals/km\2\) were obtained
using these model results (Roberts et al., 2016, 2017, 2018, 2020). As
noted, the updated models incorporate additional sighting data,
including sightings from the NOAA Atlantic Marine Assessment Program
for Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys from 2010-2016 which included
some aerial surveys over the RI/MA & MA WEAs (NEFSC & SEFSC, 2011a,
2011b, 2012, 2014a, 2014b, 2015, 2016). Roberts et al. (2020) further
updated model results for North Atlantic right whales by incorporating
additional sighting data and implementing three major changes:
Increasing spatial resolution, generating monthly estimates on three
time periods of survey data, and dividing the study area into five
discrete regions.
Densities of marine mammals and their subsequent exposure risk are
different for the wind farm area (where impact pile driving will
occur), the near shore export cable area (where vibratory pile driving
will occur), and the HRG survey area. Therefore, density blocks
(Roberts et al., 2016; Roberts, 2018) specific to each construction
area were selected for evaluating the potential takes of the 16
assessed species. The Denes et al. (2020c) model analysis utilized
North Atlantic right whale densities from the most recent survey time
period, 2010-2018, as suggested by Roberts et al. (2020).
Monopile Installation
Mean monthly densities for all animals were calculated using a 60
km (37.3 mi) square centered on SFWF and overlaying it on the density
maps from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018, 2020). The relatively large
area selected for density estimation encompasses and extends beyond the
estimated distances to the isopleth corresponding to the Level B
harassment (with no attenuation, as well as with 6, 10, 12 and 15 dB
sound attenuation) for all hearing groups using the unweighted
threshold of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) (Table 9). Please see Figure 3 in
the SFWF COP (Appendix P2) for an example of a density map showing
Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018, 2020) density grid cells overlaid on
a map of the SFWF.
The mean density for each month was determined by calculating the
unweighted mean of all 10 x 10 km (6.2 x 6.2 mi) grid cells partially
or fully within the buffer zone polygon. Mean values from the density
maps were converted from units of abundance (animals/100 km\2\ [38.6
miles\2\]) to units of density (animals/km\2\). Densities were computed
for the months of May to December to coincide with planned pile driving
activities (as described above, no pile driving would occur from
January through April). In cases where monthly densities were
unavailable, annual mean densities (e.g., pilot whales) and seasonal
mean densities (e.g., all seals) were used instead. Table 13 shows the
monthly marine mammal density estimates for each species incorporated
in the exposure modeling analysis. To obtain conservative exposure
estimates, South Fork Wind used the maximum of the mean monthly (May to
December) densities for each species to estimate the number of
individuals of each species exposed above Level A harassment and Level
B harassment thresholds. The maximum densities applied are denoted by
an asterisk.
Table 13--Estimated Densities (Animals/km-2) Used for Modeling Marine Mammal Exposures Within South Fork Wind Farm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monthly density (animals km-2)
Common name ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................................... 0.00201 0.00219 * 0.00264 0.00251 0.00217 0.00145 0.00102 0.00105
Minke whale..................................................... * 0.00163 0.00143 0.00047 0.00026 0.00027 0.00049 0.00022 0.00032
Sei whale....................................................... * 0.00019 0.00013 0.00003 0.00002 0.00003 0.00000 0.00001 0.00001
Humpback whale.................................................. 0.00133 0.00148 0.00069 0.00094 * 0.00317 0.00156 0.00042 0.00061
North Atlantic right whale...................................... * 0.00154 0.00011 0.00002 0.00001 0.00001 0.00005 0.00029 0.00151
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Blue whale...................................................... * 0.00001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale..................................................... 0.00002 0.00008 * 0.00031 0.00024 0.00010 0.00007 0.00007 0.00001
Atlantic white-sided dolphin.................................... * 0.03900 0.03600 0.02500 0.01300 0.01500 0.02200 0.02100 0.02800
Atlantic spotted dolphin........................................ 0.00012 0.00016 0.00034 0.00041 0.00051 * 0.00058 0.00037 0.00007
Common bottlenose dolphin....................................... 0.00496 0.01800 0.03700 0.03800 * 0.04000 0.02000 0.00962 0.00846
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pilot whales \1\................................................ * 0.00596
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risso's dolphin................................................. 0.00005 0.00005 0.00018 * 0.00026 0.00015 0.00005 0.00009 0.00019
Common dolphin.................................................. 0.04400 0.04600 0.04300 0.06200 0.10200 0.12800 0.09800 * 0.20400
Harbor porpoise................................................. * 0.03800 0.00236 0.00160 0.00172 0.00161 0.00399 0.02400 0.02300
Gray seal....................................................... * 0.03900 0.02600 0.00874 0.00357 0.00529 0.00955 0.00630 0.03400
Harbor seal..................................................... * 0.03900 0.02600 0.00874 0.00357 0.00529 0.00955 0.00630 0.03400
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Denotes the highest monthly density estimated.
\1\ Long- and short-finned pilot whales are grouped together to estimate the total density of both species.
[[Page 8517]]
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
Marine mammal densities in the near shore export cable area were
estimated from the 10 x 10 km habitat density blocks that contained the
anticipated location of the cofferdam. Monthly marine mammal densities
for the potential construction locations of the cofferdam are provided
in Table 14. The maximum densities (denoted by an asterisk) were
incorporated in the exposure modeling to obtain the most conservative
estimates of potential take by Level A harassment or Level B
harassment.
The species listed in each respective density table represent
animals that could be reasonably expected within the propagated Level B
harassment threshold distances at each location, in the months during
which the cofferdam may be installed and extracted (e.g., October
through April). Several of the outer continental shelf and deeper water
species that appear in the SFWF area are not included in the cofferdam
species list because the densities were zero for those species.
Table 14--Estimated Densities (Animals/km-2) Used for Modeling Marine Mammal Exposures Within the Affected Area and Construction Schedule of the
Cofferdam Installation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species \1\ Jan Feb Mar Apr May Oct Nov Dec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................................... 0.0001 0.0001 0.0002 * 0.0005 0.0002 0.0002 0.0001 0.0001
Minke whale..................................................... 0.0005 * 0.0008 0.0008 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0005 0.0005
Sei whale....................................................... 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0001
Humpback whale.................................................. * 0.0002 0.0002 0.0002 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0002
North Atlantic right whale...................................... * 0.0014 0.0014 0.0013 0.0008 0.0003 0.0000 0.0002 0.0008
Atlantic white-sided dolphin.................................... 0.0001 0.0000 0.0001 0.0002 * 0.0003 0.0003 0.0003 0.0002
Common dolphin.................................................. 0.0003 0.0001 0.0001 0.0003 0.0007 0.0007 * 0.0010 0.0008
Common bottlenose dolphin....................................... 0.0694 0.0296 0.0157 0.0474 0.3625 * 0.4822 0.2614 0.0809
Harbor porpoise................................................. 0.0007 0.0005 0.0005 0.0011 0.0007 * 0.0026 0.0003 0.0006
Gray seal....................................................... * 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136
Harbor seal..................................................... * 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136 0.3136
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Denotes density used for take estimates.
\1\ Only species with potential exposures are listed.
HRG Surveys
Densities for HRG surveys were combined for the wind farm area
(inter-array cables) and the export cable route using density blocks
that encompassed those areas. The densities used for HRG surveys are
provided in Table 15. Average annual, rather than maximum monthly,
densities were estimated to account for spatial variability in the
distribution of marine mammals throughout the SFWF and SFEC and
temporal variability in distribution over the 12-month timeframe during
which HRG surveys would occur.
Table 15--Estimated Densities (Animals/km-2) of Marine Mammals Within the High Resolution Geophysical Survey Area
[Export cable route and inter-array cables]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual
Species Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec average *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale........................ 0.0020 0.0015 0.0016 0.0027 0.0022 0.0022 0.0025 0.0024 0.0018 0.0018 0.0016 0.0022 0.0020
Minke whale...................... 0.0006 0.0007 0.0006 0.0004 0.0005 0.0006 0.0006 0.0004 0.0002 0.0001 0.0006 0.0006 0.0005
Sei whale........................ 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0002 0.0004 0.0002 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0001 0.0001
Humpback whale................... 0.0008 0.0007 0.0008 0.0006 0.0009 0.0013 0.0008 0.0010 0.0013 0.0013 0.0013 0.0007 0.0010
North Atlantic right whale....... 0.0038 0.0053 0.0060 0.0054 0.0016 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0003 0.0017 0.0020
Sperm whale...................... 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Atlantic white-sided dolphin..... 0.0227 0.0103 0.0078 0.0172 0.0326 0.0276 0.0178 0.0126 0.0202 0.0267 0.0298 0.0352 0.0217
Atlantic spotted dolphin......... 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
Common dolphin................... 0.0218 0.0100 0.0085 0.0182 0.0568 0.0645 0.0417 0.0456 0.0468 0.0538 0.0600 0.0506 0.0399
Common bottlenose dolphin........ 0.0081 0.0033 0.0014 0.0035 0.0241 0.0324 0.0544 0.0405 0.0393 0.0392 0.0271 0.0108 0.0237
Risso's dolphin.................. 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Long-finned pilot whale.......... 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033 0.0033
Harbor porpoise.................. 0.0871 0.0584 0.0475 0.0964 0.0547 0.0182 0.0037 0.0014 0.0024 0.0150 0.0046 0.0482 0.0365
Gray seal........................ 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0030 0.0030 0.0030 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0121
Harbor seal...................... 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0030 0.0030 0.0030 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0121
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Annual average density used for take estimates.
Take Calculation and Estimation
Below is a description of how the information provided above is
brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate. The following
steps were performed to estimate the potential numbers of marine mammal
exposures above Level A harassment and Level B harassment thresholds as
a result of the proposed activities.
Monopile Installation
JASCO's Animal Simulation Model Including Noise Exposure (JASMINE)
animal movement model was used to predict the probability of marine
mammal exposure to impact pile driving sound. Sound exposure models
like JASMINE use simulated animals (also known as ``animats'') to
forecast behaviors of animals in new situations and locations based on
previously documented behaviors of those animals. The predicted 3D
sound fields (i.e., the output of the acoustic modeling process
described earlier) are sampled by animats using movement rules derived
from animal observations. The output of the simulation is the exposure
history for each animat within the simulation.
The precise location of animats (and their pathways) are not known
prior to a project, therefore a repeated random sampling technique
(Monte Carlo) is used to estimate exposure probability with many
animats and randomized starting positions. The probability of an
[[Page 8518]]
animat starting out in or transitioning into a given behavioral state
can be defined in terms of the animat's current behavioral state,
depth, and the time of day. In addition, each travel parameter and
behavioral state has a termination function that governs how long the
parameter value or overall behavioral state persists in the simulation.
The output of the simulation is the exposure history for each
animat within the simulation, and the combined history of all animats
gives a probability density function of exposure during the project.
Scaling the probability density function by the real-world density of
animals (Table 13) results in the mean number of animats expected to be
exposed over the duration of the project. Due to the probabilistic
nature of the process, fractions of animats may be predicted to exceed
threshold. If, for example, 0.1 animats are predicted to exceed
threshold in the model, that is interpreted as a 10% chance that one
animat will exceed a relevant threshold during the project, or
equivalently, if the simulation were re-run ten times, one of the ten
simulations would result in an animat exceeding the threshold.
Similarly, a mean number prediction of 33.11 animats can be interpreted
as re-running the simulation where the number of animats exceeding the
threshold may differ in each simulation but the mean number of animats
over all of the simulations is 33.11. A portion of an individual marine
mammal cannot be taken during a project, so it is common practice to
round mean number animat exposure values to integers using standard
rounding methods. However, for low-probability events it is more
precise to provide the actual values.
Sound fields were input into the JASMINE model and animats were
programmed based on the best available information to ``behave'' in
ways that reflect the behaviors of the 16 marine mammal species
expected to occur in the project area during the proposed activity. The
various parameters for forecasting realistic marine mammal behaviors
(e.g., diving, foraging, surface times, etc.) are determined based on
the available literature (e.g., tagging studies); when literature on
these behaviors was not available for a particular species, it was
extrapolated from a similar species for which behaviors would be
expected to be similar to the species of interest. Please refer to the
footnotes on Tables 16 and 17, and Appendix P2 of SFWF COP for a more
detailed description of the species that were used as proxies when data
on a particular species was not available. The parameters used in
JASMINE describe animat movement in both the vertical and horizontal
planes (e.g., direction, travel rate, ascent and descent rates, depth,
bottom following, reversals, inter-dive surface interval). More
information regarding modeling parameters can be found in Denes et al.
(2020c).
The mean number of animats that may be exposed to noise exceeding
acoustic thresholds were calculated for two construction schedules; one
representing the most likely schedule, and one representing a more
aggressive, or maximum schedule (Denes et al., 2019). The most likely
schedule assumes that three foundations are installed per week with an
average of one pile installed every other day. The maximum schedule
assumes six monopile foundations are installed per week with one pile
installation per day. Within each of the construction schedules, a
single difficult-to-drive pile was included in the model assumptions to
account for the potential for additional strikes (Denes et al., 2019).
Animats were modeled to move throughout the three-dimensional sound
fields produced by each construction schedule for the entire
construction period. For PTS exposures, both SPLpk and SELcum were
calculated for each species based on the corresponding acoustic
criteria. Once an animat is taken within a 24-hrs period, the model
does not allow it to be taken a second time in that same period but
rather resets the 24-hrs period on a sliding scale across 7 days of
exposure. An individual animat's exposure levels are summed over that
24-hrs period to determine its total received energy, and then compared
to the threshold criteria. Potential behavioral exposures are estimated
when an animat is within the area ensonified by sound levels exceeding
the corresponding thresholds. It should be noted that the estimated
numbers of individuals exceeding any of the thresholds is conservative
because the 24-hrs evaluation window allows individuals to be counted
on multiple days or can be interpreted as different individuals each
24-hrs period when in the real world it may in fact be the same
individual experiencing repeated exposures (Denes et al., 2019). Also
note that animal aversion was not incorporated into the JASMINE model
runs that were the basis for the take estimate for any species. See
Appendix P2 of the SFWF COP for more details on the JASMINE modeling
methodology, including the literature sources used for the parameters
that were input in JASMINE to describe animal movement for each species
that is expected to occur in the project area.
In summary, exposures were estimated in the following way:
(1) The characteristics of the sound output from the proposed pile-
driving activities were modeled using the GRLWEAP (wave equation
analysis of pile driving) model and JASCO's PDSM;
(2) Acoustic propagation modeling was performed within the exposure
model framework using JASCO's MONM and FWRAM that combined the outputs
of the source model with the spatial and temporal environmental context
(e.g., location, oceanographic conditions, seabed type) to estimate
sound fields;
(3) Animal movement modeling integrated the estimated sound fields
with species-typical behavioral parameters in the JASMINE model to
estimate received sound levels for the animals that may occur in the
operational area; and
(4) The number of potential exposures above Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds was calculated for each potential piling scenario
(standard, maximum).
All scenarios were modeled with no sound attenuation and 6, 10, 12,
and 15 dB sound attenuation. The results of marine mammal exposure
modeling for the potentially more impactful maximum piling scenarios
are shown in Tables 16 and 17, as these form the basis for the take
authorization proposed in this document.
[[Page 8519]]
Table 16--Modeled Potential Level A Harassment Exposures \1\ Due to Impact Pile Driving Using the Maximum Design Scenario With the Inclusion of 1
Difficult Pile and 0, 6, 10, 12, and 15 dB Broadband Attenuation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 dB attenuation 6 dB attenuation 10 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation 15 dB attenuation
Species ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELcum SPLpk SELcum SPLpk SELcum SPLpk SELcum SPLpk SELcum SPLpk
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale............................ 7 <1 3 <1 1 <1 1 <1 <1 <1
Minke whale \2\...................... 7 <1 3 <1 1 <1 1 <1 <1 <1
Sei whale \3\........................ 1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Humpback whale \2\................... 21 <1 9 <1 4 <1 3 <1 3 <1
North Atlantic right whale \2\....... 4 <1 1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Blue whale........................... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale.......................... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Atlantic spotted dolphin \4\......... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Atlantic white sided dolphin \4\..... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Bottlenose dolphin................... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Common dolphin \4\................... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Risso's dolphin \4\.................. <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Pilot whale \5\...................... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor porpoise...................... 33 23 4 7 \7\ 1 3 1 3 <1 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pinnipeds in Water
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal \6\........................ 6 <1 1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Harbor seal.......................... 8 1 2 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB = decibel; SELcum = sound exposure level in units of dB referenced to 1 micropascal squared second; SPLpk = peak sound pressure level in units of dB
referenced to 1 micropascal.
\1\ The maximum density available for any month was used for each species to estimate the maximum potential exposures (i.e., exposure estimates for all
species are not for the same month).
\2\ Subset of fin whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
\3\ Fin whale used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
\4\ Subset of sperm whale and Atlantic spotted dolphin behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
\5\ Subset of sperm whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
\6\ Harbor seal used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
\7\ Calculated exposures with 10 dB for harbor porpoises were <1 but >0.5; therefore they were rounded up to the nearest whole number.
Again, only the estimated Level B harassment exposures for the
maximum design pile driving schedule are presented here (Table 17).
Table 17--Modeled Potential Level B Harassment Exposures \1\ Due to Impact Pile Driving Using the Maximum Design
Scenario With 1 Difficult Pile and 0, 6, 10, 12, and 15 dB Broadband Attenuation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level B exposures by noise attenuation level
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species 0 dB 6 dB 10 dB 12 dB 15 dB
attenuation attenuation attenuation attenuation attenuation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale................... 21 10 6 5 4
Minke whale \2\............. 27 15 10 8 6
Sei whale \3\............... <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Humpback whale \2\.......... 26 13 8 7 6
North Atlantic right whale 16 7 4 3 3
\2\........................
Blue whale.................. <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale................. <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Atlantic spotted dolphin \4\ 6 3 2 1 <1
Atlantic white sided dolphin 322 152 107 85 48
\4\........................
Bottlenose dolphin.......... 1,261 459 197 148 73
Common dolphin \4\.......... 2 1 <1 <1 <1
Risso's dolphin \4\......... 212 85 43 34 14
Pilot whale \5\............. <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
High-Frequency Cetaceans:
Harbor porpoise............. 272 129 78 67 40
Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal \6\............... 307 116 60 52 28
Harbor seal................. 319 119 54 45 28
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB = decibel.
[[Page 8520]]
\1\ The maximum density available for any month was used for each species to estimate the maximum potential
exposures (i.e., exposure estimates for all species are not for the same).
\2\ Subset of fin whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
\3\ Fin whale used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
\4\ Subset of sperm whale and Atlantic spotted dolphin behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
\5\ Subset of sperm whale behaviors used to approximate model parameters.
\6\ Harbor seal used as proxy species for exposure modeling.
Although exposures are presented according to a range of
attenuation levels, proposed take numbers are based on an assumption of
10 dB attenuation and are shown below in Table 18. South Fork Wind
considers an attenuation level of 10 dB achievable using a single big
bubble curtain (BBC), which is the most likely noise mitigation system
that will be used during construction of SFWF. Recently reported in
situ measurements during installation of large monopiles (~8 m) for
more than 150 WTGs in comparable water depths (>25 m) and conditions in
Europe indicate that attenuation levels of 10 dB are readily achieved
(Bellmann, 2019; Bellmann et al., 2020) using single BBCs as a noise
mitigation system. Designed to gather additional data regarding the
efficacy of BBCs, the Coastal Virginia Offshore Wind (CVOW) pilot
project systematically measured noise resulting from the impact driven
installation of two 7.8 m monopiles, one with a noise mitigation system
(double bubble curtain (dBBC)) and one without (CVOW, unpublished
data). Although many factors contributed to variability in received
levels throughout the installation of the piles (e.g., hammer energy,
technical challenges during operation of the dBBC), reduction in
broadband SEL using the dBBC (comparing measurements derived from the
mitigated and the unmitigated monopiles) ranged from approximately 9 to
15 dB. The effectiveness of the dBBC as a noise mitigation measure was
found to be frequency dependent, reaching a maximum around 1 kHz; this
finding is consistent with other studies (e.g., Bellman, 2014; Bellman
et al., 2020). The noise measurements were incorporated into a dampened
cylindrical transmission loss model to estimate distances to Level A
and Level B harassment thresholds. The distances to Level A harassment
and Level B harassment thresholds estimated for the monopile with the
dBBC were more than 90 percent and 74 percent smaller than those
estimated for the unmitigated pile, respectively (CVOW).
Table 18--Proposed Level A Harassment and Level B Harassment Takes of Marine Mammals Resulting From Impact Pile
Driving of Up to 15, 11-m Monopiles Within Inclusion of a Single Difficult Pile at South Fork Wind Farm Using 10
dB Broadband Noise Attenuation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed takes \1\
Species/stock Abundance -------------------------------
estimate Level A Level B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................................... 6,802 1 6
Minke whale..................................................... 21,968 1 10
Sei whale....................................................... 6,292 1(0) 1
Humpback whale.................................................. 1,393 4 8
North Atlantic right whale...................................... 412 0 4
Blue whale...................................................... 402 0 1(0)
Sperm whale..................................................... 4,349 0 3(0)
Long-finned pilot whale......................................... 39,921 0 2
Atlantic spotted dolphin........................................ 39,921 0 2
Atlantic white-sided dolphin.................................... 93,233 0 107
Common dolphin.................................................. 172,974 0 197
Risso's dolphin................................................. 35,493 0 30(1)
Common bottlenose dolphin....................................... 62,851 0 43
Harbor porpoise................................................. 95,543 0 78
Gray seal....................................................... 505,000 0 60
Harbor seal..................................................... 75,834 0 54
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Parentheses denote animal exposure model estimates. For species with no modeled exposures for Level A
harassment or Level B harassment, proposed takes for impact pile driving are based on mean group sizes (e.g.,
sei whale, blue whale, long-finned pilot whale: Kenney and Vigness-Raposa, 2010; sperm whale, Risso's dolphin:
Barkaszi and Kelly, 2018).
South Fork Wind conservatively based their exposure modeling on the
maximum piling scenario, including one difficult-to-drive monopile (out
of 16) and a compressed buildout schedule (16 piles installed over 20
days).
In addition, the acoustic modeling scenario represents only that
which produced the largest harassment zones and does not reflect all
the mitigation measures that will be employed during piling operations
that will serve to reduce the Zone of Influence (ZOI) or increase
mitigation actions, which may reduce take (see the Proposed Mitigation
section for details on the measures proposed for implementation).
Variability in monthly species densities is not considered in South
Fork Wind's take estimates for monopile driving, which are based on the
highest mean density value for any month for each species. Given that
less than 30 days of pile driving will occur, it is unlikely that
maximum monthly densities would be encountered for all species.
Finally, start delays and shutdowns of pile hammering are not
considered in the exposure modeling parameters for monopile driving.
However, South Fork Wind will delay pile driving if a North Atlantic
right whale is observed within the Level B harassment zone prior to
initiating pile driving to avoid take and if a marine mammal is
observed entering or within the respective exclusion zones after pile
driving has commenced, an immediate shutdown of pile driving will be
implemented unless South Fork Wind and/or its contractor determines
shutdown is not practicable due to an imminent risk of injury or loss
of life to an individual; or risk of damage to a vessel that creates
risk of
[[Page 8521]]
injury or loss of life for individuals. There are two scenarios,
approaching pile refusal and pile instability, where this imminent risk
could be a factor. These scenarios are considered unlikely and it is
expected that shutdowns will predominately be practicable during
operations. See the Proposed Mitigation section for shutdown procedural
details.
Although the exposure modeling indicated that Level A harassment
takes are only expected for a three species of baleen whales (fin
whale, minke whale, and humpback whale), South Fork Wind requested
authorization of take by Level A harassment of one sei whale based on
the occurrence of sei whales in the project area documented during
prior and ongoing HRG surveys of the SFWF.
South Fork Wind requested authorization of take equal to the mean
group size for Level B harassment, based on the best available data
(seals, Herr et al., 2009; blue whale, long-finned pilot whale, Kenney
and Vigness-Raposa, 2010; sperm whale, and Risso's dolphin, Barkaszi
and Kelly, 2018). NMFS agrees that this approach is appropriate in
cases where instantaneous exposure is expected to result in harassment,
e.g., Level B harassment and calculated take estimates are either zero
or less than the group size.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
Animal movement and exposure modeling was not used to determine
potential exposures from vibratory pile driving. Rather, the modeled
acoustic range distances to isopleths corresponding to the Level A
harassment and Level B harassment threshold values were used to
calculate the area around the cofferdam predicted to be ensonified
daily to levels that exceed the thresholds, or the ZOI. ZOI is
calculated as the following:
ZOI = [pi]r\2\,
where r is the linear acoustic range distance from the source to the
isopleth for Level A harassment or Level B harassment thresholds.
This area was adjusted to account for the portion of the ZOI
truncated by the coastline of Long Island, NY.
The daily area was then multiplied by the maximum monthly density
of a given marine mammal species. Roberts et al. (2018) produced
density models for all seals but did not differentiate by seal species.
Because the seasonality and habitat use by gray seals roughly overlaps
with that of harbor seals in the survey areas, it was assumed that the
mean annual density of seals could refer to either of the respective
species and was, therefore, divided equally between the two species.
Finally, the resulting value was multiplied by the number of
proposed activity days which is, for cofferdam installation and
removal, conservatively estimated as two days. Modeling of the Level A
harassment exposures resulting from two 18-hrs periods of vibratory
pile driving and removal resulted in less than one exposure for all
species for each month between October 1 and May 31. Modeled potential
Level B harassment exposures resulting from installation and extraction
of the cofferdam are shown in Table 19.
Table 19--Modeled Level B Harassment Exposures Resulting From Vibratory Pile Driving and Removal of the Cofferdam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Jan Feb Mar Apr May Oct Nov Dec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................................... 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 0
Minke whale..................................................... 2 3 3 0 0 0 2 2
Sei whale....................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Humpback whale.................................................. 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
North Atlantic right whale...................................... 6 6 5 3 1 0 1 3
Atlantic white-sided dolphin.................................... 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
Common dolphin.................................................. 1 0 0 1 3 3 4 3
Common bottlenose dolphin....................................... 289 123 65 197 1,509 2,007 1,088 337
Harbor porpoise................................................. 3 2 2 5 3 11 1 2
Gray seal....................................................... 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305
Harbor seal..................................................... 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305 1,305
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum 18-hour periods of vibratory pile driving or removal will be separated by at least 24 hours of no vibratory sound source operating at the
cofferdam.
Modeled vibratory pile driving activities for the SFEC (SFWF COP
Appendix J1 [Denes et al., 2018]) resulted in mean acoustic ranges to
the PTS threshold for low frequency cetaceans, ranging from 742 m for 6
hrs of piling to 1,470 m for 18 hrs of piling (Denes et al., 2018).
Maximum acoustic ranges to PTS thresholds for other marine mammal
hearing groups are all under 103 m. Level A harassment exposures are
not expected due to low population densities of LFC species in the
project area, animal movement and required accumulation periods (Denes
et al., 2019), the short duration of vibratory pile driving, and
proposed mitigation measures (see Proposed Mitigation section).
Vibratory pile driving during cofferdam installation and removal
for the SFEC does have the potential to elicit behavioral responses in
marine mammals. However, predicting Level B harassment exposure
estimates resulting from vibratory pile driving is complicated by the
nearshore location, short duration of cofferdam installation and
removal, and static species density data that are not indicative of
animals transiting the nearshore environment. Marine mammal densities
at the near shore export cable area were estimated from the 10 x 10 km
habitat density block from Roberts et al. (2016) and Roberts et al.
(2018) that contained the anticipated location of the temporary
cofferdam. However, the density estimates are not provided for the area
adjacent to the shoreline, although some density blocks do intersect
the shore. Due to this structure, densities are artificially weighted
to the nearest 100 km\2\ offshore and do not adequately represent the
low numbers expected for some groups like large whales. In addition,
the species densities represented in the Roberts et al. (2016) and
Robert et al. (2018) are provided as monthly estimates and are,
therefore, not indicative of a single-day distribution of animals
within the potential ensonified zone. The modeled behavioral harassment
threshold acoustic ranges extend beyond 36 km from the source (Table
11); despite this extensive Level B harassment zone, only bottlenose
dolphin, harbor seal, and gray seal exposure estimates are relatively
large. However, the low densities of most species nearshore, the
seasonality of occurrence, and the transitory nature of marine mammals
[[Page 8522]]
within the small time period of vibratory pile driving significantly
reduces the risk of behavioral harassment exposures. In addition,
marine mammal species in this region are not expected to remain in
proximity to the cofferdam location for an extended amount of time.
Although the modeled Level B harassment exposure estimates for harbor
and gray seals were large (1,305), seals are only expected to be
seasonally present in the region, and there are no known rookeries
documented near the cofferdam location. Seals typically haul-out for
some portion of their daily activities, often in large groups (Hayes et
al., 2020); however, the in-water median group size is estimated to be
1-3 animals depending on the distance to shore (Herr et al., 2009) with
larger groups typically being associated with direct proximity to a
haul-out site. There are a few documented haul-out sites around Long
Island, New York; the nearest site is in Montauk Point, approximately
20 km northeast of the cofferdam location, where seals are primarily
observed in winter (CRESLI, 2019). Long Island, NY represents the
northernmost portion of the range for the Western North Atlantic
Migratory Coast Stock of bottlenose dolphins. Bottlenose dolphin
occurrence is also seasonal along the coast of Long Island, peaking in
late summer/early fall (Hayes et al., 2020). Potential exposures of
bottlenose dolphins varied substantially across the proposed
construction months, with a minimum number of potential Level B
harassment exposures in March (65) and a maximum in October (2007). The
impact of vibratory pile driving on this species (and both seal
species) will be largely dependent on the timing of the installation
and extraction of the cofferdam.
Given the possibility that vibratory pile driving could occur
anytime between October and May, the maximum modeled exposure for each
species (across months) was used to conservatively predict take numbers
and assess impacts resulting from vibratory pile driving (Table 20).
Table 20--Proposed Level B Harassment Take Resulting From Vibratory Pile
Driving
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Population Proposed
Species/stock estimate level B takes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale............................... 6,802 2
Minke whale............................. 21,968 3
Sei whale............................... 6,292 0
Humpback whale.......................... 1,393 1
North Atlantic right whale.............. 412 6
Atlantic white sided dolphin............ 93,233 1
Common dolphin.......................... 172,974 4
Bottlenose dolphin...................... 62,851 2,007
Harbor porpoise......................... 95,543 11
Gray seal............................... 505,000 1,305
Harbor seal............................. 75,834 1,305
------------------------------------------------------------------------
HRG Surveys
Potential exposures of marine mammals to acoustic impacts from HRG
survey activities were estimated using an approach similar to that
described for installation and removal of a cofferdam. For HRG surveys,
however, the ZOI was calculated as follows:
ZOI = 2rd + [pi]r\2\
where r is the linear acoustic range from the source to the largest
estimated Level A harassment (36.5 m) and Level B harassment (141 m)
isopleths, and d is the survey trackline distance per day (70 km).
The daily area was then multiplied by the mean annual density of a
given marine mammal species. Finally, the resulting value was
multiplied by the number of proposed survey days (60).
Modeled distances to isopleths corresponding to the Level A
harassment threshold are very small (<1 m) for three of the four marine
mammal functional hearing groups that may be impacted by the proposed
activities (i.e., low frequency and mid frequency cetaceans, and phocid
pinnipeds; see Table 12). Based on the extremely small Level A
harassment zones for these functional hearing groups, the potential for
species within these functional hearing groups to be taken by Level A
harassment is considered so low as to be discountable. These three
functional hearing groups encompass all but one of the marine mammal
species listed in Table 3 that may be impacted by the proposed
activities. There is one species (harbor porpoise) within the high
frequency functional hearing group that may be impacted by the proposed
activities. However, the largest modeled distance to the Level A
harassment threshold for the high frequency functional hearing group
was only 36.5 m (Table 12). More importantly, Level A harassment would
also be more likely to occur at close approach to the sound source or
as a result of longer duration exposure to the sound source, and the
narrow beam width and directional nature of the sources, as well as the
mitigation measures (including a 100 m exclusion zone for harbor
porpoises), minimize the potential for exposure to HRG sources that
would result in Level A harassment. In addition, harbor porpoises are a
notoriously shy species which is known to avoid vessels and would also
be expected to avoid a sound source prior to that source reaching a
level that would result in injury (Level A harassment). Therefore, NMFS
has determined that the potential for take by Level A harassment of
harbor porpoises is so low as to be discountable. The modeled Level B
harassment exposures of marine mammals resulting from HRG survey
activities are shown in Table 21.
[[Page 8523]]
Table 21--Modeled Level B Harassment Exposures Species Resulting From
High Resolution Geophysical Surveys of the SFWF and SFEC
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated
Species Population level B
estimate exposures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale............................... 6,802 3
Minke whale............................. 21,968 1
Sei whale............................... 6,292 <1
Humpback whale.......................... 1,393 1
North Atlantic right whale.............. 412 3
Sperm whale............................. 4,349 <1
Atlantic spotted dolphin................ 39,921 <1
Atlantic white-sided dolphin............ 93,233 26
Common dolphin.......................... 172,974 47
Bottlenose dolphin...................... 62,851 28
Risso's dolphin......................... 35,493 <1
Long-finned pilot whale................. 39,215 4
Harbor porpoise......................... 95,543 43
Gray Seal............................... 505,000 14
Harbor seal............................. 75,834 14
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed number of takes by Level B harassment resulting from
HRG survey activities are shown in Table 22. Again, as NMFS has
determined that the likelihood of take of any marine mammals in the
form of Level A harassment occurring as a result of the proposed
surveys is so low as to be discountable and South Fork Wind did not
request any take by Level A harassment associated with HRG surveys,
NMFS does not propose to authorize take by Level A harassment of any
marine mammals.
The seasonal mean number of minke whales sighted during HRG surveys
conducted by South Fork Wind in 2017 and 2018 was 19; therefore, South
Fork increased the number of takes requested for minke whales from 1 to
19. Preliminary Protected Species Observer (PSO) reports from SFWF
during 2019 and 2020 HRG surveys show a high number of common dolphin
detections within the estimated Level B harassment zones. Using a mean
group size of 25, South Fork Wind multiplied the mean group size by the
number of Level B harassment exposures modeled (47) to produce the
number of takes they requested by Level B harassment (1,175). There
were no exposures estimated for several species; however, as a
precautionary measure, South Fork Wind requested Level B harassment
takes for those species based on published values of mean group sizes
(sei whale, Kenney and Vigness-Raposa, 2010; sperm whale, Barkaszi and
Kelly, 2018; Atlantic spotted dolphin, Barkaszi and Kelly, 2018;
Risso's dolphin, Barkaszi and Kelly, 2018). The number of minke whale
Level B harassment takes requested by South Fork Wind is based on the
seasonal mean number of minke whales sighted during HRG surveys of SFWF
in 2017 and 2018.
Table 22--Proposed Amount of Level B Harassment Take Resulting From High
Resolution Geophysical Surveys of the SFWF and SFEC
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed
Species/stock Population level B takes
estimate \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale............................... 6,802 3
Minke whale............................. 21,968 19(1)
Sei whale............................... 6,292 1(0)
Humpback whale.......................... 1,393 1
North Atlantic right whale.............. 412 3
Sperm whale............................. 4,349 3(0)
Long-finned pilot whale................. 39,215 4
Atlantic spotted dolphin................ 39,921 13(0)
Atlantic white sided dolphin............ 93,233 26
Common dolphin.......................... 172,974 1,175(47)
Risso's dolphin......................... 35,493 30(0)
Common bottlenose dolphin............... 62,851 28
Harbor porpoise......................... 95,543 43
Gray seal............................... 505,000 14
Harbor seal............................. 75,834 14
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The modeled number of takes is shown in parenthesis.
Combined Activity Proposed Takes
Level A harassment and Level B harassment proposed takes for the
combined activities of impact pile driving using a noise attenuation
device, vibratory pile driving, and HRG surveys are provided in Table
23. NMFS also presents the percentage of each stock taken based on the
total amount of take. The mitigation and monitoring measures provided
in the Proposed Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
sections are activity-specific and are designed to minimize acoustic
exposures to marine mammal species.
The take numbers NMFS proposes for authorization (Table 23) are
considered
[[Page 8524]]
conservative for the following key reasons:
Proposed take numbers for impact pile driving assume a
maximum piling schedule (16 monopiles installed in 20 days);
Proposed take numbers for vibratory pile driving assume
that a sheet pile temporary cofferdam will installed (versus the
alternative installation of a gravity cell cofferdam, for which no take
is anticipated);
Proposed take numbers for pile driving are conservatively
based on maximum densities across the proposed construction months;
Proposed Level A harassment take numbers do not fully
account for the likelihood that marine mammals will avoid a stimulus
when possible before the individual accumulates enough acoustic energy
to potentially cause auditory injury;
Proposed take numbers do not fully account for the
effectiveness of proposed mitigation and monitoring measures in
reducing the number of takes to effect the least practicable adverse
impact (with the exception of the seasonal restriction on impact pile
driving, which is accounted for in the proposed take numbers).
Table 23--Proposed Takes by Level A Harassment and Level B Harassment for All Activities \1\ Conducted During
SFWF Construction
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed take authorization
combined for all construction
Population activities Total proposed * Percentage
Species/stock estimate -------------------------------- takes (level of population
Proposed Proposed A + level B) or stock (%)
level A takes level B takes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................... 6,802 1 11 12 0.18
Minke whale..................... 21,968 1 32 33 0.15
Sei whale....................... 6,292 1 2 3 0.05
Humpback whale.................. 1,393 4 10 14 1.01
North Atlantic right whale...... 412 0 13 13 3.16
Blue whale...................... 402 0 1 1 0.20
Sperm whale..................... 4,349 0 6 6 0.14
Pilot whales (long-finned)...... 39,215 0 16 16 0.04
Atlantic spotted dolphin........ 39,921 0 15 15 0.04
Atlantic white sided dolphin.... 93,233 0 133 133 0.14
Common dolphin.................. 172,974 0 1,372 1,372 0.79
Risso's dolphin................. 35,493 0 60 60 0.17
Common Bottlenose dolphin....... 62,851 0 2,078 2,078 3.31
Harbor porpoise................. 95,543 0 132 132 0.14
Gray seal....................... 505,000 0 1,379 1,379 0.27
Harbor seal..................... 75,834 0 1,379 1,379 1.81
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Activities include impact pile driving using a noise mitigation system (NMS) from May through October,
vibratory pile driving (October through May), and HRG surveys (year-round).
* Calculations of percentage of stock taken are based on the best available abundance estimate as shown in Table
3. The best available abundance estimates are derived from the draft 2020 NMFS Stock Assessment Reports (Hayes
et al., 2020). NMFS stock abundance estimate for gray seals applies to U.S. population only, actual stock
abundance is approximately 505,000.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, NMFS
carefully considers two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned), the likelihood of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned), and;
(2) The practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost and impact on
operations.
The mitigation strategies described below are consistent with those
required and successfully implemented under previous incidental take
authorizations issued in association with in-water construction
activities. Additional measures have also been incorporated to account
for the fact that the proposed construction activities would occur
offshore. Modeling was performed to estimate harassment zones, which
were used to inform mitigation measures for pile driving activities to
minimize Level A harassment and Level B harassment to the extent
practicable.
In addition to the specific measures described later in this
section, South Fork Wind would conduct briefings for construction
supervisors and crews, the marine mammal and acoustic monitoring teams,
and South Fork Wind staff prior to the start of all pile driving and
HRG survey activity, and when new personnel join the work, in order to
explain responsibilities, communication procedures, the marine mammal
monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
[[Page 8525]]
Monopile Installation
Seasonal Restriction on Impact Pile Driving
No impact pile driving activities would occur January 1 through
April 30. This seasonal restriction would minimize the potential for
North Atlantic right whales to be exposed to pile driving noise. Based
on the best available information (Kraus et al., 2016; Roberts et al.,
2020), the highest densities of North Atlantic right whales in the
project area are expected during the months of January through April.
This restriction is expected to greatly reduce the potential for North
Atlantic right whale exposure to pile driving noise associated with the
proposed project.
Clearance and Exclusion Zones
South Fork Wind would use PSOs to establish clearance zones around
the pile driving equipment to ensure these zones are clear of marine
mammals prior to the start of pile driving. The purpose of
``clearance'' of a particular zone is to prevent potential instances of
auditory injury and potential instances of more severe behavioral
disturbance as a result of exposure to pile driving noise (serious
injury or death are unlikely outcomes even in the absence of mitigation
measures) by delaying the activity before it begins if marine mammals
are detected within certain pre-defined distances of the pile driving
equipment. The primary goal in this case is to prevent auditory injury
(Level A harassment), and the proposed clearance zones are larger than
the modeled distances to the isopleths (assuming an effective 10 dB
attenuation of pile driving noise) corresponding to Level A harassment
for all marine mammal species (excluding humpback whales). These zones
vary depending on species and are shown in Table 24. All distances to
the perimeter of clearance zones are the radius from the center of the
pile. The pre-start clearance zones for large whales, harbor porpoises,
and seals are based upon the maximum distance to the Level A harassment
isopleth for each group (excluding humpback whales) plus a 20 percent
buffer, rounded up for PSO clarity. The North Atlantic right whale
Level A harassment zone is conservatively based on the Level B
harassment zone, and the distance to the perimeter of the clearance
zone is rounded up from 4,684 m to 5,000 m. Although the Level A
harassment zones are small, mid-frequency cetacean (except sperm
whales) zones were established using a precautionary distance of 100 m
and will extend to that distance or just beyond the placement of the
noise mitigation system, whichever is further.
The exclusion zones for large whales, North Atlantic right whale,
porpoise, and seals are based upon the maximum Level A harassment zone
for each group (excluding humpback whales), increased by a 10 percent
buffer and rounded up for PSO clarity. Similar to clearance zones, mid-
frequency cetacean (except sperm whale) exclusion zones will extend to
the larger of two distances: 50 m or just outside the noise mitigation
system.
The Level A harassment zone is larger for humpback whales than
other low frequency baleen whales because animal movement modeling used
to estimate the associated isopleth relies on behavior-based exposures
with no aversion (based on the best available data that inform the
animat models); specific movement parameters help drive the larger zone
size for humpbacks, including a modeled preference for slightly deeper
water than the depths in the SFWF. This modeled preference resulted in
fewer exposures, but each exposure was farther from the impact piling
location, producing the larger Level A harassment zone. While the
clearance zone (2,200 m) for humpback whales is smaller than the Level
A harassment zone (3,642 m), visual monitoring would be conducted from
both the construction vessel and a secondary, smaller vessel (on which
dedicated PSOs would be deployed) surveying the circumference of the
construction vessel at a radius approximate to the pre-start clearance
zone for large whales (2,200 m). NMFS expects that this additional
visual monitoring would facilitate detection of humpback whales within
the Level A harassment zone.
South Fork Wind would establish a clearance zone for North Atlantic
right whales slightly larger than the Level B harassment zone to
minimize all take. If a North Atlantic right whale is detected nearing
the exclusion zone, shutdown would be triggered. NMFS agrees that,
under typical conditions, South Fork Wind would be capable of
monitoring this zone using a combination of visual monitoring from both
the construction vessel and secondary monitoring vessel (described
above), and real-time PAM, which would occur before, during, and after
driving using a combination of acoustic detection systems (e.g., moored
buoys, free-floating arrays). Communication of marine mammal
detections, either visual or acoustic, among PSOs on both vessels and
PAM operators would facilitate both clearance of the zone and
initiation of shutdown, if required.
Table 24--Proposed Clearance and Exclusion Zones \1\ During South Fork Wind Impact Pile Driving With a Noise Mitigation System
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Level A Level B Pre-start Vessel
Species harassment harassment harassment clearance zone Exclusion zone separation
zone (m) (SEL) zone (m) (PK) zone (m) (m) (m) distance (m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale........................................... 1,756 <=10 4,684 2,200 2,000 100
Minke whale......................................... 1,571 <=10 4,684 2,200 2,000 100
Sei whale........................................... 1,769 <=10 4,684 2,200 2,000 100
Humpback whale...................................... 3,642 <=10 4,684 2,200 2,000 100
North Atlantic right whale.......................... 1,621 <=10 4,684 5,000 2,000 500
Blue whale \2\...................................... 1,756 <=10 4,684 2,200 2,000 100
Mid-frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale......................................... .............. <=10 4,684 2,200 2,000 100
Atlantic spotted dolphin............................ .............. <=10 4,684 100 50 50
Atlantic white-sided dolphin........................ .............. <=10 4,684 100 50 50
Common dolphin...................................... .............. <=10 4,684 100 50 50
Risso's dolphin..................................... .............. <=10 4,684 100 50 50
Bottlenose dolphin.................................. .............. <=10 4,684 100 50 50
Long-finned pilot whale............................. .............. <=10 4,684 100 50 50
High-frequency Cetaceans:
[[Page 8526]]
Harbor porpoise..................................... 365 301 4,684 450 450 50
Phocid Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal........................................... 120 <=10 4,684 150 150 50
Harbor seal......................................... 85 <=10 4,684 150 150 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB = decibel; SEL = cumulative sound exposure level PK = peak sound pressure level.
\1\ Zones are based upon the following modeling assumptions: 11-m monopile installation with inclusion of a difficult to install pile that requires
approximately 8,000 hammer strikes and mitigated with10 dB broadband noise attenuation from a noise mitigation system. Only 1 pile out of the 16 total
monopiles is expected to be a difficult pile.
\2\ No Level A exposures were calculated for blue whales resulting in no expected Level A exposure range; therefore, the exposure range for fin whales
was used as a proxy due to similarities in species.
If a marine mammal is observed approaching or entering the relevant
clearance zones prior to the start of pile driving, pile driving
activity will be delayed until either the marine mammal has voluntarily
left the respective clearance zone and been visually confirmed beyond
that clearance zone, or, 30 minutes have elapsed without re-detection
of the animal in the case of mysticetes, sperm whales, Risso's dolphins
and pilot whales, or 15 minutes have elapsed without re-detection of
the animal in the case of all other marine mammals.
Prior to the start of pile driving activity, the clearance zones
will be monitored for 60 minutes using a combined effort of passive
acoustic monitoring and visual observation to ensure that they are
clear of the relevant species of marine mammals. Pile driving would
only commence once PSOs have declared the respective clearance zones
clear of marine mammals. Marine mammals observed within a clearance
zone will be allowed to remain in the clearance zone (i.e., must leave
of their own volition), and their behavior will be monitored and
documented. The clearance zones may only be declared clear, and pile
driving started, when the entire clearance zones are visible (i.e.,
when not obscured by dark, rain, fog, etc.) for a full 60 minutes
immediately prior to commencing pile driving. For North Atlantic right
whales, the clearance zone may be declared clear if no visual or
acoustic detections have occurred during the 60 minute monitoring
period. If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or,
a species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized
number of takes have been met, approaches or is observed within the
exclusion zone, shutdown would be required.
Soft Start of Impact Pile Driving
The use of a soft start procedure is believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by warning marine mammals or providing
them with a chance to leave the area prior to the hammer operating at
full capacity, and typically involves a requirement to initiate sound
from the hammer at reduced energy followed by a waiting period. South
Fork Wind will utilize soft start techniques for impact pile driving
including by performing 4-6 strikes per minute at 10 to 20 percent of
the maximum hammer energy, for a minimum of 20 minutes. NMFS notes that
it is difficult to specify the reduction in energy for any given hammer
because of variation across drivers and, for impact hammers, the actual
number of strikes at reduced energy will vary because operating the
hammer at less than full power results in ``bouncing'' of the hammer as
it strikes the pile, resulting in multiple ``strikes''; however, as
mentioned previously, South Fork Wind has proposed that they will
target less than 20 percent of total hammer energy for the initial
hammer strikes during soft start. Soft start would be required at the
beginning of each day's impact pile driving work and at any time
following a cessation of impact pile driving of thirty minutes or
longer.
Shutdown of Impact Pile Driving Equipment
The purpose of a shutdown is to prevent some undesirable outcome,
such as auditory injury or severe behavioral disturbance of sensitive
species, by halting the activity. If a marine mammal is observed
entering or within the respective exclusion zone (Table 24) after pile
driving has begun, the PSO will request a temporary cessation of pile
driving.
In situations when shutdown is called for but South Fork Wind
determines shutdown is not practicable due to imminent risk of injury
or loss of life to an individual, or risk of damage to a vessel that
created risk of injury or loss of life for individuals, reduced hammer
energy would be implemented when practicable. After shutdown, pile
driving may be initiated once all clearance zones are clear of marine
mammals for the minimum species-specific time periods, or, if required
to maintain installation feasibility. Installation feasibility refers
to ensuring that the pile installation results in a usable foundation
for the WTG (e.g., installed to the target penetration depth without
refusal and with a horizontal foundation/tower interface flange).
Visibility Requirements
Pile driving would not be initiated at night, or, when the full
extent of all relevant clearance zones cannot be confirmed to be clear
of marine mammals, as determined by the lead PSO on duty. The clearance
zones may only be declared clear, and pile driving started, when the
full extent of all clearance zones are visible (i.e., when not obscured
by dark, rain, fog, etc.) for a full 60 minutes prior to pile driving.
Pile driving may continue after dark only when the driving of the same
pile began no less than 90 minutes prior to civil sunset, when
clearance zones were fully visible, and must proceed for human safety
or installation feasibility reasons. PSOs would utilize night vision
devices (NVDs) (Infrared (IR) and/or thermal cameras) to monitor
clearance zones if pile driving continues past civil sunset.
Sound Attenuation Devices
South Fork Wind would implement sound attenuation technology
designed to result in an average of 10 dB attenuation of impact pile
driving noise (see Acoustic Monitoring for Sound Source and Harassment
Isopleth
[[Page 8527]]
Verification section below). The attenuation system would likely be a
single bubble curtain, but may include one of the following or some
combination of the following: A double BBC, Hydro-sound Damper, and/or
Noise Abatement System. South Fork would also have a second back-up
attenuation device (e.g., additional bubble curtain or similar)
available, if needed, to achieve the targeted reduction in noise levels
that would result in the measured Level A harassment and Level B
harassment isopleths corresponding to those modeled assuming 10 dB
attenuation, pending results of sound field verification testing.
If South Fork Wind uses a bubble curtain, the bubble curtain must
distribute air bubbles around 100 percent of the piling perimeter for
the full depth of the water column. The lowest bubble ring shall be in
contact with the mudline for the full circumference of the ring, and
the weights attached to the bottom ring shall ensure 100 percent
mudline contact. No parts of the ring or other objects shall prevent
full mudline contact. South Fork Wind would require that construction
contractors train personnel in the proper balancing of airflow to the
bubblers, and would require that construction contractors submit an
inspection/performance report for approval by South Fork Wind within 72
hours following the performance test. Corrections to the attenuation
device to meet the performance standards would occur prior to impact
driving. If South Fork Wind uses a noise attenuation device other than
a BBC, similar quality control measures would be required.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
Clearance and Exclusion Zones
South Fork Wind would implement visual monitoring of the clearance
zones for 30 minutes prior to the initiation of ramp-up of vibratory
piling equipment (Table 25). During this period, the clearance zone
will be monitored by the PSOs, using the appropriate visual technology.
Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal(s) is detected within
its respective exclusion zone. If a marine mammal is observed within a
clearance zone during the pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin
until the animal(s) has been observed exiting its respective clearance
zone or until an additional time period has elapsed with no further
sighting (i.e., 15 minutes for small odontocetes and seals, and 30
minutes for all other species).
Table 25--Proposed Clearance and Exclusion Zones During Installation and Removal of a Temporary Cofferdam
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Level B Pre-start Vessel
Species harassment harassment clearance zone Exclusion zone separation
zone (m) (SEL) zone (m) (SPL) (m) (m) distance (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale................... 1,470 36,766 1,500 1,500 100
Minke whale................. 1,470 36,766 1,500 1,500 100
Sei whale................... 1,470 36,766 1,500 1,500 100
Humpback whale.............. 1,470 36,766 1,500 1,500 100
North Atlantic right whale.. 1,470 36,766 1,500 1,500 500
Blue whale.................. 1,470 36,766 1,500 1,500 100
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale................. .............. 36,766 1,500 1,500 100
Atlantic spotted dolphin.... .............. 36,766 100 50 50
Atlantic white-sided dolphin .............. 36,766 100 50 50
Common dolphin.............. .............. 36,766 100 50 50
Risso's dolphin............. .............. 36,766 100 50 50
Bottlenose dolphin.......... .............. 36,766 100 50 50
Long-finned pilot whale..... .............. 36,766 100 50 50
High-Frequency Cetaceans:
Harbor porpoise............. 63 36,766 100 100 50
Phocid Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal................... 103 36,766 150 125 50
Harbor seal................. 103 36,766 150 125 50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEL = cumulative sound exposure level in units of decibels referenced to 1 micropascal squared second; SPL =
root-mean-square sound pressure level in units of decibels referenced to 1 micropascal.
Shutdown of Vibratory Pile Driving
An immediate shutdown of vibratory pile driving equipment must be
implemented if a marine mammal is sighted entering or within its
respective exclusion zone after cofferdam installation has commenced.
Resumption of vibratory pile driving can begin if the animal has been
observed exiting its respective exclusion zone or an additional time
period has elapsed without a resighting (i.e., 15 minutes for small
odontocetes and seals and 30 minutes for all other species). If a
species for which authorization has not been granted, or, a species for
which authorization has been granted but the authorized number of takes
have been met, approaches or is observed within the exclusion zone,
shutdown would be required.
HRG Surveys
Clearance and Exclusion Zones
South Fork Wind would implement a 30-minute pre-clearance period of
the clearance zones prior to the initiation of ramp-up of HRG equipment
(Table 26). During this period, the clearance zone will be monitored by
the PSOs, using the appropriate visual technology. Ramp-up may not be
initiated if any marine mammal(s) is within its respective clearance
zone. If a marine mammal is observed within a clearance zone during the
pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the animal(s) has
been observed exiting its respective clearance zone or until an
additional time period has elapsed with no further sighting (i.e., 15
minutes for small odontocetes and seals, and 30 minutes for all other
species).
[[Page 8528]]
Table 26--Proposed Monitoring, Clearance, and Exclusion Zones During HRG Surveys Operating CHIRP Sub-Bottom Profilers, Boomers, and Sparkers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum extent of zone in meters (m) from all potential HRG
sound sources
Level A Level A ---------------------------------------------------------------- Vessel
Species harassment harassment Level B zones separation
zone (SEL) zone (PK) -------------------------------- Pre-start distance (m)
Boomers and clearance zone Exclusion zone
CHIRPS sparkers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency Cetaceans:
Fin whale........................... <1 <1 50 141 100 100 100
Minke whale......................... <1 <1 50 141 100 100 100
Sei whale........................... <1 <1 50 141 100 100 100
Humpback whale...................... <1 <1 50 141 100 100 100
N.A. right whale.................... <1 <1 50 141 500 500 500
Blue whale.......................... <1 <1 50 141 100 100 100
Mid-Frequency Cetaceans:
Sperm whale......................... <1 <1 50 141 100 100 100
Atlantic spotted dolphin............ <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
Atlantic white-sided dolphin........ <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
Common dolphin...................... <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
Risso's dolphin..................... <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
Bottlenose dolphin.................. <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
Long-finned pilot whale............. <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
High-Frequency Cetaceans:
Harbor porpoise..................... 37 5 50 141 100 100 50
Phocid Pinnipeds in Water:
Gray seal........................... <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
Harbor seal......................... <1 <1 50 141 100 .............. 50
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ramp-Up of HRG Survey Equipment
When practicable, a ramp-up procedure would be used for HRG survey
equipment capable of adjusting energy levels at the start or restart of
survey activities. The ramp-up procedure would be used at the beginning
of HRG survey activities in order to provide additional protection to
marine mammals near the Survey Area by allowing them to vacate the area
prior to the commencement of survey equipment operation at full power.
A ramp-up would begin with the powering up of the smallest acoustic
HRG equipment at its lowest practical power output appropriate for the
survey. When practicable, the power would then be gradually turned up
and other acoustic sources would be added.
Ramp-up activities will be delayed if a marine mammal(s) enters its
respective exclusion zone. Ramp-up will continue if the animal has been
observed exiting its respective exclusion zone or until an additional
time period has elapsed with no further sighting (i.e, 15 minutes for
small odontocetes and seals and 30 minutes for all other species).
Shutdown of HRG Survey Equipment
An immediate shutdown of the impulsive HRG survey equipment would
be required if a marine mammal is sighted entering or within its
respective exclusion zone. No shutdown is required for surveys
operating only non-impulsive acoustic sources. The vessel operator must
comply immediately with any call for shutdown by the Lead PSO. Any
disagreement between the Lead PSO and vessel operator should be
discussed only after shutdown has occurred. Subsequent restart of the
survey equipment can be initiated if the animal has been observed
exiting its respective exclusion zone or until an additional time
period has elapsed (i.e., 15 minutes for small odontocetes and seals
and 30 minutes for all other species).
If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or, a
species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized
number of takes have been met, approaches or is observed within the
Level B harassment zone, shutdown would occur.
If the acoustic source is shut down for reasons other than
mitigation (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for less than 30 minutes, it
may be activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant
observation and no detections of any marine mammal have occurred within
the respective exclusion zones. If the acoustic source is shut down for
a period longer than 30 minutes and PSOs have maintained constant
observation, then pre-clearance and ramp-up procedures will be
initiated as described in the previous section.
The shutdown requirement would be waived for small delphinids of
the following genera: Delphinus, Lagenorhynchus, Stenella, and
Tursiops. Specifically, if a delphinid from the specified genera is
visually detected approaching the vessel (i.e., to bow ride) or towed
equipment, shutdown is not required. Furthermore, if there is
uncertainty regarding identification of a marine mammal species (i.e.,
whether the observed marine mammal(s) belongs to one of the delphinid
genera for which shutdown is waived), PSOs must use best professional
judgement in making the decision to call for a shutdown. Additionally,
shutdown is required if a delphinid is detected in the exclusion zone
and belongs to a genus other than those specified.
[[Page 8529]]
Vessel Strike Avoidance
Vessel operators and crews must maintain a vigilant watch for all
marine mammals and slow down, stop their vessel, or alter course, as
appropriate and regardless of vessel size, to avoid striking any marine
mammal. A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a vessel
strike avoidance zone around the vessel (distances stated below).
Visual observers monitoring the vessel strike avoidance zone may be
third-party observers (i.e., PSOs) or crew members, but crew members
responsible for these duties must be provided sufficient training to
distinguish marine mammals from other phenomena and broadly to identify
a marine mammal as a right whale, other whale (defined in this context
as sperm whales or baleen whales other than right whales), or other
marine mammal. Vessel strike avoidance measures will include, but are
not limited to, the following, except under circumstances when
complying with these measures would put the safety of the vessel or
crew at risk:
All vessels greater than or equal to 65 ft (19.8 m) in
overall length must comply with the 10 knot speed restriction in any
Seasonal Management Area (SMA) per the NOAA ship strike reduction rule
(73 FR 60173; October 10, 2008).
Vessels of all sizes will operate port to port at 10 knots
or less between November 1 and April 30, except for vessels transiting
inside Narragansett Bay or Long Island Sound.
A trained, dedicated visual observer and alternative
visual detection system (e.g., thermal cameras) will be stationed on
all transiting vessels that intend to operate at greater than 10 knots
from November 1 through April 30. The primary role of the visual
observer is to alert the vessel navigation crew to the presence of
marine mammals and to report transit activities and marine mammal
sightings to the designated South Fork Wind information system.
Vessels of all sizes will operate at 10 knots or less in
any North Atlantic right whale Dynamic Management Area (DMA).
Outside of DMAs, SMAs, and the November 1 through April 30
time period, localized detections of North Atlantic right whales, using
passive acoustics, would trigger a slow-down to 10 knots or less in the
area of detection (zone) for the following 12 hours (hrs). Each
subsequent detection would trigger a 12-hr reset. A slow-down in that
zone expires when there has been no further visual or acoustic
detection in the past 12-hr within the triggered zone.
For all vessels greater than or equal to 65 ft (19.8 m) in
overall length, vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 knots or less when
mother/calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of cetaceans are observed
near a vessel.
All vessels must maintain a minimum separation distance of
500 m from North Atlantic right whales. If a whale is observed but
cannot be confirmed as a species other than a right whale, the vessel
operator must assume that it is a right whale and take appropriate
action.
All vessels must maintain a minimum separation distance of
100 m from sperm whales and all other baleen whales.
All vessels must, to the maximum extent practicable,
attempt to maintain a minimum separation distance of 50 m from all
other marine mammals, with an exception made for those that approach
the vessel.
When marine mammals are sighted while a vessel is
underway, the vessel must take action as necessary to avoid violating
the relevant separation distance, e.g., attempt to remain parallel to
the animal's course, avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in
direction until the animal has left the area. If marine mammals are
sighted within the relevant separation distance, the vessel must reduce
speed and shift the engine to neutral, not engaging the engines until
animals are clear of the area. This does not apply to any vessel towing
gear or any vessel that is navigationally constrained.
These requirements do not apply in any case where
compliance would create an imminent and serious threat to a person or
vessel or to the extent that a vessel is restricted in its ability to
maneuver and, because of the restriction, cannot comply.
When not on active watch duty, members of the monitoring
team must consult NMFS' North Atlantic right whale reporting systems
for the presence of North Atlantic right whales in the project area.
Project-specific training must be conducted for all vessel
crew prior to the start of in-water construction activities.
Confirmation of the training and understanding of the requirements must
be documented on a training course log sheet.
NMFS has carefully evaluated South Fork Wind's proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of
ensuring that NMFS prescribed the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Based on NMFS' evaluation of these measures,
NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on
marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for
subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density).
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks.
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat).
[[Page 8530]]
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Monitoring would be conducted before, during, and after impact pile
driving, vibratory pile driving and during HRG surveys. In addition,
observers will record all incidents of marine mammal occurrence at any
distance from the piling location or active HRG acoustic source, and
monitors will document any behavioral reactions in concert with
distance from an acoustic source. Observations made outside the
clearance zones will not result in delay of project activities.
A pile segment or HRG survey trackline may be completed without
cessation, unless the marine mammal approaches or enters the clearance
zone, at which point pile driving or survey activities would be halted
when practicable, as described above.
The following additional measures apply to visual monitoring:
(1) Monitoring will be conducted by qualified, trained PSOs, who
will be placed on the installation (monopile and cofferdam
installation), secondary observation (monopile installation only), or
HRG survey vessels, which represents the best vantage point to monitor
for marine mammals and implement shutdown procedures when applicable;
(2) PSOs may not exceed 4 consecutive watch hours; must have a
minimum 2 hour break between watches; and may not exceed a combined
watch schedule of more than 12 hours in a 24-hour period;
(3) PSOs will have no other construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring;
(4) PSOs should have the following minimum qualifications:
Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible)
sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface
with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars
may be necessary to correctly identify the target;
Ability to conduct field observations and collect data
according to assigned protocols;
Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the
construction operation to provide for personal safety during
observations;
Writing skills sufficient to document observations
including, but not limited to: The number and species of marine mammals
observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were
conducted; dates and times when in-water construction activities were
suspended to avoid potential incidental injury of marine mammals from
construction noise within a defined shutdown zone; and marine mammal
behavior; and
Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
Observer teams employed by South Fork Wind in satisfaction of the
mitigation and monitoring requirements described herein must meet the
following additional requirements:
Independent observers (i.e., not construction personnel)
are required;
At least one observer must have prior experience working
as an observer;
Other observers may substitute education (degree in
biological science or related field) or training for experience;
One observer will be designated as lead observer or
monitoring coordinator. The lead observer must have prior experience
working as an observer; and
NMFS will require submission and approval of observer
curriculum vitae.
Visual Marine Mammal Observations
Monopile Installation
South Fork Wind will collect sighting data and behavioral responses
to pile driving for marine mammal species observed in the region of
activity during the period of activity. All observers will be trained
in marine mammal identification and behaviors and are required to have
no other construction-related tasks while conducting monitoring. PSOs
would monitor all clearance zones at all times. PSOs would also monitor
Level B harassment zones and would document any marine mammals observed
within these zones, to the extent practicable (noting that some
distances to these zones are too large to fully observe). South Fork
Wind would conduct monitoring before, during, and after pile driving,
with observers located at the best practicable vantage points on the
pile driving vessel.
South Fork Wind would implement the following procedures for pile
driving:
A minimum of two PSOs on the impact pile driving vessel
will maintain watch at all times when pile driving is underway.
A minimum of two PSOs on a secondary PSO vessel located at
the outer edge of the 2,200 m clearance zone will maintain watch at all
times when pile driving is underway.
PSOs would be located at the best vantage point(s) on the
impact pile driving and secondary vessels to ensure that they are able
to observe the entire clearance zones and as much of the Level B
harassment zone as possible.
During all observation periods, PSOs will use binoculars
and the naked eye to search continuously for marine mammals.
PSOs will be provided reticle binoculars, NVDs, and a
thermal/IR camera system.
If the clearance zones are obscured by fog or poor
lighting conditions, pile driving will not be initiated until clearance
zones are fully visible. Should such conditions arise while impact
driving is underway, the activity would be halted when practicable, as
described above.
The clearance zones will be monitored for the presence of
marine mammals for 60 mins before, throughout the installation of the
pile, and for 30 mins after all pile driving activity.
When monitoring is required during vessel transit (as described
above), the PSO(s) will be stationed on vessels at the best vantage
points to ensure maintenance of standoff distances between marine
mammals and vessels (as described above). South Fork Wind would
implement the following measures during vessel transit when there is an
observation of a marine mammal:
PSOs or dedicated observers will record the vessel's
position and speed, water depth, sea state, and visibility at the
beginning and end of each observation period, and whenever there is a
change in any of those variables that materially affects sighting
conditions.
Individuals implementing the monitoring protocol will assess its
effectiveness using an adaptive approach. PSOs will use their best
professional judgment throughout implementation and seek improvements
to these methods when deemed appropriate. Any modifications to the
protocol will be coordinated between NMFS and South Fork Wind.
Cofferdam Installation and Removal
The visual monitoring requirements for installation of the
cofferdam would be consistent with those described for monopile
installation, differing as follows:
A minimum of two PSOs on the vibratory pile driving
platform or construction vessel will maintain watch at all times when
vibratory pile driving is underway.
During daytime (i.e., 30 minutes prior to sunrise through
30 minutes following sunset) observations, one PSO will monitor the
exclusion zone using naked eye/reticle binoculars; a second PSO will
also periodically scan outside the exclusion zone, using mounted big
eye binoculars.
[[Page 8531]]
During daytime low visibility conditions, one PSO will
monitor the exclusion zone with a mounted IR camera, while the second
PSO maintains visual watch using naked eye/reticle binoculars.
If nighttime observations are required, two PSOs will
monitor the exclusion zone using a mounted IR camera and hand-held/
wearable NVDs.
HRG Surveys
The visual monitoring requirements for HRG surveys would be
consistent with those described for monopile installation, differing as
follows:
At least one PSO must be on duty during daylight
operations on each survey vessel, conducting visual observations at all
times on all active survey vessels during daylight hours (i.e., from 30
minutes prior to sunrise through 30 minutes following sunset).
A minimum of two PSOs must be on watch during nighttime
operations.
PSO(s) would ensure 360[deg] visual coverage around the
vessel from the most appropriate observation posts and would conduct
visual observations using binoculars and/or NVDs and the naked eye.
In cases where multiple vessels are surveying
concurrently, any observations of marine mammals would be communicated
to PSOs on all nearby survey vessels.
Data Collection
Among other pieces of information, South Fork Wind will record
detailed information about any implementation of delays or shutdowns,
including the distance of animals to the pile and a description of
specific actions that ensued and resulting behavior of the animal, if
any. NMFS requires that, at a minimum, the following information be
collected on the sighting forms:
Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
Construction activities occurring during each observation
period;
Weather parameters (e.g., wind speed, percent cloud cover,
visibility);
Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of
marine mammals;
Description of any observable marine mammal behavioral
patterns, including:
[cir] Bearing and direction of travel and distance from pile
driving activity,
[cir] changes in behavioral patterns, noting when/if they
correspond to change in activity (e.g., turning source on or off), and
[cir] amount of time spent within Level A and Level B harassment
zones
Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals
and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
Type of construction activity (e.g., vibratory or impact
pile driving, HRG survey) and specific phase of activity (e.g., ramp-up
for HRG survey, HRG acoustic source on/off, soft start for pile
driving, active pile driving, etc.) when marine mammals are observed.
Description of implementation of mitigation measures
(e.g., delay or shutdown).
Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
Other human activity in the area.
Marine Mammal Passive Acoustic Monitoring
South Fork Wind would utilize a PAM system to supplement visual
monitoring during all pre-clearance, WTG and OSS impact piling
operations, and post visual monitoring periods. The PAM system would be
monitored by a minimum of one acoustic PSO beginning at least 60
minutes prior to soft start of pile driving and at all times during
pile driving. Acoustic PSOs would immediately communicate all
detections of marine mammals to visual PSOs, including any
determination regarding species identification, distance, and bearing
and the degree of confidence in the determination. PAM would be used to
inform visual monitoring during construction. The PAM system would not
be located on the pile installation vessel.
Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive
hours followed by a break of at least two hours between watches, and
for a maximum of twelve hours per day. Acoustic PSOs would be required
to complete specialized training for operating PAM systems. PSOs can
act as acoustic or visual observers (but not simultaneously) as long as
they demonstrate that their training and experience are sufficient to
perform each task.
Acoustic Monitoring for Sound Source and Harassment Isopleth
Verification
During the first monopile installation, South Fork Wind would be
required to empirically determine the distances to the isopleths
corresponding to Level B harassment thresholds either by extrapolating
from in situ measurements conducted at distances approximately 100 m
(or less, depending on the position of the noise mitigation system),
750 m, 1500 m, 3000 m, and 6000 m from the pile being driven, or by
direct measurements to locate the distance where the received levels
reach the relevant thresholds or below. Additionally, measurements
conducted at multiple distances from the pile will be used to estimate
propagation loss. Isopleths corresponding to the Level B harassment
threshold would be verified for comparison with the acoustic
propagation range and R95percent modeled isopleths used to
estimate proposed authorized take.
If initial acoustic field measurements indicate distances to the
isopleths corresponding to Level B harassment thresholds are greater
than the distances predicted by modeling (as presented in the IHA
application), South Fork Wind must implement additional sound
attenuation measures prior to conducting additional pile driving.
Initial additional measures may include improving the efficacy of the
implemented noise attenuation technology and/or modifying the piling
schedule to reduce the sound source. If implementation of these
corrective actions does not result in distances to the Level B
harassment isopleths that are similar to or less than those used to
calculate take, South Fork Wind would install a second noise mitigation
system to achieve the modelled ranges. Each sequential modification
would be evaluated empirically by acoustic field measurements.
If acoustic measurements indicate that distances to isopleths
corresponding to the Level B harassment threshold are less than the
distances predicted by modeling (as presented in the IHA application),
South Fork Wind may request a modification to the clearance and
exclusion zones for impact pile driving. If modifications are approved
by NMFS, each sequential modification to decrease zone sizes would also
be evaluated empirically by acoustic field measurements.
Reporting
A draft report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days of the
completion of monitoring for each installation's in-water work window.
The report would include marine mammal observations pre-activity,
during-activity, and post-activity during pile driving days, and would
also provide descriptions of any changes in marine mammal behavioral
patterns resulting from construction activities. The report would
detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during
monitoring including an estimate of the number of marine mammals that
may have been harassed during the period of the report, and describe
any mitigation actions taken (i.e., delays or shutdowns due to
detections of marine mammals, and documentation of when shutdowns
[[Page 8532]]
were called for but not implemented and why). The report would also
include results from acoustic monitoring including dates and times of
all detections, types and nature of sounds heard, whether detections
were linked with visual sightings, water depth of the hydrophone array,
bearing of the animal to the vessel (if determinable), species or
taxonomic group (if determinable), spectrogram screenshot, a record of
the PAM operator's review of any acoustic detections, and any other
notable information. A final report must be submitted within 30 days
following resolution of comments on the draft report.
South Fork Wind would be required to submit a preliminary acoustic
monitoring report to NMFS within 24 hrs of completing sound source
verification (SSV) on the first monopile. In addition to in situ
measured distances to the Level A harassment and Level B harassment
thresholds, the acoustic monitoring report would include: SPLpk, SPLrms
that contains 90 percent of the acoustic energy, single strike sound
exposure level, integration time for SPLrms, SELss spectrum (\1/3\
octave band or power density spectra). All these levels would be
reported in the form of median, mean, max, and minimum. The sound
levels reported would be in median and linear average (i.e., taking
averages of sound intensity before converting to dB). The acoustic
monitoring report would also include a description of the hydrophones
used, hydrophone and water depth, distance to the pile driven, and
sediment type at the recording location.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. NMFS also assesses the number, intensity, and
context of estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to
population status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's
implementing regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts
from other past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated
into this analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population
size and growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused
mortality, or ambient noise levels).
Pile driving and HRG survey activities associated with the proposed
project, as described previously, have the potential to disturb or
temporarily displace marine mammals. Specifically, the specified
activities may result in take, in the form of Level A harassment
(potential injury; from impact pile driving only) or Level B harassment
(potential behavioral disturbance) from underwater sounds generated
from pile driving (impact and vibratory) and certain HRG active
acoustic sources. Potential takes could occur if individual marine
mammals are present in the ensonified zone when pile driving or HRG
survey activities are occurring.
To avoid repetition, the majority of our analyses apply to all the
species listed in Table 3, given that many of the anticipated effects
of the proposed project on different marine mammal stocks are expected
to be relatively similar in nature. Where there are meaningful
differences between species or stocks--as is the case of the North
Atlantic right whale--they are included as separate subsections below.
North Atlantic Right Whales
North Atlantic right whales are currently threatened by low
population abundance, higher than normal mortality rates and lower than
normal reproductive rates. As described above, the project area
represents part of an important migratory area for North Atlantic right
whales, which make annual migrations up and down the Atlantic coast.
Due to the current status of North Atlantic right whales, and the
spatial overlap of the proposed project with an area of biological
significance for North Atlantic right whales, the potential impacts of
the proposed project on North Atlantic right whales warrant particular
attention.
As described above, North Atlantic right whale presence in the
project area is largely seasonal. As a result of several years of
aerial surveys and PAM deployments in the area, NMFS has confidence
that North Atlantic right whales are expected in the project area
predominately during certain times of year while at other times of year
North Atlantic right whales are expected to occur less frequently in
the project area. During aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the
project area, North Atlantic right whale sightings occurred only
December through April, with no sightings from May through November
(Kraus et al., 2016). There was not significant variability in sighting
rate among years, indicating consistent annual seasonal use of the area
by North Atlantic right whales over the timespan of the surveys (Kraus
et al., 2016). However, as described previously, North Atlantic right
whale presence is increasingly variable in identified core habitats,
including the area south of Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket islands
(northeast of the proposed SFWF) where both visual and acoustic
detections of North Atlantic right whales indicate a nearly year-round
presence (Oleson et al., 2020), although seasonal trends are still
prominent (Hayes et al., 2020).
Due to this seasonal pattern in North Atlantic right whale
occurrence in the project area, NMFS expects the most significant
measure in minimizing impacts to North Atlantic right whales to be the
proposed seasonal closure that would occur from January through April,
when North Atlantic right whale abundance in the project area is
greatest. In addition, proposed mitigation measures outside of those
months--including a 5 km clearance zone facilitated through PAM and
PSOs--will greatly minimize any takes that may otherwise occur outside
of the months of peak abundance in the area. As a result of these
mitigation measures, NMFS expects the already small potential for North
Atlantic right whales to be exposed to project-related sound above the
Level A harassment threshold to be eliminated. Therefore, South Fork
did not request nor is NMFS proposing to authorize take by Level A
harassment. NMFS also expects these proposed measures to greatly reduce
the amount of exposures to project-related noise above the Level B
harassment threshold, and the duration and intensity of any exposures
above the Level B harassment threshold that do occur. No serious injury
or mortality of North Atlantic right whales would be expected even in
the absence of the proposed mitigation measures.
Instances of Level B harassment of North Atlantic right whales will
be reduced to the level of least practicable adverse impact through use
of proposed mitigation measures, including soft start
[[Page 8533]]
and exclusion zones larger than the Level A harassment zone. Any
individuals that are exposed above the Level B harassment threshold are
expected to move away from the sound source and temporarily avoid the
areas of pile driving. Therefore, North Atlantic right whales taken by
the activity are likely to be exposed to lower noise levels (closer to
the 120dB threshold than the Level A harassment threshold) and
therefore, behavioral reactions are expected to be less intense than
during exposures to louder sounds (but still below the Level A
harassment threshold). NMFS expects that any avoidance of the project
area by North Atlantic right whales would be temporary in nature and
that any North Atlantic right whales that avoid the project area during
construction would not be permanently displaced. Even limited repeated
Level B harassment of some small subset of the overall stock, although
not expected to occur given the transitory nature of marine mammals in
the project area, is unlikely to result in any significant realized
decrease in fitness or viability for the affected individuals, and thus
would not result in any adverse impact to the stock as a whole.
Prey for North Atlantic right whales are mobile and broadly
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, North Atlantic
right whales that may be temporarily displaced during construction
activities are expected to be able to resume foraging once they have
moved away from areas with disturbing levels of underwater noise.
Because of the temporary nature of the disturbance and the availability
of similar habitat and resources in the surrounding area, the impacts
to North Atlantic right whales and the food sources that they utilize
are not expected to cause significant or long-term consequences for
individual North Atlantic right whales or their population. In
addition, there are no North Atlantic right whale mating or calving
areas within the proposed project area.
As described above, North Atlantic right whales are experiencing an
ongoing UME. However, as described above, no injury of North Atlantic
right whales as a result of the proposed project is expected or
proposed for authorization, and Level B harassment takes of North
Atlantic right whales are expected to be in the form of avoidance of
the immediate area of construction. As no injury or mortality is
expected or proposed for authorization, and Level B harassment of North
Atlantic right whales will be reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through use of proposed mitigation measures, the
proposed authorized takes of North Atlantic right whales would not
exacerbate or compound the effects of the ongoing UME in any way.
NMFS concludes that the additional proposed mitigation measures
would ensure that any exposures above the Level B harassment threshold
would result in only short-term effects to individuals exposed. With
implementation of the proposed mitigation requirements, take by Level A
harassment is unlikely and is therefore not proposed for authorization.
Potential impacts associated with Level B harassment would include only
low-level, temporary behavioral modifications, most likely in the form
of avoidance behavior or potential alteration of vocalizations.
Although acoustic masking may occur, based on the acoustic
characteristics of noise associated with impact pile driving (e.g.,
frequency spectra, short duration) and HRG surveys (e.g., higher
frequency, intermittent signals) and the limited duration of vibratory
pile driving activity, NMFS expects masking effects to be minimal
(e.g., pile driving) to none (e.g., HRG surveys). As mentioned
previously, masking events that might be considered Level B harassment
have already been accounted for in the exposure analysis as they would
be expected to occur within the behavioral harassment zones
predetermined for pile driving. Avoidance of the SFWF or SFEC during
construction would represent a potential manifestation of behavioral
disturbance. Although the project area is located within the migratory
BIA for North Atlantic right whales, impact pile driving of monopile
foundations would only occur on 16 days (one pile would be driven per
day for a maximum of 3 hours), and vibratory pile driving would be
limited to a maximum of 36 hours of the 12-month project. Further,
seasonal restrictions preclude impact pile driving during the months in
which North Atlantic right whale occurrence is expected to be highest
(January through April). If avoidance of the project area by North
Atlantic right whales occurs, it is expected to be temporary. Finally,
consistent North Atlantic right whale utilization of the habitat south
of Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket Islands (Oleson et al., 2020)
indicates that suitable alternative nearby habitat would be available
to North Atlantic right whales that might avoid the project area during
construction.
In order to evaluate whether or not individual behavioral
responses, in combination with other stressors, impact animal
populations, scientists have developed theoretical frameworks which can
then be applied to particular case studies when the supporting data are
available. One such framework is the population consequences of
disturbance model (PCoD), which attempts to assess the combined effects
of individual animal exposures to stressors at the population level
(NAS 2017). Nearly all PCoD studies considering multiple marine mammal
species and experts agree that infrequent exposures of a single day or
less are unlikely to impact individual fitness, let alone lead to
population level effects (Booth et al., 2016; Booth et al., 2017;
Christiansen and Lusseau 2015; Farmer et al., 2018; Harris et al.,
2017; Harwood et al., 2014; Harwood and Booth 2016; King et al., 2015;
McHuron et al., 2018; NAS 2017; New et al., 2014; Pirotta et al., 2018;
Southall et al., 2007; Villegas-Amtmann et al., 2015). Since NMFS
expects that any exposures would be brief (no more than 3 hours per day
for impact pile driving or 36 hours over 6 days for vibratory pile
driving, and likely less given probable avoidance response), and repeat
exposures to the same individuals are unlikely, any behavioral
responses that would occur due to animals being exposed to construction
activity are expected to be temporary, with behavior returning to a
baseline state shortly after the acoustic stimuli ceases, similar to
findings during European wind farm construction. Given this, and NMFS'
evaluation of the available PCoD studies, any such behavioral responses
are not expected to impact individual animals' health or have effects
on individual animals' survival or reproduction, thus no detrimental
impacts at the population level are anticipated. North Atlantic right
whales may temporarily avoid the immediate area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. NMFS does not anticipate North Atlantic
right whales takes that would result from the proposed project would
impact annual rates of recruitment or survival. Thus, any takes that
occur would not result in population level impacts.
All Other Marine Mammal Species
Impact pile driving has source characteristics (short, sharp pulses
with higher peak levels and sharper rise time to reach those peaks)
that are potentially injurious or more likely to produce severe
behavioral reactions. No Level A harassment from HRG surveys or
vibratory pile driving is expected, even in the absence of mitigation;
therefore, our discussion regarding auditory injury is limited to
impact pile driving.
[[Page 8534]]
Modeling indicates there is limited potential for auditory injury to
humpback whales during pile driving even in the absence of the proposed
mitigation measures; the remaining fifteen species are predicted to
experience no Level A harassment, based on modeling results that
assumed 10 dB attenuation (Table 16).
NMFS expects that any exposures above the Level A harassment
threshold would be in the form of slight PTS, i.e. minor degradation of
hearing capabilities within regions of hearing that align most
completely with the energy produced by pile driving (i.e. the low-
frequency region below 2 kHz), not severe hearing impairment. If
hearing impairment occurs, it is most likely that the affected animal
would lose a few decibels in its hearing sensitivity, which in most
cases is not likely to meaningfully affect its ability to forage and
communicate with conspecifics, much less impact reproduction or
survival.
Additionally, the number of Level A harassment takes proposed for
authorization are relatively low for all marine mammal stocks and
species: For three of the stocks, only one take by Level A harassment
is proposed for authorization (i.e., fin whale, sei whale, and minke
whale), and for most of the remaining stocks, NMFS does not propose to
authorize any takes by Level A harassment over the duration of the
project; for the remaining stock (i.e., humpback whale), NMFS proposes
to authorize four takes by Level A harassment. As described above, any
PTS incurred would be no more than a few decibels of lost hearing
sensitivity that would not impact annual rates of recruitment or
survival for any individual.
Repeated exposures of individuals to relatively low levels of sound
outside of preferred habitat areas are unlikely to significantly
disrupt critical behaviors. Thus, even repeated Level B harassment of
some small subset of an overall stock is unlikely to result in any
significant realized decrease in viability for the affected
individuals, and thus would not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole. Level B harassment will be reduced to the level of
least practicable adverse impact through use of proposed mitigation
measures and, if sound produced by project activities is sufficiently
disturbing, marine mammals are likely to simply avoid the area while
the activity is occurring. Therefore, NMFS expects that animals
disturbed by project sound would likely move away from the sound source
during project activities in favor of other, similar habitats. NMFS
expects that any avoidance of the project area by marine mammals would
be temporary in nature and that any marine mammals that avoid the
project area during construction would not be permanently displaced.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, as
prey species are mobile and are broadly distributed throughout the
project area; therefore, marine mammals that may be temporarily
displaced during construction activities are expected to be able to
resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with disturbing
levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of similar habitat and resources in
the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and the food
sources that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or
long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their
populations. There are no areas of notable biological significance for
marine mammal feeding known to exist in the project area. In addition,
there are no rookeries or mating or calving areas known to be
biologically important to marine mammals within the proposed project
area.
NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammals due to the proposed
project would result in only short-term effects to individuals exposed.
Marine mammals may temporarily avoid the immediate area but are not
expected to permanently abandon the area. Impacts to breeding, feeding,
sheltering, resting, or migration are not expected, nor are shifts in
habitat use, distribution, or foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate the marine mammal takes that would result from the proposed
project would impact annual rates of recruitment or survival.
As described above, humpback whales, minke whales, and gray and
harbor seals are experiencing ongoing UMEs. For minke whales, although
the ongoing UME is under investigation (as occurs for all UMEs), this
event does not provide cause for concern regarding population level
impacts, as the likely population abundance is greater than 20,000
whales. With regard to humpback whales, the UME does not yet provide
cause for concern regarding population-level impacts. Despite the UME,
the relevant population of humpback whales (the West Indies breeding
population, or DPS) remains healthy. The West Indies DPS, which
consists of the whales whose breeding range includes the Atlantic
margin of the Antilles from Cuba to northern Venezuela, and whose
feeding range primarily includes the Gulf of Maine, eastern Canada, and
western Greenland, was delisted. The status review identified harmful
algal blooms, vessel collisions, and fishing gear entanglements as
relevant threats for this DPS, but noted that all other threats are
considered likely to have no or minor impact on population size or the
growth rate of this DPS (Bettridge et al., 2015). As described in
Bettridge et al. (2015), the West Indies DPS has a substantial
population size (i.e., approximately 10,000; Stevick et al., 2003;
Smith et al., 1999; Bettridge et al., 2015), and appears to be
experiencing consistent growth. With regard to gray seals and harbor
seals, although the ongoing UME is under investigation, the UME does
not yet provide cause for concern regarding population-level impacts to
any of these stocks. For harbor seals, the population abundance is over
75,000 and annual M/SI (345) is well below PBR (2,006) (Hayes et al.,
2020). For gray seals, the population abundance is over 500,000, and
abundance is likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ and in Canada
(Hayes et al., 2020). Proposed authorized takes by Level A harassment
of humpback whales are low (i.e., no more than four takes by Level A
harassment proposed for authorization) and, as described above, any
Level A harassment would be expected to be in the form of slight PTS,
i.e. minor degradation of hearing capabilities which is not likely to
meaningfully affect the ability to forage or communicate with
conspecifics. No serious injury or mortality is expected or proposed
for authorization, and Level B harassment of humpback whales and minke
whales and gray and harbor seals will be reduced to the level of least
practicable adverse impact through use of proposed mitigation measures.
As such, the proposed authorized takes of these species would not
exacerbate or compound the effects of the ongoing UMEs on the
populations.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support NMFS' preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
No mortality or serious injury is anticipated or proposed
for authorization;
No Level A harassment of North Atlantic right whales would
occur and Level B harassment will be minimized via extended mitigation
measures;
The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine
mammals would be temporary behavioral changes (primarily avoidance of
the project area) and limited instances of Level A
[[Page 8535]]
harassment of humpback whales in the form of a slight PTS;
Potential instances of exposure above the Level A
harassment threshold are limited to four of the 16 species expected to
occur in the project area and are expected to be relatively low, and
the severity of any PTS would be minimized by proposed mitigation
measures including clearance zones;
The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the project area during
the proposed project to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
Effects on species that serve as prey species for marine
mammals from the proposed project are expected to be short-term and are
not expected to result in significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations;
There are no known important feeding, breeding or calving
areas in the project area. A biologically important migratory area
exists for North Atlantic right whales; however, the proposed seasonal
moratorium on construction is expected to largely avoid impacts to the
North Atlantic right whale migration, as described above.
The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and
acoustic monitoring, clearance and exclusion zones, soft start (pile
driving only), ramp up (HRG only), shutdown, are designed to reduce
frequency and intensity of exposures and are, therefore, expected to
minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
Total proposed authorized takes as a percentage of
population are very low for all species and stocks (i.e., less than 3.5
percent for four stocks, and less than 1 percent for the remaining 12
stocks);
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. When the predicted number of
individuals to be taken is less than one third of the species or stock
abundance, the take is considered to be of small numbers. Additionally,
other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as
the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
NMFS proposes to authorize incidental take of 16 marine mammal
stocks. The total amount of taking proposed for authorization is less
than 3.5 percent for four of these stocks, and less than 1 percent for
the 12 remaining stocks (Table 23), which NMFS preliminarily finds are
small numbers of marine mammals relative to the estimated overall
population abundances for those stocks.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size
of all affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act
Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that
each Federal agency insure that any action it authorizes, funds, or
carries out is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any
endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or
adverse modification of designated critical habitat. To ensure ESA
compliance for the issuance of IHAs, NMFS consults internally whenever
we propose to authorize take for endangered or threatened species.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take of North Atlantic right, fin,
sei, and sperm whales, which are listed under the ESA. The NMFS Office
of Protected Resources has requested initiation of Section 7
consultation with the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office
for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA consultation
prior to reaching a determination regarding the proposed issuance of
the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to South Fork Wind for conducting construction activities
southeast of Rhode Island for a period of one year, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated. A draft of the proposed IHA can be found at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
NMFS requests comment on the analyses, the proposed authorization,
and any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed
construction of the South Fork Wind offshore wind project. NMFS also
requests comment on the potential for renewal of this proposed IHA as
described in the paragraph below. Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to help inform NMFS' final
decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-time, 1 year IHA
renewal with an expedited public comment period (15 days) when: (1)
Another year of identical or nearly identical activities as described
in the Specified Activities section is planned or (2) the activities
would not be completed by the time the IHA expires and a second IHA
would allow for completion of the activities beyond that described in
the Dates and Duration section, provided all of the following
conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to expiration of the current IHA;
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted under the
proposed Renewal are identical to the activities analyzed under the
initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take
because only a subset of the initially analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal); and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do
[[Page 8536]]
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not previously analyzed or
authorized;
Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: January 29, 2021.
Donna Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2021-02263 Filed 2-4-21; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P